Skip to main content Accessibility help
×
Hostname: page-component-54dcc4c588-nx7b4 Total loading time: 0 Render date: 2025-10-05T02:22:44.089Z Has data issue: false hasContentIssue false

Part I - Comparing Climate Policies

Published online by Cambridge University Press:  22 November 2024

Ottavio Quirico
Affiliation:
University of New England, University for Foreigners of Perugia and Australian National University, Canberra
Walter Baber
Affiliation:
California State University, Long Beach

Information

Type
Chapter
Information
Implementing Climate Change Policy
Designing and Deploying Net Zero Carbon Governance
, pp. 5 - 168
Publisher: Cambridge University Press
Print publication year: 2024
Creative Commons
Creative Common License - CCCreative Common License - BYCreative Common License - NCCreative Common License - ND
This content is Open Access and distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution licence CC-BY-NC-ND 4.0 https://creativecommons.org/cclicenses/

Part I Comparing Climate Policies

1 The Earth’s Climate and Ongoing Global Change

1.1 Introduction

The aim of this chapter is to provide a solid, objective, and quantitative review of the key aspects of climate change. Before beginning this analysis, it is worth noting that the fact that Planet Earth has a greenhouse effect is not, in and of itself, negative. Indeed, this effect has directly facilitated the evolution of complex forms of life – the Earth’s temperature would be about 30°C colder were it not for the atmospheric greenhouse effect.

The problem of climate change that we are experiencing now is caused by the amplification of the greenhouse effect due to emissions from human activities. As greenhouse gases have been accumulating in the atmosphere since pre-industrial times, and more rapidly after World War II, the Earth has been experiencing global warming on a very fast timescale, which has caused profound environmental changes across tens of years instead of tens of thousands of years as occurred in the distant past.

After this short introduction, in the first section we will analyse observed trends in greenhouse gases, before in Section 1.2 discussing observed climate change and its impacts. In Section 1.3, we will review the total and per-capita greenhouse gas emissions of principal emitters (that is, major countries or groups of countries such as Europe). In Section 1.4, we will look at the quasi-linear link between the greenhouse gases accumulated in the atmosphere and global warming, and investigate the emission limits required if we are to contain global average warming below 1.5°C or 2.0°C. Finally, we will summarize and link all these topics, and discuss the level of global average warming that we could face in 2050 under four possible emission scenarios – one with a continuous future increase of greenhouse gas emissions of 1% per year, and three with a continuous future decrease of greenhouse gas emissions by 1%, 3%, or 5%, respectively. We will also point out that if we want to reach net zero emissions by 2050, we actually need to be even more drastic in our reductions, and aim for an average 8% annual decrease.

1.2 Growing Concentrations of Carbon Dioxide and Methane

The concentration of greenhouse gases has been increasing since the start of the industrial revolution. Figure 1.1 shows the annual mean concentrations of atmospheric carbon dioxide (CO2) and methane (CH4) since 1960.Footnote 1

Figure 1.1 Annual mean concentration of carbon dioxide (CO2, solid line; in parts per million, ppm) and of methane (CH4, dashed line; in parts per billion, ppb), measured at the Mauna Loa Observatory.

Source: Carbon dioxide data provided by Dr Pieter Tans, NOAA Global Monitoring Laboratory, Boulder, USA (gml.noaa.gov/ccgg/trends/) and Dr Ralph Keeling, Scripps Institution of Oceanography (scrippsco2.ucsd.edu/). Methane data provided by Ed Dlugokencky, NOAA Global Monitoring Laboratory, Boulder, USA (gml.noaa.gov/ccgg/trends_ch4).

In 2015, the concentration of carbon dioxide passed the 400 parts per million (ppm) mark, a value that the Earth last saw about two and a half million years ago.Footnote 2 Note also that the increase follows an exponential curve, and that the annual percentage increase has been continuously growing. For example, while in the 1960s and 1970s the annual percentage increase was between 0.2% and 0.4%, in the last two decades it has been above 0.5% (Figure 1.2). Further consider that the last two decades have seen a positive trend, with the growth rate increasing by about 0.01 every year, from about 0.47% in 2000 to about 0.65% in 2020.

Figure 1.2 Annual percentage increase in the concentration of carbon dioxide (CO2, solid line) and of methane (CH4, dashed line), computed from the Mauna Loa Observatory data shown in Figure 1.1. The two lines show the best linear-fit straight lines that fit the data between 2000 and 2020.

Source: Data provided by NOAA Global Monitoring Laboratory, Boulder, USA (https://gml.noaa.gov).

Methane concentrations have also been increasing from about 1,645 ppb in 1985 (figures from before 1985 are not available) to 1,879 ppb in 2020 (Figure 1.1). Figure 1.2 shows that the annual growth rate had been decreasing between 1985 and 2000, but since then values have been growing at a very rapid rate. The last two decades have seen a clear trend, with the growth rate increasing by about 0.03% every year, from about 0% in 2000 to 0.60% in 2020. This increase could be linked to the fact that, beginning in 2000, many countries began switching to methane as a means of electricity production. This increase can also be attributed to the melting of the permafrost – a layer of subsurface soil that is typically frozen year-round, especially near the poles – which has released yet more stored methane into the atmosphere.Footnote 3

1.3 Observed Global Warming

As the concentration of greenhouse gases has steadily increased, the atmosphere has been absorbing more long-wave radiation emitted by the Earth, with the result that its lower layers have been warming, causing more long-wave radiation to be redirected back towards the Earth’s surface, warming it as well.

Figure 1.3 shows the anomaly of the global annual mean temperature with respect to the pre-industrial value (that is, for each year, the figure shows the difference between the global annual mean temperature of that year and the global annual mean temperature in the period 1850–1900). The solid line shows the annual values, and the linear-fitted straight line with a slope of ~0.02°C/year (degree centigrade per year) shows the long-term warming trend. Note that superimposed upon this linear warming trend of ~0.2°C per decade are natural oscillations of about 0.1–0.2°C. These natural oscillations are due to natural changes in the Earth’s ocean, and atmospheric conditions linked, for example, to the occurrence of large-scale episodes in the tropical Pacific that are associated with warmer (during El Niño events) or colder (during La Niña events) ocean temperatures. Exceptionally large volcanic eruptions have also resulted in temperature variations in the following 1–3 years.

Figure 1.3 Land-surface global warming with respect to the pre-industrial level between 1980 and 2020. The dotted line shows the annual average anomalies of the land two-metre temperature, where the anomaly has been computed with respect to the pre-industrial level. The two straight lines show the best linear fit lines between 1980–2000 and 2000–2020.

Source: Generated using Copernicus Climate Change Service information (2022) available at https://climate.copernicus.eu.

This figure has been created using a very recent data set produced by the EU Copernicus Service, the ERA-5 reanalysis, constructed by assimilating all available observations of the Earth system with the European Centre for Medium-Range Weather Forecasts’ (ECMWF) state-of-the-art model.Footnote 4 It covers the satellite era, that is, the period from 1980 onwards during which satellite data have allowed a more accurate monitoring of the Earth. Because ERA-5 spans an era during which the number and quality of observations have not varied in such a way as to affect estimates of Earth’s climate, and as it processes all available observations using a state-of-the-art Earth-system model, it provides a very valuable and high-quality estimate of how the Earth’s climate has been evolving in this period.

Figure 1.3 shows that in 2020 the global average temperature was about 1.2°C warmer than the pre-industrial level, up from about 0.5°C in 1980, and that the six years from 2015 to 2020 were the six warmest years since 1980. Figure 1.3 also shows that the warming trend of the last two decades, 2000–2020, has been higher than that between 1980 and2000, increasing from 0.01°C per year (that is, 0.1°C every 10 years), to 0.026°C per year (0.26°C every 10 years). Table 1.1 reports the trends computed for the two periods, 1980–2000 and 2000–2020, expressed in terms of variations over 10 years, for several key climate surface variables.

Table 1.1 Linear trends over 10 years, computed over two periods – 1980–2000 and 2000–2020 – for a few key surface climate variables: global annual average two-metre temperature (2mT; second row), global annual average sea-surface temperature (SST; third row), Arctic minimum sea-level extension (fourth row), and global average sea-level rise (fifth row). Trends have been computed using data from Copernicus for SST and 2mT, and from Our World in Data (Arctic extension and sea-level)

VariableLinear trend over 10 years
1980−20002000−2020
Global annual average two-metre temperature0.10°C0.26°C
Global average sea-surface temperature0.14°C0.18°C
Arctic annual minimum sea-ice extension−6.21%−13.1%
Global average sea-level rise1.76 cm3.6 cm

It is interesting to compare global warming measured over land with that computed over sea. Figure 1.4 shows the equivalent of Figure 1.3, but for the global ocean. Note that in 2020 the global average sea-surface temperature was about one degree warmer than pre-industrial levels, up from about 0.4°C in 1980, and that the six years from 2015 to 2020 were also the six warmest years for the ocean since 1980. If we compare the warming trend of the two periods, 1980–2000 and 2000–2020, results (Table 1.1) indicate that it also increased, albeit by a smaller amount than on land surfaces, from 0.014°C per year (that is, 0.14°C every 10 years), to 0.018°C per year (0.18°C every 10 years).

Figure 1.4 Ocean global warming with respect to the pre-industrial level. The dotted line shows the annual average anomalies of the sea-surface temperature, where the anomaly has been computed with respect to the pre-industrial level. The two straight lines show the best linear fit lines between 1980–2000 and 2000–2020.

Source: Data from Our World in Data: https://ourworldindata.org.

Average global warming is not the only evidence that the climate is changing, as was summarized by the report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) published in August 2021, notably the Summary for Policy Makers (SPM) of the IPCC Working Group I.Footnote 5 The water cycle also intensifies, bringing with it in some regions more intense rainfall and flooding, as well as more intense drought in other regions. Concerning rainfall, precipitation has been concentrating in fewer, more intense events, especially at high latitudes. Some areas, such as the Mediterranean region, have seen, on average, a decrease in the average amount, and more frequent and longer dry periods.

Climate change-induced sea-level rise has been accelerating particularly in the past decade, with sea levels rising by an average of 3.4 mm per year, so much so that extreme sea-level events that previously occurred once in 100 years could conceivably happen every year by the end of the twenty-first century. Permafrost thawing, the loss of seasonal snow cover, the melting of glaciers and ice sheets, and a more substantial melting of Arctic sea ice (which is projected to be ice-free in summer before the end of the century) have also appeared more frequently. Climate change has also induced ocean warming, ocean acidification, and reduced oxygen levels, which have been affecting the ocean ecosystems.

For cities, some aspects of climate change have been amplified, including heat waves (as urban areas are usually warmer than their surroundings), flooding from heavy precipitation events, and sea-level rise in coastal areas.

Figure 1.5 shows how the Arctic sea-ice minimum extension has decreased from 1980 to 2020. It bears noting that in 2020, the minimum extension was about 50% smaller than the minimum extension in 1980. It also bears noting that, as was the case for the global average land and ocean temperatures, this melting trend has steadily increased in the last two decades as against the period between 1980 and 2000 (see also Table 1.1).

Figure 1.5 Arctic minimum sea-ice extension, compared to the 1980 level (in 1980, the minimum extension was about 7.7 million km2; a value of –0.1 indicates that the minimum extension has decreased by 10%, to about 6.8 million km2). The dotted line shows the annual average decrease of the minimum extension, computed with respect to the 1980 value. The two straight lines show the best linear fit lines between 1980–2000 and 2000–2020.

Source: Data from Our World in Data: https://ourworldindata.org.

As a final piece of evidence, Figure 1.6 shows the global sea-level rise, with respect to the 1980 level. In 2020, the sea level was, on average, about 120 mm (12 cm) above the 1980 level. It is also noteworthy that, as was the case for the other three variables, the sea-level rise was occurring about two and a half times faster in the last two decades compared to the first two decades (Table 1.1).

Figure 1.6 Sea-level rise, expressed in mm, compared to the 1980 level. The dotted line shows the annual average sea-level rise, computed based on the 1980 value. The two straight lines show the best linear fit lines between 1980–2000 and 2000–2020.

Source: Data from Our World in Data: https://ourworldindata.org.

Figures 1.3 to 1.6 and Table 1.1 indicate very clearly that global warming has been accelerating in the past two decades, which should not come as a surprise if we consider that, in these two decades, greenhouse gas emissions have been increasing faster than ever before (Figure 1.2).

The Working Group I (WGI) IPCC-SPM report also provides some updated estimates of the chances of crossing a global average warming level of 1.5°C and 2.0°C in the next decades. These global average limits were selected by the 196 countries that signed the Paris Agreement in 2015 as warming thresholds that should not be exceeded.Footnote 6 The WGI IPCC-SPM confirms that unless there are immediate and large-scale reductions in greenhouse gas emissions, limiting warming to 2.0°C will be beyond reach. Both the WGI IPCC-SPM report and the Copernicus Climate Change Service reported that without immediate and drastic reductions, the global average warming will be above the 1.5°C level in about 15 years (the exact year of crossing this level depends on future emissions).Footnote 7

1.4 How Did We Get to This Point?

Greenhouse gas molecules, once injected into the atmosphere, are transported by the atmospheric flow globally, and remain there for a long time. For CO2, current estimates suggest that they remain in the atmosphere for anywhere between 30 and 1,100 years, with the number of years depending on which removal processes are dominant. Methane (CH4), by contrast, remains in the atmosphere for about 12 years, and is then removed by chemical reactions. Nitrous oxide (N2O), another important greenhouse gas, remains in the atmosphere for about 150 years.

Let us suppose that today we decided to completely stop emitting greenhouse gases: how long would it take for the actual concentration to halve? The answer again depends on the greenhouse gas: for CO2, the time to halve the concentration is about 120 years, for CH4 it is about 10.5 years, and for N2O it is about 132 years. This rather long lifetime (long with respect to human life) of greenhouse gases is the reason why the effects of human-induced emissions are (and will be) felt for many generations after they are injected into the atmosphere. It is also the reason why, to understand how we got to this situation, it is important to accumulate emissions over a long time, and analyse who has contributed most to the existing stock of greenhouse gases, and not limit ourselves to the most recent years.

Figure 1.7 shows the total and per-capita CO2 emissions between 1990 and 2016. These two years have been selected because 1990 is often chosen as the reference with respect to what emission reduction targets are set, and 2016 because at the time of writing (2022) this is the last point available in the data archive we used in this work.Footnote 8 ‘Per capita’ values have been computed, year by year, by dividing the total emissions by each country/region population.

Figure 1.7

(a) Total CO2 emissions accumulated between 1990 and 2016 by the seven major global emitters: the United States, Russia, India, European Union, the People’s Republic of China, Canada, and Australia (values are expressed in gigatons, that is, 109 tons).

(b) CO2 emissions per capita accumulated between 1990 and 2016 by the seven major global emitters (in tons).

Source: Data from Our World in Data: https://ourworldindata.org.

In terms of total emissions (Figure 1.7a), during the 1990–2016 period the United States, People’s Republic of China (hereafter indicated as PRC), Russia, Canada, Australia, India, and the European Union (EU) emitted about 68% of the world CO2 emissions. The PRC and the United States contributed most: they emitted about 21% and 20%, respectively, of the CO2 emissions injected into the atmosphere in those 26 years. They are followed by the EU, which injected about 12% of the total accumulated CO2 emissions. The other major emitters followed these three, with contributions ranging from about 7% (Russian Federation) to 1% (Australia).

Let us now contrast the total emissions with the emissions per capita, because emissions per capita are considered a more ‘just’ measure as they reflect better whether each individual person has been given access to the same amount of energy. Energy that today, it is worth remembering, is still mostly produced (84%) using fossil fuels.

Figure 1.7b shows that one person living in the United States has emitted over 26 years some 500 tons of CO2 in the period spanning 1990–2016, compared to about 120 tons for a person living in the PRC. Australia, Canada, and Russia now rank second, third, and fourth among the major emitters, respectively. Note that, for comparison, a person living in India has emitted only about 30 tons of CO2 in that same 26-year period, about the same amount that persons living in the top four polluters injected into the atmosphere in only 2 years.

It is interesting to compare these numbers with the world average CO2 emissions per capita over the same period, that is, 115 tons. Compared to this reference, a person living in the top four polluters emitted about four times more than the reference, a person living in the EU about two times more, a person living in the PRC the same as the average, and a person living in India one quarter, that is, four times less.

Figure 1.7 can help us to understand who has contributed more to the accumulation of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere, and thus to global warming. Clearly, as economies have developed and transformed throughout the years, the emission ranking has been changing. It is interesting to compare Figure 1.7 with the ranking of the last available year, 2016, shown in Figure 1.8.

Figure 1.8

(a) Total CO2 emissions in 2016 by the seven major global emitters: the United States, Russia, India, EU, the People’s Republic of China, Canada, and Australia (values are expressed in gigatons, that is, 109 tons).

(b) CO2 emissions per capita in 2016 by the seven major global emitters (in tons).

Source: The World Bank. Emissions data are sourced from Climate Watch Historical GHG Emissions (1990–2020). 2023. World Resources Institute. Available online at: climatewatchdata.org/ghg-emissions. Data source: World Development Indicators. https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/EN.ATM.CO2E.PC

Figure 1.8 indicates that in terms of total emissions, in 2016 the PRC was the top contributor with a contribution of about 29% to global emissions, followed by the United States with about 15% and the European Union with about 8.5%. If we look at per-capita emissions, in 2016 the United States, Canada, and Australia were the top polluters (as they were in terms of accumulated emissions between 1990 and 2016), with emissions per capita at about 15 tons, compared to about 7 tons for a person living in the PRC, 6.5 tons for a person living in the EU, and 1.8 tons for a person living in India. Note that in 2016, the world average CO2 emission per capita was about 4.5 tons. On this footing, it is evident that even in the most recent past there have still been countries emitting about four times more than the average, and countries emitting about a quarter (that is four times less).

1.5 The Link between Greenhouse Gases and Global Warming

The WGI IPCC-SPM report on the physical basis of climate change published in August 2021 talks about a quasi-linear relationship between the amount of greenhouse gases that are emitted in the atmosphere and global warming.Footnote 9 Indeed, if we contrast global warming, measured by the global annual average surface temperature anomaly from 1980 to date against greenhouse gases accumulated since 1980, we can detect a quasi-linear trend.

The best-fit straight line shown in Figure 1.9 has a slope of 0.5°C per 1,000 gigatons, which means that during this period, an accumulation of 1,000 gigatons of greenhouse gases explains 0.5°C of warming. The coefficient of determination of the linear fit, r2 = 0.82, confirms the existence of a robust linear relationship. The correlation is not perfect (that is, 82% instead of 100%) because there are variations around this linear relationship, which reflect the fact that each year’s climate is influenced not only by greenhouse gas concentration, but also by the atmosphere and ocean internal dynamics (such as whether the year was characterized by a strong El Niño or La Niña event, or whether other changes in the large-scale circulation caused heat waves over large areas of the globe). Note that the slope of 0.5°C per 1,000 gigatons found in our data analysis is very close to the slope of about 0.45°C per 1,000 gigatons reported in the WGI IPCC-SPM.

Figure 1.9 Total accumulated greenhouse gases from 1980 (x-axis; source: data from Our World in Data: https://ourworldindata.org) versus global annual average surface temperature anomaly with respect to the pre-industrial level (y-axis; source: generated using Copernicus Climate Change Service information (2022) available at https://climate.copernicus.eu).

We can use this quasi-liner relationship to estimate the maximum we could emit if we wanted to limit warming below 2.0°C. Given that in 2020 the global average warming was about 1.2°C, if we assume a slope of 0.45°C per 1,000 gigatons, we can only emit about 1,800 gigatons of greenhouse gases. Note that in 2019, we (that is, the global population) emitted about 45 gigatons of greenhouse gases (of which roughly 30 gigatons comprised CO2 and roughly 15 gigatons comprised CH4 and other greenhouse gases). If in the next decades we continue to emit, on average, about 45 gigatons per year, in about 40 years we would inject 1,800 gigatons of greenhouse gases into the atmosphere, and global warming would very likely be above 2.0°C.

If, instead, we want to keep global warming below 1.5°C, we have to limit the emissions to less than about 670 gigatons. If we continue to emit as we did in 2019, that is about 45 gigatons per year, we will surpass that value in about 15 years.

1.6 Concluding Remarks

We started our discussion, in the introduction, by remembering what the greenhouse effect is, and its key role in allowing the development of complex life forms over Planet Earth. Then, in the first section, we discussed the observed, continued increase in the concentration of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere; an increase that is mainly due to human activities, as stated very clearly in the WGI IPCC-SPM report published in August 2021:Footnote 10 ‘It is unequivocal that human influence has warmed the atmosphere, ocean and land. Widespread and rapid changes in the atmosphere, ocean, cryosphere and biosphere have occurred’ (see also the WGI IPCC-SPM at Figure 1.1). This has been confirmed by the latest IPCC report on climate change mitigation, released in April 2022 by the IPCC Working Group III.Footnote 11 These two, together with the IPCC Working Group II report on impacts, adaptation, and vulnerability, provide one of the most reliable, authoritative, and up-to-date summaries of the state of the climate and of our knowledge on how it will very likely evolve in the forthcoming years.Footnote 12

In the second section, we documented the impact of the continued increase in greenhouse gas concentration on a few key climate variables between 1980 and 2020, and we also briefly documented the uncontroversial impacts of climate change on the Arctic sea-ice extension and the global average sea level. By comparing linear trends between two 20-year periods, 1980–2000 and 2000–2020, we have highlighted how many physical variables confirm that climate change has been accelerating.

In the third section, we discussed how humanity reached this point, and analysed emissions accumulated over a 26-year period between 1990 and 2016. We have compared total country emissions to per-capita emissions, showing that according to this latter measure the ranking sees the United States as the top contributor to climate change, followed by Australia, Canada, the Russian Federation, the EU, and then the PRC.

In the fourth section, we discussed a quasi-linear relationship between the amount of greenhouse gases accumulated in the atmosphere and global warming. This relationship, which is pointed out explicitly in the 2021 WGI IPCC-SPM report, shows that an accumulation of another 1,000 gigatons of greenhouse gases would lead to a 0.45°C warming. This relationship can be used as a simple, back-of-the-envelope estimate of the future climate. If this is applied, considering that in 2019 the global population injected into the atmosphere about 45 gigatons of greenhouse gases, and assuming that emissions will continue at this level, on average, for the next decades, we can predict that in about 15 years the global average warming will be about 1.5°C. We can also predict that in about 40 years the global average warming will be at about 2.0°C.

Therefore, it should be clear both what has been happening to the climate, and why it is necessary to start immediately to reduce the emission of greenhouse gases in a substantial way. If we want to keep the average global warming below 1.5°C or 2.0°C (these being the two targets agreed at the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change Conference of the Parties (COP) meeting in 2015), we need to start substantially reducing emissions immediately, on average by at least 5% per year, until we reach zero net emissions in 2050.

We can apply the simple quasi-linear relation between accumulated greenhouse gases and global average warming to look ahead. If we analyse the emissions during the last decade, they grew from nearly 40 gigatons in 2009 to nearly 46 gigatons in 2018 (data from The World Bank database: https://data.worldbank.org), and thus by about 1% annually. The diamonds in Figure 1.10 show the amount of greenhouse gases accumulated in the atmosphere and projected warming in 2050 computed by applying the quasi-linear relationship discussed above, under four emission scenarios:

  • A continued average increase of 1% per year, as was the case in 2009–2018: this will cause a further 1,738 gigatons of greenhouse gases to be injected into the atmosphere, which will reach 3,173 gigatons in 2050, and a warming of 2.0°C by 2050.

  • A continued average decrease of 1% per year, starting in 2019: this will cause a further 1,249 gigatons of greenhouse gases to be injected into the atmosphere, which will reach 2,684 gigatons in 2050, and a warming of 1.75°C by 2050.

  • A continued average decrease of 3% per year, starting in 2019: this will cause a further 994 gigatons of greenhouse gases to be injected into the atmosphere, which will reach 2,429 gigatons in 2050, and a warming of 1.61°C by 2050.

  • A continued average decrease of 5% per year, starting in 2019: this will cause a further 703 gigatons of greenhouse gases to be injected into the atmosphere, which will reach 2,138 gigatons in 2050, and a warming of 1.47°C by 2050.

Figure 1.10 As Figure 1.9 (up to accumulated emissions of about 1,500 gigatons (dots)), adding projections of the state of the climate in 2050 in four emission scenarios (diamonds; see text for details).

Source: Generated using Copernicus Climate Change Service information (2022) available at https://climate.copernicus.eu.

This rather crude and simple prediction confirms results obtained with more complex Earth-system models: only by decreasing the emissions on average by 5% every year can we limit the global average warming to below 1.5°C. However, it is worth mentioning that even in this scenario, in 2050 we will still be injecting about 9 gigatons of greenhouse gases into the atmosphere. If we want to achieve net zero emissions, a target often discussed by the EU, we must reduce emissions, on average, by at least 8% every year. In fact, an average annual reduction of 8% per year would lower emissions from 45 gigatons emitted in 2019 to about 3 gigatons by 2050, a value much closer to zero.

2 Building Blocks of the European Union’s Strategy for Climate Neutrality

2.1 Introduction

Since the early 1990s, when the international community became openly aware of the climate problem, the European Union (EU) has nurtured an ambition to be a leader in the fight against climate change. So far, it has succeeded in its intent, although admittedly competition for this distinction has generally been low. The EU has consistently played a positive role in the definition of a global climate regime, from the Kyoto Protocol to the Paris Agreement. Equally relevant, the EU has been a pioneer in the implementation of ambitious and innovative policies for the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions domestically. In this respect, the EU Climate and Energy Package, which was adopted in 2009, can be considered a turning point given the scope of its targets and policies as well as its integration into a broader policy agenda. Notably, the ‘20–20–20’ targets, which stood for a 20% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions (relative to 1990 levels), a 20% share of renewables in energy consumption and a 20% reduction in energy consumption (relative to business as usual), all to be achieved – as indeed they were – by 2020, have shaped the framework of EU climate and energy policies in subsequent years. The same targets became part of the Europe 2020 Strategy (2010), with which the EU pursued improved international competitiveness and sustainable growth. In 2019, after many other EU initiatives in the climate–energy domain and in response to an ever more real climate emergency, the European Commission (EC) led by President Ursula von der Leyen launched the European Green Deal (‘Green Deal’).

As stated in the original Communication by the EC, the Green Deal is ‘a new growth strategy that aims to transform the EU into a fair and prosperous society, with a modern, resource-efficient and competitive economy where there are no net emissions of greenhouse gases in 2050 and where economic growth is decoupled from resource use’.Footnote 1 In the Green Deal, more clearly than ever before, the EU’s pursuit of environmental and social sustainability is not subordinated to that of economic growth. Rather, it is a condition and even a driver of economic growth. Focusing on the Green Deal’s item that is most relevant to this chapter, the goal of net-zero greenhouse gas emissions – or climate neutrality – by 2050 was put forward for the first time in the Green Deal Communication itself. For this goal to be meaningful, the EU needs to continue working in parallel: at the international level and domestically. Human-induced climate change is caused by global anthropogenic greenhouse gas emissions, of which today less than 10% originate in the EU. The EU, therefore, will continue to foster international climate co-operation. Moreover, it will influence climate action abroad through its own achievements and failures in moving toward net zero. The challenge is to demonstrate that a reformed economic system can thrive while greenhouse gas emissions are quickly reduced and eventually eliminated. The EU today looks like a laboratory where economic, climate, and energy policies are experimented with and will ideally be replicated elsewhere.

At the time of writing, namely, autumn 2022, the EU laboratory for climate neutrality was in full swing. In 2021, the EC presented a comprehensive package of legislative proposals, dubbed ‘Fit-for-55’, which seeks to enable the EU to meet a more ambitious emissions reduction target for 2030 than the one previously set: a reduction of 55% instead of 43% (relative to 1990 levels). The Fit-for-55 package provides for many existing and new policy instruments to be updated and introduced, respectively.Footnote 2 Important reforms of existing instruments concern the EU Emission Trading System (ETS), energy taxes, emission efficiency standards for vehicles, energy efficiency standards for buildings, and the regulation of greenhouse gas emissions and removals in the land use, forestry and agriculture sector, among others. Important novelties include, inter alia, the carbon border adjustment mechanism (CBAM), a second ETS covering greenhouse gas emissions from road transport and buildings, and new regulations on hydrogen and renewable gases as well as on methane emissions in the energy sector. Most if not all of the Fit-for-55 proposals are currently working their way through the EU legislative process, which by law can only successfully end with an agreement between the European Parliament and the Council of the EU. In any case, net of the changes that will be introduced during the legislative process, the general direction that these proposals have already traced is not in question.

Achieving climate neutrality on a large scale requires deep structural changes in the energy system and in the wider economy. It also implies that all sectors of society are involved and that only a large set of ambitious, well-co-ordinated, and innovative policies can be effective. With the Green Deal, the EU is aiming to accomplish this massive socio-technical transition by mid-century. In this chapter, we examine a few critical components of the EU’s strategy for achieving climate neutrality. Of the many such elements that could be considered, we have chosen four: (a) carbon pricing, (b) electrification, (c) ‘clean molecules’, and (d) sustainable finance. Crucially, EU policy stands at the global frontier in each of the corresponding domains. Carbon pricing implemented through the EU ETS has characterised EU climate policy over the past 20 years. The EU ETS will remain central in the policy mix and new instruments are being developed to address the undesirable effects of high carbon prices. Meanwhile, as part of a vision of a future integrated and decarbonised energy system, two major technological developments are being promoted, each with its own technical and economic challenges. First, the EU aims to maximise the share of electricity in final energy consumption. Second, alternative energy vectors, including notably green hydrogen and biomethane, also known as clean molecules, will be used to decarbonise energy-intensive activities not suitable for electrification. Last but not least, the EU is trying to radically ramp up the volume of private capital channelled towards sustainable investments. This too requires the adoption and implementation of a host of new specific financial capacities and regulatory tools.

The chapter is structured as follows. The first section describes carbon pricing in the EU, focusing on the EU ETS and on the forthcoming CBAM. Sections 2.4 and 2.5, respectively, discuss the roles of electrification and clean molecules in the future European energy system. Finally, Section 2.6 reviews the sustainable finance priorities, capacities, and regulatory instruments put forward by the EU, before a brief conclusion.

2.2 Carbon Pricing: Gearing Up for Net Zero

In June 1992, literally on the eve of the United Nations Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro, and only one or two years after carbon taxes were first adopted by a few northern European countries, the EC presented a legislative proposal for an EU carbon tax. The proposal eventually failed because Member States did not reach unanimity, which is a requirement for fiscal matters under EU law. Eleven years later, the EU succeeded in adopting the EU ETS: a novel instrument chosen by the Union to meet its long-term greenhouse gas emissions reduction target under the Kyoto Protocol (a reduction of 8% relative to 1990 levels, over 2008–2012) and potentially other similar targets in the future.

Just as with carbon taxes, ETSs incentivise the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions by putting a price on carbon. However, the two forms of carbon pricing fundamentally differ in certain respects. It suffices to mention two features of ETSs that are not shared with carbon taxes. In an ETS, carbon prices are market prices of emission allowances issued by a regulatory authority. Moreover, ETSs such as the EU ETS, which more specifically are so-called ‘cap-and-trade’ systems, set upper limits on the total volume of regulated emissions. Simply described, the ‘cap’ of an ETS is given by the supply of emission allowances that are distributed to regulated entities within multi-year trading periods (called ‘phases’ in the EU ETS). The demand for allowances depends on output levels and emission intensity of regulated entities, among other factors. The interplay of demand and supply determines allowance prices.

In principle, the main strength of carbon pricing is cost-effectiveness, meaning the ability to cut greenhouse gas emissions at minimum cost. On the other hand, ‘carbon leakage’ and inequitable distributional effects are potential side effects of carbon pricing that need to be addressed. Carbon leakage is the phenomenon whereby emission reductions achieved in a jurisdiction (or sector) are to some extent offset by emission increases elsewhere. In the absence of a global uniform carbon price, higher carbon prices in a country can result in carbon leakage due to the deteriorated international competitiveness of domestic firms in certain sectors – which is in itself an economic problem, of course. Depending on which sectors are regulated, carbon pricing can also result in undesirable distributional effects across households. Poorer households are typically more affected than richer ones, in relative terms, by price increases of energy goods such as electricity, natural gas, and motor fuels. The higher carbon prices are, the greater the need for measures that can effectively counter these side effects. Today, the main challenge for the EU in leveraging carbon pricing relates to the design and implementation of such measures.Footnote 3

2.2.1 The European Union’s Emissions Trading

In operation since 2005, the EU ETS has imposed a linearly declining cap on greenhouse gas emissions from about 10,000 heavy energy-using and electricity-generating installations and aircraft. The total volume of emissions covered by the EU ETS currently accounts for slightly over 40% of the EU’s total greenhouse gas emissions. Given increased climate ambition under the Green Deal, the current reform of the EU ETS mandates a steeper cap trajectory whereby the cap will reach in 2030 a level 61% below that of 2005 emissions.

The EU ETS is often referred to as a ‘cornerstone’ and a ‘flagship’ of EU climate policy. The use of these terms is warranted. First, the EU ETS has contributed to reducing emissions by imposing significant carbon prices or, just as importantly, by determining the expectations of significant carbon prices in the future. Second, the cap alone has ensured consistency of regulated emissions with long-term emissions reduction targets. Third, the EU ETS, which at the time was the first instrument of its kind to be used for climate mitigation, has represented a model to follow and improve on for many countries. Partly inspired by the EU ETS, many other ETSs have been established around the world, including China’s ETS, with many more likely to be established in the future.Footnote 4

From a regulatory point of view, the EU ETS has changed substantially over the years. This is no surprise, as the EU ETS itself can be considered a ‘grand policy experiment’.Footnote 5 Not only that, its evolution accelerated in response to major external events such as the Great Recession (2007–2009) and, more recently, the Green Deal. Major reforms were carried out in 2009 (Reform for Phase III, 2013–2020), 2015 (Market Stability Reserve),Footnote 6 and 2018 (Reform for Phase IV, 2021–2030). The current reform is no less relevant than the previous ones. In fact, it may be considered the most relevant so far in that it is the first to amend the system with a view to reaching net-zero emissions. The proposed reform comprises five main elements:Footnote 7 (1) a reduced cap, in line with the climate neutrality target; (2) revised rules on free allocation and on the Market Stability Reserve; (3) extension of the EU ETS to maritime transport; (4) a separate, brand new ETS for buildings and road transport; and (5) increase of the Innovation and Modernisation Funds as well as new rules on the use of auction revenues. Below is a description of the EU ETS that is focused on three of its fundamental dimensions touched by the reform: scope, cap trajectory, and allowance allocation.

2.2.1.1 Scope

Since 2005, the perimeter of emissions covered by the EU ETS has occasionally widened as a result of countries joining the system or extensions to previously exempt greenhouse gases or sectors. The current proposed reform of the EU ETS includes its extension, as of 2023, to emissions from maritime transport, specifically from ships above 5,000 gross tonnage. The volume of emissions involved makes this a significant step in the evolution of the EU ETS. At the EU level, maritime transport represents 3–4% of total carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions. Globally, CO2 emissions from this sector are projected to increase between 90% and 130% by 2050 compared to 2008 levels.Footnote 8 Given the lack so far of adequate measures to decarbonise maritime transport, the extension of the EU ETS to cover these emissions is an expedient development. The proposed extension concerns all emissions from intra-EU voyages, 50% of emissions from extra-EU voyages (that is, starting or ending outside of the EU), and all emissions occurring when ships are at berth in EU ports. To ensure a smooth transition, the requirement to surrender allowances covering 100% of emissions would be phased in over 2023–2025.

2.2.1.2 Cap Trajectory

In the regulation of cap-and-trade systems, setting the long-term cap is obviously a critical task. If an environmental target has already been identified, the task may seem straightforward: the cap just has to be consistent with that target. In actual fact, estimating business-as-usual emissions is needed to evaluate emissions abatement and the resulting levels of allowance prices, that is, carbon prices. Even if the market of emission allowances was perfectly efficient, both excessively high carbon prices and excessively low carbon prices can be problematic. Therefore, carefully calibrating the climate policy mix so that it results in a desirable combination of carbon prices and other climate policies (for example, subsidies for renewable energy, for energy efficiency, energy standards, etc.) is of the essence.

The cap of the EU ETS is indeed related to the broader targets for the EU’s overall greenhouse gas emissions, hence including emissions not covered by the system. To align the cap with increased emissions reduction targets set in the European Climate Law,Footnote 9 the EC has proposed to cut regulated emissions by at least 61% relative to 2005 levels by 2030. This is a major tightening of the cap, which under current legislation would reach a reduction of ‘only’ 43% instead. Accordingly, the linear reduction factor, which measures the annual reduction in newly issued allowances, would almost double from the current 2.2% to some 4.2%. Carbon prices can be expected to rise in the future as a result of increased cap stringency. An interesting question, however, is to what extent they have already adjusted as a result of the market having discounted this announced development. As Figure 2.1 shows, prices of EU allowances have more than tripled since the Green Deal was announced in late 2019.

Figure 2.1 Prices of European Union allowances (2005–2022).

Source: International Carbon Action Partnership, Allowance Price Explorer.
2.2.1.3 Allowance Allocation

The rules on the allocation of emission allowances are also an essential element of any cap-and-trade system. These rules are likely to be revised in a more or less substantive way on the occasion of any broad reform of a system. In the history of the EU ETS, some trends in the evolution of the allocation rules can be noted: (a) expansion of auctioning to the expense of free allocation; (b) targeting of free allocation with a view to minimising carbon leakage risk while avoiding windfall profits; and (c) use of free allocation as a tool for incentivising emissions abatement in investment decisions. These trends continue with the current reform.

As the cap declines over time, the total volume of allowances that can be given away is going to shrink. Indeed, this is the fundamental reason why the CBAM will gradually replace free allocation as the main approach to carbon leakage prevention. At the same time, allowance auctioning will be phased in for the aviation sector and, as already established by the previous reform for Phase IV, it will continue to expand (up to 100% in 2030) for the industrial sectors not deemed at risk of carbon leakage. Careful distribution of increasingly scarce allowances available for free allocation is also reflected in the space for more stringent emission efficiency benchmarks proposed by the EC. The maximum annual update of these (product) benchmarks, which are used for determining individual allocations of free allowances and which in the EU ETS correspond to the average of the 10% most greenhouse gas-efficient installations, would rise to 2.5% from the current 1.6%. Moreover, it has been proposed that free allowances will be partly granted conditional on proven decarbonisation efforts by firms so as to further incentivise the uptake of low-carbon technologies. Finally, the parameters determining mandatory participation of industrial installations in the EU ETS will be revised to remove unintended (dis)incentives. Notably, firms would not exit the EU ETS, which entails giving up valuable free allowances in excess of emissions, as a result of adopting effective abatement technologies (for example, through electrification). Not only will this remove a barrier to the adoption of break-through technologies, but – by keeping innovative installations in the EU ETS – it will also improve emission efficiency benchmarks and thus encourage greater emissions reductions in turn.

2.3 The Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism

In real-world climate policy, the introduction of the EU CBAM represents a disruptive innovation and potentially a game changer depending on the responses that it might trigger internationally. From a theoretical point of view, the CBAM is a climate policy tool that falls under the category of border carbon adjustments (BCAs). Given climate mitigation policies with different levels of stringency across countries, the purpose of BCAs is to minimise carbon leakage occurring via the competitiveness channel. The logic of BCAs is to level the playing field for domestic and foreign producers competing in the same markets. Countries with a domestic carbon price may impose levies on the carbon embodied in imports from regions where carbon prices are lower or nil; by the same token, rebates on exports to regions with lower or no carbon prices could offset embodied carbon payments.Footnote 10 This way, firms subject to more stringent climate policies would not be penalised by higher production costs, either in domestic markets thanks to import charges or in foreign markets thanks to export rebates. As a result, net of expectations about the future, production activities and related greenhouse gas emissions should not shift abroad – not owing to climate policy, at least.

The idea of BCAs is not new. Over the past 15 years, they have been the subject of many studies and debates on international climate policy. Yet to date we have hardly any experience with actual BCAs. The only existing BCA we know of is applied in conjunction with California’s ETS: it taxes electricity imports from neighbouring U.S. states on the basis of emissions intensity.Footnote 11 The CBAM will be the first BCA affecting international trade. It thus raises several issues concerning country relations, including its very compatibility with World Trade Organisation (WTO) rules, the impacts on other economies and the related consequences. Up until the Green Deal, fears of retaliatory trade measures proved effective in inhibiting any international BCA initiative.

The reason why the time for the CBAM seems to have come today is a genuine need of the EU to strengthen its arsenal against carbon leakage. It is a need that has emerged stronger than ever with the Green Deal. The further tightening of the EU ETS cap entails a faster reduction in the number of emission allowances issued in the future. All else being equal, this implies faster growth in allowance prices and a faster reduction in the number of free allowances. Therefore, free allocation as a tool for limiting carbon leakage is bound to lose effectiveness. A second reason why the EU decided to adopt the CBAM is the possibility of inducing other countries to increase their emission reduction efforts. In this sense, along with the benefits offered to other countries – for example, through technological transfer and financial aid – the economic costs threatened by the CBAM should help. Countries with less-stringent climate policies as compared to the EU might decide to narrow the gap in order to minimise national welfare losses or, better, take the opportunity to put the economy on a more sustainable path. Indeed the greatest success of a BCA would be removing its own raison d’être, that is, different levels of climate policy stringency. As such, the measure of the CBAM’s success will be the responses, in terms of policies and emissions abatement, by foreign governments and firms.

In the following, we describe the workings of the CBAM as proposed by the EC and discuss its compatibility with WTO rules. Other relevant questions, which are not addressed here for reasons of brevity, include the expected effectiveness of the CBAM in limiting carbon leakage and the CBAM’s expected economic impacts on both EU and other countries, especially developing ones.

2.3.1 How Will the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism Work?

The proposed CBAM will be phased in gradually and will initially apply to five categories of imported goods: iron and steel, cement, fertilisers, aluminium, and electricity.Footnote 12 While a reporting system already applied in 2023, EU importers will start paying financial adjustments for differences in carbon prices only in 2026. European Union importers will first buy CBAM certificates from national authorities at a price equal to the weekly average auction price of the EU ETS allowances. Subsequently, every year, they will have to surrender CBAM certificates in amounts that match the volumes of imported emissions. As it stands, surrendered certificates will only have to cover direct emissions embodied in imported goods. By the end of the 2023–2025 transitional period, however, the EC will re-evaluate whether to extend the scope of the CBAM to indirect emissions (that is, emissions caused through electricity use) as well as to more products down the supply chain. To ensure equivalent treatment between EU importers and EU producers, the CBAM will apply only to the proportion of emissions that does not benefit from free allowances under the EU ETS. For the CBAM sectors, this proportion will reach 100% in 2035: the year free allocation will cease entirely. If non-EU producers can show that they have already paid a price for the carbon used in the production of the imported goods, the corresponding costs can be deducted for EU importers. This provision introduces an incentive for non-EU countries to align their carbon prices with those under the EU ETS.

2.3.2 Compatibility with World Trade Organisation Rules

The EC has always stressed that the CBAM needs to be compatible with WTO rules. This implies the fulfilment of two main requirements. First, the CBAM must comply with the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT)’s non-discrimination principle, which relates to how imports of CBAM products into the EU are treated vis-à-vis different countries of origin (‘most-favoured-nation treatment’) as well as like European products (‘national treatment’). Second, the CBAM must comply with the WTO rules on subsidies, which are relevant to how European exports of CBAM products may be safeguarded with a view to minimising carbon leakage.

The prevailing view among trade experts is that, overall, the CBAM proposed by the EC appears to be WTO-compatible.Footnote 13 The argument whereby the non-discrimination principle is deemed fulfilled is twofold. The application of different carbon prices to imports from different countries is justifiable on the basis of two of the admitted derogations from the non-discrimination principle (GATT article XX). These exceptions concern ‘measures necessary to protect human, animal or plant life or health’ and ‘measures necessary for the conservation of exhaustible natural resources’. Besides, the criteria established to quantify imported emissions subject to the CBAM guarantee equal treatment of foreign and European producers. As regards EU exports of CBAM products, how to avoid market share losses abroad is obviously a key question. As a general rule, export subsidies as such, which are contingent on export performance, are prohibited under the WTO Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures. By way of derogation, export rebates on indirect taxes, such as VAT, energy taxes and carbon taxes, are allowed. However, the same exception does not extend to export rebates for regulations, such as ETSs.Footnote 14 Accordingly, the proposed CBAM provides for a full phase out of free allocation by 2035. As EU exporters seem set to face increasing international competition, supportive policies for deep domestic decarbonisation as well as convergence of climate policy stringency internationally will be critical for limiting the relocation of energy-intensive activities to other world regions and consequent carbon leakage.

2.4 Electrification: Leveraging Wind and Sun

Electricity is an extremely versatile energy vector that can be used to deliver (almost) any type of energy service, from lighting to heating, from cooling to mobility, normally with negligible local negative environmental consequences or safety hazards. Electricity can be generated from many different energy sources, including modern renewable energy sources, such as wind and solar photovoltaic (PV), which have seen major cost reductions in the first two decades of the twenty-first century. The combination of these characteristics explains why electricity will play a central role in the transformation of the energy system necessary to deeply decarbonise the economy in the coming decades.

In 2021, electricity satisfied almost 23% of final energy consumption in the EU, a share that has been relatively stable in recent years.Footnote 15 Except for a few captive uses, the main one being represented by electronic and electrical appliances, electricity competes with other energy sources and vectors. In the heating and industrial sectors, competition is mostly with natural gas, while in transport electricity competes against oil derivatives, such as gasoline, diesel, and kerosene. Several factors explain why the share of electricity in final energy consumption has remained relatively stable over the years. First, natural gas and oil derivatives have specific characteristics, such as a higher energy density and their being easier to store than electricity, which make their use with current technologies more convenient, especially for certain applications. Second, the existing infrastructure for the transport and use of energy is still mostly centred around gas and oil derivatives (think of the current fleet of passenger cars, which are generally equipped with internal combustion engines, and the petrol stations for refuelling them). On the contrary, consumers do not generally have an infrastructure in place that can support a much larger distribution and use of electricity to satisfy their demand for energy services. Third, the existing structure of energy taxation and sector regulation often penalises a broader use of electricity beyond what is captive (think of increasing-block electricity tariffs that still exist in some jurisdictions or tax rebates on fuels that specific classes of consumers frequently benefit from).

Promoting the electrification of final uses whenever technically feasible and economically efficient is a fundamental building block of the European strategy for climate neutrality by 2050, as it enables leverage on the recent successes in the decarbonisation of electricity generation. Over the past two decades, technological development and policy support have pushed the share of renewables in the European electricity mix. From the early 2000s to 2021, annual electricity generation from renewables more than doubled, surpassing 1,100 terawatt hours (TWh) in absolute terms and reaching a share of almost 38%. Wind, solar, and, to a more limited extent, bio-based energies have experienced remarkable growth and reached, under certain circumstances, grid parity with electricity generated from fossil fuels or nuclear. Their still largely untapped potential, in particular for solar and wind, suggests they will likely continue to grow and feed the European energy system with significant additional volumes of electricity in the coming years.Footnote 16

The EU Strategy for Energy System Integration issued by the EC in July 2020 considers a greater electrification of end-use sectors as one of three complementary and mutually reinforcing concepts upon which energy system integration can be built. The other two are a more ‘circular’ energy system, with energy efficiency at its core, and the use of renewable and low-carbon fuels, including hydrogen, for end-use applications where direct heating or electrification are not feasible.Footnote 17 The central role of electrification in supporting a climate-neutral economy at the least cost across sectors is confirmed by the action plan included in the same strategy, which features an acceleration of the electrification of energy demand, building on a largely renewables-based power system, as one of its six fundamental pillars. In the strategy, the EC foresees the possibility to reach a share of renewables in electricity generation around 55–60% and a share of electricity in final energy consumption around 30% by 2030. According to the scenarios developed by the EC, these numbers would be consistent with a trajectory ensuring climate neutrality in 2050.

However, in order to achieve those targets and be in a good position to reach climate neutrality 20 years later, several actions are needed in the decade to 2030. Notably, the EU must tackle the barriers to the expansion of renewable electricity supply, the accelerated electrification of energy demand, and the development of the necessary infrastructure linking supply and demand within and beyond the electricity sector. In what follows, we will first describe the main policy measures that the EC proposed in the Fit-for-55 package, which followed the Strategy on Energy System Integration. Then, we will provide a more critical overview of the opportunities and the challenges that electrification raises in the current transformation of the European energy system.

2.4.1 European Union Regulation Promoting Electrification

The Fit-for-55 package proposed by the EC in July 2021 contains several measures that try to accelerate the electrification of energy demand while building a renewable-based power system. As it is not possible to describe all of them in this text, an overview of the main measures, highlighting the obstacles to renewable-based electrification which they aim to remove, will suffice.Footnote 18

First, the package contains measures that promote an expansion of the supply of renewable electricity, a necessary condition to ensure that electrification is consistent with the long-term objective of decarbonising the European economy. In this context, the most relevant piece of the Fit-for-55 package is the revision of the Renewable Energy Directive (RED III), which raises from 32% to 40% the targeted share of renewables in the EU energy mix by 2030. This target is binding at the European level and is complemented by indicative national targets. The revised directive foresees specific targets for the various sectors as well. Significant attention is given to transport, industry, and the heating and cooling sector. To achieve these targets, EU Member States are allowed to adopt support measures. Reinforcing a trend initiated with the previous revision of the Renewable Energy Directive in 2018, the so-called RED II, bio-based energies and biofuels must satisfy increasingly stringent requirements in order to be eligible for support or even be allowed to be used.

Second, the package contains measures that promote electrification by removing existing rules that penalise electricity use or by introducing new rules that favour its use over other energy vectors. The revision of the Energy Taxation Directive (ETD) is a notable example of the former, while the revision of Regulation 2019/631, setting emission performance standards for new passenger cars and new light commercial vehicles, is an example of the latter. The ETD aims to ensure that the level of taxation of an energy product reflects its energy content as well as its environmental impact, with cleaner energy products such as electricity or renewable fuels being taxed less than more polluting energy products such as heavy fuel oil or coal. In order to achieve this result, the proposal by the EC foresees a set of minimum tax rates that Member States must respect and the abolition of several exemptions that have so far incentivised the use of fossil fuels. The revision of Regulation 2019/631 strengthens the emission performance standards for new cars and vans, and foresees that from 2035 onwards it will be possible to sell only new zero-emission vehicles. Under this requirement, electric vehicles seem one of the few technological options that will remain viable after that date.

Third, the package contains measures that promote a reduction in overall energy consumption and the use of more efficient technologies, such as heat pumps and electric vehicles. This is essential given the physical and economic limits to the expansion of renewable-based electricity generation, both in the short and the long term. In this regard, an important piece of the Fit-for-55 package is the revision of the Energy Efficiency Directive, which foresees a 9% reduction of energy consumption in 2030 compared to a 2020 reference scenario. This target is binding at the European level, with only indicative national contributions. The revised directive also promotes electrification via the definition of efficient heating and cooling systems based on minimum shares of renewable energy sources, with requirements for a gradual increase in these shares over time. Heat pumps clearly benefit from this measure. The revision of the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive, proposed in December 2021, provides another relevant example. It introduces the concept of zero-emission buildings, that is, buildings characterised by very high energy performance which can cover the very low amount of energy they need via renewable energy produced locally. According to the proposed revision of the directive, all new buildings must be zero-emission from 2027 onwards, while renovated ones will have to reach that standard from 2030. At that level of efficiency, electricity-based heat pumps represent an efficient and effective way of heating and cooling a building under most of the conditions.

Fourth, the package contains measures that promote the roll out of the necessary infrastructure to satisfy a larger and more differentiated electricity demand, including for new uses such as mobility. In this regard, the package contains a proposal for a regulation replacing the Alternative Fuel Infrastructure Directive (AFID). This directive, adopted in 2014, aimed, inter alia, at promoting the deployment of an adequate public recharging infrastructure for electric vehicles and the installation of shore-side electric supply for inland waterway vessels and seagoing ships, but did not foresee any mandatory target. The proposed regulation tries to fill what turned out to be a weakness of the AFID by introducing mandatory national targets for the deployment of alternative fuel infrastructure and other obligations. Together with RED III and the revision of Regulation 2019/631, the proposed regulation is expected to induce a paradigmatic shift in the transport sector.

2.4.2 Opportunities and Challenges

In the EU, electricity is currently mostly used to satisfy energy demand by the residential and commercial sector (in 2021, 31.7% of the energy consumed in those sectors was in the form of electricity) and by industry (33.2%), while it still plays a negligible role in transport (less than 2%). New technologies that are rapidly becoming mature promise to enable a much larger use of electricity in the coming years. In particular, the deployment of heat pumps can foster the use of electricity for the heating and cooling of buildings,Footnote 19 while electric vehicles may reduce the current supremacy of oil derivatives in road transport.Footnote 20 Electricity is also making its way for the production of process heat in the industrial sector, while it is still lagging behind in feedstock production.Footnote 21 Similarly, the role of electricity in maritime transport and aviation is expected to be limited for several years to come.

A larger use of electricity to cover final energy consumption presents several opportunities for the EU. First, as mentioned above, it allows taking advantage of the remarkable progress achieved in wind and solar PV generation technologies and the wide resource base available in Europe.Footnote 22 This progress and such resource base are hardly comparable with less satisfactory results in biofuels and direct heat generation from renewable sources, both in terms of technological development and production potential within the EU. Currently, electricity generation from solar and wind has a cost that is comparable to, if not lower than, that of conventional technologies, at least if measured in terms of the levelised cost of electricity. This cost-competitiveness has not yet been achieved for biofuels and direct renewable heat, except under certain conditions.

Second, electrification enables the use of more energy-efficient technologies that reduce the need for primary energy, facilitating in this way the transition of the energy industry from fossil fuels to renewables. As an example, an electric vehicle can turn most of the electricity stored in its batteries into motion, while traditional cars based on internal combustion engines waste 70% or more of the energy contained in the fuel they burn. Obviously, the more efficient final consumption is, the lower the amount of clean primary energy the system must produce, with significant savings both in environmental and economic terms.

Third, an expanded use of electricity in final uses offers the possibility to add flexibility to the electricity system, an increasingly valuable resource in the transition from an electricity generation fleet based on dispatchable technologies such as fossil fuel-fired power plants to an electricity generation fleet based on intermittent technologies such as wind and solar PV. Several of the new uses of electricity are not necessarily time-constrained and may be shifted, at least to some extent, to the hours of the day when intermittent technologies are producing at capacity, while batteries, including those of electric vehicles, can inject electricity in the grid when those intermittent technologies do not produce, such as at night or when the wind does not blow. In this sense, a flexible electricity-based energy demand is a natural complement to a more variable energy generation.

Fourth, in an electrified energy sector it is easier to engage final customers and develop consumer-centred energy markets, where electricity constitutes the integrating element of the various sectors and vectors. Electricity-based technologies, such as rooftop solar PV, electric vehicles, heat pumps, and domestic batteries, are relatively efficient at small scale and together with other controllable loads represent the physical asset base upon which innovative energy services and flexibility products can be developed and traded, with the fundamental support of digitalisation.Footnote 23 New markets can emerge at the local level and adapt to the specific local conditions. Even more disruptively, electricity can become the platform upon which all the energy vectors (that is, electricity, heat, and fuels) and sectors (that is, buildings, industry, and transport) can interact and be integrated, breaking the legacy silos that have characterised so far the energy industry.Footnote 24

Nonetheless, electrification of EU energy faces important challenges that question the optimism sometimes expressed by European policymakers and that perhaps warrant a bit of extra cautiousness. First, to be compatible with the decarbonisation of the European economy, electrification must be matched by a significant growth of renewable electricity generation. Between 2000 and 2020, the wind and solar generation capacity in the EU has increased by more than 25 times, reaching 315 gigawatts (GW). This is a remarkable result; however, in order to be able to cover the needs of mobility and buildings, the EU will have to speed up the deployment of wind farms, solar parks, and other renewable-based power plants. The energy resource base and the technologies might be there, but still this is a daunting task for industry and society alike.Footnote 25 Four aspects are particularly critical: the manufacturing capacity of technology suppliers, the availability of sufficient financial and human resources to fund and deploy the initial investments in new-generation assets, the expansion and strengthening of the existing electricity grid, and the acceptability of new infrastructure by the local population. None of these aspects can be taken for granted, even more after the start of the war in Ukraine and the tightening of monetary policy in the EU.

Second, even if sufficient renewable-based power plants were to be installed, the existing organisation and regulation of the electricity system and markets may represent a barrier to the full exploitation of the opportunities behind electrification. Indeed, the operation of the electricity system and the market design developed in Europe since the 1990s were built around very different assumptions, such as the centrality of large and dispatchable power plants, the relative passive behaviour of final consumers, and a clear distinction between the three fundamental end-use sectors, namely electricity, transport, and heating and cooling. Today, those assumptions are less and less justified, requiring a reform of system operation and market design. How big such reform should be is a matter of intense debate among academics and practitioners, which goes far beyond the purpose of this text.Footnote 26

Third, an expansion in the use of electricity in final consumption requires a profound renovation of the energy equipment of consumers.Footnote 27 Households and firms are called to replace their existing assets based on fossil fuels with new assets running on electricity. They are also called to improve the efficiency of their buildings and adjust their consumption patterns, to make them compatible with the efficient deployment and use of electricity-based technologies. This is a far from negligible task, especially given the relatively low replacement or renovation rate that characterises those assets. The strongest inflation wave in decades, the exceptionally high prices for electricity, and the uncertainty regarding the future state of the economy in Europe are likely to limit, at least in the short to medium term, the ability and willingness of households and firms to implement those renovations and replacements. While this may change in the longer term, less-affluent families and firms with limited financial means are likely to continue to struggle unless adequate public policies are put in place.

2.5 Clean Molecules: The Challenge of Market Uptake

In the European vision for a carbon-neutral economy by 2050, the evolving role of natural gas in the future EU energy mix is a central element, and to some extent an innovative one. For decades, natural gas has constituted the energy backbone of European industrial and household consumption. Nowadays, more than 20% on average of the European primary energy consumption is still covered by natural gas. In recent years and more convincingly since the mid-2010s, Europe has embraced its no-regret conversion towards renewable energies and has at the same time embarked on a slow but progressive phasing out strategy of natural gas and the other fossil fuels from the EU energy system. In an effort to reach the EU climate goals, the overall European decarbonisation strategy has envisaged, already since 2016, a considerably smaller role for natural gas in the energy mix by 2050, as well as its gradual replacement with renewable electricity and a mix of clean molecules such as renewable hydrogen, biogas, biomethane, and synthetic methane.Footnote 28

However, the presence of these clean molecules in the EU energy mix is currently minor if not negligible. Biomethane is already present in the existing natural gas network and is widely considered among the most commercially viable alternatives to replace at least part of current natural gas consumption, due to similarities in chemical composition and therefore compatibility with existing infrastructure. Still, only 3 billion cubic metres (bm3) of biomethane and 15 bm3 of biogas are currently produced in the EU,Footnote 29 approximately 1% of overall gas consumption (fossil gas and clean molecules combined). According to the European Biogas Association,Footnote 30 biogas and biomethane in 2021combined covered about 200 TWh. Although biomethane production is envisaged to increase massively in the coming years due to ambitious national initiatives, sustainable biomethane is not an infinitely scalable energy vector (as the feedstock from which is produced is limited), which prevents it from being able to displace fossil methane. Furthermore, there is a risk of creating perverse incentives whereby strong support for biomethane may lead to more animal agriculture and consequently higher overall emissions.Footnote 31

While hydrogen is also likely to play a significant role in the EU energy mix by 2050, its demand is still modest (257 TWh, or just over 8 megatons, in 2020). The total hydrogen currently used in Europe amounts to approximately 6 GW as its use is currently restricted to feedstock in specific industrial clusters in Europe. Different to biomethane, the availability of hydrogen is potentially unlimited, because hydrogen is the most common element present in nature. Rather, the difficulty relates to its exploitation as a large-scale energy source, due mainly to the still infant stage of the technology which can enable its generation. Further obstacles to a fast upscale of hydrogen concern its transport. Indeed, while biomethane is not that different in chemical terms from natural gas, and can therefore be transported via the same infrastructure, hydrogen molecules have a different chemical composition, strongly limiting the possibility of utilising the existing gas infrastructure to transport, compress, or store hydrogen. Nevertheless, the EU has reiterated on many occasions its strong belief that renewable and low-carbon gas will play a determinant role in the transition to a climate-neutral economy and in the future EU energy system. As we will see in the next section, at the regulatory level, this message has translated into specific measures aimed mainly at facilitating market uptake of clean molecules, namely biomethane and renewable hydrogen.

2.5.1 European Union Regulation for the Development of Renewable and Low-Carbon Gases

The very first mention of renewable and low-carbon gases appears in the Communication on an EU Strategy for Energy System Integration (ESI).Footnote 32 The third fundamental pillar of the ESI strategy, after the ‘energy efficiency first’ principle and the greater direct electrification of end-use sectors, consists in ‘promoting renewable and low-carbon fuels, including hydrogen, for hard to-decarbonise sectors’. The strategy promotes the use of renewable or low-carbon gases as they are considered a suitable energy vector in hard-to-abate sectors, where electrification with current technology is not possible due to technological immaturity.

On the same day of the Communication on an ESI, the very first EU Hydrogen Strategy (Communication on a Hydrogen Strategy for a Climate-Neutral EuropeFootnote 33) was also published. Hydrogen is therein defined as a ‘key priority to achieve the Green Deal and Europe’s clean energy transition’ and renewable hydrogen in particular is labelled as ‘the most compatible option with the EU’s climate neutrality and zero pollution goal in the long term and the most coherent with an integrated energy system’. The Hydrogen Strategy provides a roadmap to a fully fledged EU hydrogen market in 2050, with targets for the progressive development of renewable hydrogen (6 GW of electrolyser capacity by 2024, and 40 GW by 2030)Footnote 34 in the EU and neighbouring region.Footnote 35 In 2021, the 35th meeting of the European Gas Regulatory Forum (‘the Madrid Forum’) addressed the subject of clean molecules in detail, concluding that efforts should be made to facilitate the certification of renewable and low-carbon gases and the growth of a dedicated market and corresponding rules and regulations.

Building on these outcomes and on the ambitions of the Fit-for-55 package, the EC released its Hydrogen and Decarbonised Gas Market Package (HDGMP) in December 2021.Footnote 36 Not comparable in terms of volumes and importance to the previous ESI and Hydrogen Communications, the HDGMP aimed to develop the pre-existing regulation applying to natural gas since 2009 (the so-called Gas Directive and Gas Regulation) into a configuration that can incorporate a higher diversity of actors, a wider range of gases, and a different role for natural gas in the energy mix. The new package of measures proposes a new regulatory approach to market and infrastructure, which does not betray the existing set-up for natural gas and on the contrary builds on its core principles, such as third-party access (TPA), unbundling, and tariff regulation. In parallel, a gradual implementation is envisaged for renewable and low-carbon gases, taking into account the still immature stage of development of their value chain, and for which exemptions and a certain degree of flexibility in the application of these regulatory provisions are allowed until 2030. This two-stage regulatory approach is conceived of as tailor-made for the nascent clean molecules markets and is meant to facilitate their uptake in the initial stage of development. Importantly, the HDGMP also provides greater (albeit still partial) clarification on the definitions of renewable and low-carbon gases, and more specifically renewable and low-carbon hydrogen – which had been expected for a long-time, particularly by investors and market operators.

With the outbreak of war in February 2022, caused by the Russian invasion of Ukraine, the EC’s new priority suddenly became replacing Russian energy supply to Europe with reliable alternatives. REPowerEU, which was published in two steps between March and May 2022, provides an action plan aiming at this target. Alongside the measures aimed at demand reduction and diversification of supply, REPowerEU introduced ambitious targets for an increased availability of ‘clean electrons’, first and foremost wind and solar energy, as well as clean molecules. Specifically, the REPowerEU plan doubles the target for biomethane production to 35 bm3 by 2030 (it was set at 17 bm3 in the Fit-for-55 package)Footnote 37 and elevates the already ambitious target of 5.6 million tons for renewable hydrogen, set only a few months before by the Fit-for-55 package to 20 million tons in 2030 (of which 10 megatons reflects imported capacity). Moreover, REPowerEU urges that all new cross-border infrastructure should be hydrogen-compatible, so as to support a faster development of an integrated gas and hydrogen network, including storage facilities and port infrastructure.

2.5.2 Opportunities and Challenges for Renewable and Low-Carbon Gases

Natural gas currently covers approximately 40% of overall energy consumption in residential heating in the EU, followed by industrial use (about 20%) and electricity generation (about 15%). As per the ESI strategy, a significant amount of this energy demand is likely to be electrified. Significant volumes of molecular energy will, nevertheless, be needed. This is due in part to the physical properties of energy in this form which make molecular energy more advantageous compared to electrical energy: first, gases such as methane and hydrogen are more effective than electrical energy in certain applications where high temperatures are required such as steel production. Second, molecular energy can be stored for extended periods of time at very low marginal cost relative to electricity. For this reason, clean molecules can have a role in an integrated energy system as an energy vector, helping to balance the electricity and gas grids by providing medium to long-term storage and dispatchable power. This balancing component is likely to grow in importance as the EU electricity mix becomes increasingly characterised by intermittent renewable sources.

Furthermore, clean molecules could have an increasingly important role in achieving greater energy independence and overall security of energy supply in Europe, which has become the top energy policy priority in the current energy crisis. As previously mentioned, in the context of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, in February 2022, the EU has proposed measures to aggressively divest from Russian gas imports, and also oil and coal, for which the EU is also heavily dependent on Russia.Footnote 38 Clean molecules can play a central role in these efforts as they are typically produced locally or at least can be supplied by a large number of parties.

A number of obstacles and bottlenecks could significantly limit or slow down the growth of clean molecules in the EU energy mix. These challenges mainly relate to their upscale, in terms of cost and efficiency. We already mentioned the limitations linked to the upscale of biomethane, in terms of maximum generation capacity. A second consideration to be made relates to the fact that its generation process is not greenhouse gas-free, as anaerobic digestion – the process through which about 90% of biomethane is globally produced – does involve CO2 and methane emissions, hence making it a not-100% greenhouse gas-free gas. Therefore, although boosting biomethane generation is a logical choice in terms of diversification and economic opportunity terms, in the long term there might be greener solutions to reach the Green Deal objectives.

The greatest uncertainties, however, regarding future clean molecules’ development at scale concern hydrogen, with the main critical points being high costs and low efficiency. Hydrogen can be produced starting from different feedstocks (ranging from water and biomass to oil, coal and natural gas) and, therefore, costs, efficiency (and also safety) concerns depend, first and foremost, on the production process (steam methane reforming, pyrolysis, electrolysis, photocatalysis, etc.) and corresponding conditions. For the sake of simplicity, we will only focus here on hurdles linked to the development of renewable hydrogen, which is the preferential choice according to the EU regulation, but also the most problematic type of hydrogen to be produced at the moment.

As a first consideration, the massive planned investments in research and development and innovation – both at the EU and national level – are likely to reduce hydrogen generation costs while improving efficiency (meaning more volumes and fewer energy losses) at the same time. This could happen in a relatively short time, regardless of the technology choices that will be made. As a precedent, the levelised cost of energy (LCOE) – a metric indicating the average costs of generation per unit of electricity – for solar panels halved between 2009 and 2011 and continued on a more gradual downward trend, thanks to economies of scale and international competition. Something similar is likely to happen for hydrogen with the cost of electrolysers that are used to produce renewable hydrogen.

Moreover, the cost of renewable hydrogen generation highly depends on the cost of the energy input. The exceptionally high prevailing electricity and gas prices in 2021–2022 have completely rewritten the economics of this sector. Under those high gas prices conditions (100 euro per megawatt hour (MWh) or more), green hydrogen is cheaper than fossil hydrogen or any methane-based hydrogen, provided electricity is purchased on a long-term power purchase agreement (PPA) established prior to the energy crisis or afforded through a dedicated supply.Footnote 39 Similarly, at a price of roughly 70 euro per MWh biomethane has historically struggled to be cost-competitive with imported fossil methane, which has averaged roughly 20–30 euro per MWh in recent years.Footnote 40 However, biomethane is comparatively very cheap, with fossil gas prices in the hundreds of euros per MWh as it was the case in 2022.

Focusing on efficiency, renewable hydrogen is produced through electrolysis, a process of passing renewably produced electricity through water, splitting it into hydrogen and oxygen. Roughly 25% of the energetic value of the renewable electricity input is lost in converting it into hydrogen, with a further 25% loss if it is subsequently reconverted back into electricity. For the limited applications of hydrogen envisaged in the next couple of decades, efficiency losses add to cost but not in a prohibitive measure and can be offset by other benefits such as reducing load on grids. Different considerations need to be made for a future where renewable hydrogen is used on a much larger scale. In an energy-abundant scenario, losses are not problematic, but with the current REPowerEU plan and projections, renewable electricity will probably be anything but abundant.

Different EU initiatives aimed at decarbonisation may thus end up competing for the same renewable electricity; for example, electrification of road transport and electrolyser capacity for hydrogen production. Where fossil-based electricity is generated to make up for renewable electricity that is diverted from the grid to serve electrolysers, the resulting green hydrogen may de facto cause higher emissions than hydrogen obtained from fossil fuels.Footnote 41 With this in mind, it will be important for the overall decarbonisation of the sector for clean molecules to be deployed strategically where they are the most effective, giving consideration to the overall decarbonisation approach.

2.6 Sustainable Finance: An Ambitious European Union Agenda to Develop New Markets

Sustainable finance is a relatively recent policy priority of the EU. It can be retraced to the original agenda setting work of the High-Level Expert Group on Sustainable Finance (HLEG). Created in 2016, the HLEG was following the momentum built in Europe after the Paris Agreement around the mobilisation of private capital towards sustainability purposes. Although greatly amplified lately by the Green Deal drive, virtually all the recently adopted and pending EU legislative initiatives that aim at fostering sustainable finance by better channelling private capital towards green financial instruments can be traced back to the ideation work performed as part of the HLEG.

Sustainable finance has reached the status of a dedicated EU policy area with the release of its Action Plan on Sustainable Finance.Footnote 42 Largely side-lined due to the COVID outbreak and the resulting health crisis management needs, the EU sustainable finance agenda was facing a significant risk of ending up in the EC’s drawers, like many regulatory initiatives before that. Yet as sustainability concerns came back to the fore of EU agenda-setting already in the summer of 2020 as EU policymakers, stakeholders, and the wider public showed a renewed concern to preserve our environment. After the first waves of COVID receded and the EU’s flagship response to COVID (Next-Generation EU, or NGEU)Footnote 43 was agreed and implemented, the European Commission invested yet further time and energy to come up with an attempt at revitalising its sustainable finance agenda through the publication of its Renewed Sustainable Finance Strategy in July 2021.

Sustainable finance now has solid roots in the Green Deal agenda, but has in many ways also spilled out of it. It has gained its own traction, especially ever since the new programmatic work elaborated and set out under the Renewed Sustainable Finance Strategy. In what appears to be the most operational definition of EU sustainable finance, one can assume that sustainable finance is a ‘Commission workstream that supports the European aim of channelling private investment towards the transition to a climate-neutral economy’.Footnote 44 For recollection the EC committed to mobilise at least one trillion in sustainable investments over the period 2020–2030. Sustainable finance in the EU can be narrowed down to three central building blocks, which will be explored in turn in the following sections: (1) a set of EU financial capacities; (2) a two-legged approach to definitional standards; and (3) regulatory initiatives on disclosure. Taken together, these blocks are thought to contribute to significantly increasing the amount of private capital poured into European sustainable investment.

Sustainable finance in the EU takes many shapes and forms. All instruments will have effects on their own. Yet they will also interact and can therefore best be described as a mix of mutually reinforcing carrots and sticks. The virtuous circle is indeed at play to ensure that new and more rigorous sustainability standards are both supported by a host of newly injected funds as well as new data. Figure 2.2 illustrates this dynamic.

Figure 2.2 European Union sustainable finance key building blocks.

2.6.1 A Set of European Union Financial Capacities

On the carrot side two key instruments stand out: the NGEU plan, and the European Green Deal Investment Plan (Green Deal IP). While the two instruments speak to different target groups as we shall see, they all aim at the same objective of ensuring a macro-significant impact on the development of sustainable finance markets in the EU. They all derive from a market-making logic.

Next-Generation EU was adopted in principle in 2020 as a temporary instrument/economic package running from 2021 to 2026 in order to enhance Europe’s recovery from COVID. It consists of a total envelope of 750 billion euros provided to EU Member States in either grants or loans. It will be largely financed through the issue of EU debt on capital markets for which the Commission has been granted a mandate. De facto, the Commission extensively relied on the issuance of green bonds to finance NGEU. The Commission aims at raising up to one-third of NGEU funds via NGEU green bonds,Footnote 45 thereby implementing itself its sustainable finance agenda of scaling the size of sustainable finance markets.

The European Green Deal Investment Plan should be looked at as the real investment pillar of the European Green Deal. Rather than being an articulated instrument, the Green Deal IP should best be regarded as an overall umbrella plan with a strong headline target of 1 trillion euros of funds mobilised for sustainable investments by 2030.Footnote 46 These funds come partly from the EU budget (directly and indirectly through a complex system of leverage and guarantees) and partly from the European Investment Bank Group. Two strategic instruments of Green Deal IP are worth mentioning: the InvestEU Programme, a 250 billion euros programme financed by the European Investment Bank, and the Just Transition Mechanism, which totals 100 billion of investments from 2021 to 2027 for EU citizens and workers adversely impacted by the energy transition. Because of partial overlaps between the above instruments and NGEU, it will be very difficult for external analysts to track progress made on the one trillion euro objective.

2.6.2 A Two-Legged Approach to Definitional Standards

Besides funding capacities, the EU also launched a series of strategic initiatives to accompany the EU Green Deal following a market-shaping approach. We will focus here only on two of the most salient EU legislative initiatives in this field.

The much-maligned EU Taxonomy is a classification exercise that defines with a set of criteria which economic activities are sustainable. Taxonomy Regulation 2020/852 therefore provides uniform definitions, but focuses mostly so far more on the environmental dimension of sustainability and less on its social and governance dimensions. According to the Taxonomy, ‘environmentally sustainable economic activities should comply with the following criteria (cumulatively) (per article 3): contribute substantially to one or more of the environmental objectives; not significantly harm any of the environmental objectives;Footnote 47 [be] carried out in compliance with minimum social safeguards; comply with technical screening criteria established by the Commission’. With a view to facilitating transition investments but at the risk of blurring lines between what is sustainable or not, the Taxonomy also includes two other types of economic activities: transition activities, that is, ‘economic activity for which there is no technologically and economically feasible low-carbon alternative’ and enabling activities, that is, ‘activities which enable other activities to make a substantial contribution to one or more of the environmental objectives’ but not in their own right.

The regulation establishing a voluntary EU green bond standard stems from the need to develop more trust and credibility in sustainable financial products and avoid green-washing. It defines clearer conditions on the use of proceeds (in terms of transparency but also in terms of alignment with the criteria of the EU taxonomy and external review) and on the contributions of second-party opinion providers, which if the proposal is adopted would be subject to approval and registration by the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU financial watchdog. The proposal thus suggests laying down ‘uniform requirements’ based on existing best market practices. The text is expected to enter into force in 2023–2024. When proposing the new standard, the Commission stressed its expectation that:

[I]ssuers will have a robust tool to demonstrate that they are funding legitimate green projects aligned with the EU taxonomy. And investors buying the bonds will be able to more easily assess, compare and trust that their investments are sustainable, thereby reducing the risks posed by greenwashing.Footnote 48

2.6.3 Regulatory Initiatives on Disclosure

Following the same concern to increase trust in sustainable financial products via enhanced transparency, the EU is rolling out an ambitious agenda in terms of disclosure obligations. The two flagship initiatives in this field are the sustainability-related disclosures in the financial sector (per the Sustainable Finance Disclosures Regulation) and the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD). They both complement the Taxonomy work and legislative proposals made on EU labels such as climate and ESG benchmarks.

The Regulation on Sustainability-Related Disclosures in the Financial Sector (also called the Sustainable Finance Disclosures Regulation, or SFDR) was adopted in November 2019 and implemented in a Commission-delegated regulation in April 2022. Its key objective is to improve the quality of sustainability disclosure among both sustainable finance product manufacturers and advisers, ensuring stronger comparability across products as well as reducing sustainability abuses and greenwashing. As the Commission’s delegated act stresses, it aims to ‘bring further accountability and discipline to sustainability claims’.Footnote 49 Three examples are worth mentioning: the SFDR requires financial market participants to disclose their ‘strategic handling of sustainability risks on their websites’;Footnote 50 it also requires them to ‘disclose their products’ negative sustainability impacts on the business on their websites’;Footnote 51 and finally it forces participants to ‘explain advertised ecological or social aspects and sustainable investments’.Footnote 52

The CSRD – which amends the non-financial reporting directive – aims at gathering reliable and extensive data on the sustainable conduct of listed companies, including listed small- and medium-sized enterprises. Its key goal is to enable more granular, reliable, and comparable data across companies involved in sustainability activities. The rationale is that the reporting required under CSRD would be provided in line with the new sustainability indicators foreseen under the Taxonomy regime. While the CSRD has yet to come into effect, the implementing technical standards have already been brought forward by the technical standard elaborating actor EFRAG (the European Financial Reporting Advisory Group), which is developing – in close consultation with European Supervisory Authorities – detailed sustainability standards. A crucial innovation of the CSRD is its digital angle: it aims to foster reporting using digital tools (for example, XHTML format).

2.7 Conclusion

With the Green Deal, the EU has accelerated the pace towards climate neutrality, which is to be reached by 2050, as well as towards other related environmental objectives such as those on biodiversity and local pollution. The EU today presents itself as the main live laboratory of policies for steering a capitalist economy onto an environmentally sustainable path. Recent signs of growing determination and efforts to fight climate change by the two greatest greenhouse gas emitters and economic powers, namely China and the United States, gratify the EU’s leadership in this field – even if accompanied by rising international competition in green industries – and above all they give us hope for a less-bleak future. For reasons of brevity, we could not possibly examine all the relevant aspects of the EU’s strategy for climate neutrality. We thus focused on four of its building blocks that see the EU at the global frontier of policy: carbon pricing, electrification, clean molecules, and sustainable finance.

Carbon pricing has always been at the heart of EU climate policy by virtue of its expected cost-effectiveness and an enduring appreciation of this property by EU policymakers. Nevertheless, only after many years and multiple reforms does the EU ETS finally seem to be functioning as intended. Over the past year, the price of EU allowances has floated – not without some major oscillations – around 80 euro per ton of CO2. While the functioning of a cap-and-trade system should not be judged solely by the price that it determines, that figure does fall within the 50–100 US dollar range for the period 2020–2030 identified by the High-Level Commission on Carbon PricesFootnote 53 as consistent with the achievement of the temperature target of the Paris Agreement. The EU ETS is undergoing reform again. However, this time the ultimate purpose of the reform is to start equipping the system towards net-zero emissions. In this same vein, the EU has decided to unilaterally introduce the CBAM. This is a difficult but necessary initiative to begin aligning international trade rules with the imperative of global climate neutrality.

The incredible cost reduction of certain technologies such as wind and solar PV over the past two decades has allowed the EU to achieve positive results in the decarbonisation of its electricity mix. Expanding the use of electricity in buildings, transport and industry looks like a promising choice to build on such a positive technological trend and reap the benefits of a highly versatile energy vector, which can be used efficiently and with negligible local polluting implications. Nevertheless, rapid electrification poses important challenges that must be addressed, if one wants to ensure an environmentally sustainable and secure supply of energy to European citizens and firms in the coming years. Electrification calls for a radical change of the capital stock in the energy sector, not only upstream (need to build new renewable-based power plants) and midstream (need to build new power lines at transmission and distribution level), but also downstream (need to replace fossil fuel-based appliances such as gas boilers and internal combustion engines with electric ones). Providing sufficient and co-ordinated incentives to the multiple actors at stake is not easy. Several rules, within and beyond the electricity sector, must be reassessed and potentially amended. With the proposals in the Fit-for-55 package, the EC has taken the first steps in this direction. Whether this will be sufficient in the turmoil that currently characterises energy markets is hard to tell.

Moving to clean molecules, the EU’s action plan for decarbonisation outlined in the Green Deal involves the integration of renewable and low-carbon gases (so-called clean molecules) as a progressive replacement for traditional fossil fuels in some specific sectors and energy uses. The energy crisis and the outbreak of war in Ukraine has not led to any back step, at the European policy level, regarding the fundamental role that clean molecules are destined to play in the EU decarbonisation strategy. In fact, without a prompt and progressive deployment of renewable and low-carbon gases, the achievement of the Green Deal objectives is at risk. The EC has been working to facilitate the integration and market uptake of renewable and low-carbon gases with several initiatives in recent years and focusing in particular on facilitating the upscale of biomethane and the market uptake of renewable hydrogen in the future EU energy mix via the publication or the review of EU directives and regulations. The viability of satisfying meaningful portions of natural gas demand with biomethane and renewable hydrogen requires a number of key developments, including significant sustained demand for renewable hydrogen, an increase in the availability of renewable energy, and a further reduction in the cost of renewable electricity and in the cost of electrolyser manufacturing and the supply chain.

The expanding role of the EU in sustainable finance is puzzling because of the mutually reinforcing dynamics at play between its financial capacity instruments and its standard and regulatory instruments. In this policy area and more than in other policy areas the European Commission has acted both as a policy agenda developer and as a policy agenda implementer. Having access to a host of instruments to finance sustainable projects, the Commission can equally use these instruments to ensure that the definitional standards it promotes have a market uptake. This is abundantly clear in the cases of the green bond standard and of the Taxonomy, which has been made operational through the eligibility criteria of the NGEU. However, the Taxonomy also helps to structure the more detailed and broader reporting foreseen by the CSRD. This being said, at the time of writing the jury is still out as regards the effectiveness of the EU sustainable finance strategy that, if one were to simplify, can amount to the financial arm of the Green Deal. The loopholes of the EU Taxonomy have been flagged since the EC decided to include natural gas and nuclear as transitional activities. Also, and although it is perhaps too early to tell, several voices are questioning the incomplete nature of the framework, in particular when it comes to the highly opaque and unregulated ESG ratings markets. ESG ratings regulation and supervision appear as the new frontier of this vibrant policy area.

3 Environmental Constitutionalism The Implementation Perspective and the Different Souls of the European Green Deal

3.1 Introduction

Climate change is increasingly recognized as posing issues related to human rights – ranging from first- and second-generation human rights (civil and political rights) to third-generation rights such as the right to a sustainable environment (within the context of the right to development). In October 2021, the UN Human Rights Council (UNHRC) recognized the ‘human right to a safe, healthy, clean and sustainable environment’.Footnote 1 The Council also appointed a Special Rapporteur on Promotion and Protection of Human Rights in the Context of Climate Change.Footnote 2 In July 2022, the UN General Assembly confirmed the fundamental right to environmental protection.Footnote 3

The UNHRC has generally approached the relationship between climate change and human rights from the perspective of specific human rights.Footnote 4 A report published in 2009 acknowledged that climate change affects particular fundamental rights across the spectrum of civil and political rights (first-generation rights under the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, or ICCPR) and economic, social, and cultural rights (second-generation rights under the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, or ICESCR), spanning the rights to life, food, water, and work.Footnote 5 The report noted that climate change disproportionately affects specific vulnerable groups, such as women, children, and the elderly.Footnote 6 For example, women are particularly affected by climate change because of gender discrimination and inequality, which exacerbate factors such as poverty and access to financial services.Footnote 7 The report also highlighted the difficulty of holding States responsible for climate-related human rights violations because of the complexity of establishing a causal link between greenhouse gases emitted in a State and, for instance, a storm’s devastating impacts on people living in Kiribati in the Pacific. Given the difficulty of attributing responsibility to States, the Council recognized the importance of addressing such problems as first- and second-generation human rights.Footnote 8

The 2009 report established the blueprint of all subsequent studies on climate change and human rights, which have developed via a set of initiatives of the UN. Most notably, various Special Rapporteurs have tackled the problem.Footnote 9 For instance, the Rapporteur on Extreme Poverty and Human Rights systemically considered the implications of climate change in a report dedicated to the problem of ‘climate change and poverty’.Footnote 10 That report underscores that climate change impacts, first and foremost, poorer regions such as sub-Saharan Africa, with developing countries bearing around 75–80% of the cost of global warming.Footnote 11 More recently, the Special Rapporteur on the Right to Development explained that climate change increasingly affects a wide range of internationally established human rights, including the right to development, with disproportionate effects on groups such as indigenous peoples, internally displaced persons, persons with disabilities, and vulnerable women.Footnote 12

A recent document adopted by the UNHRC summarizes the relationship between climate change and human rights.Footnote 13 The report analyses the impact of climate change on specific human rights, spanning the rights to life, development, health, food, and self-determination.Footnote 14 It also illustrates how climate change affects the fundamental rights of specific groups, including indigenous people, women, children, migrants, displaced persons, and people with disabilities.Footnote 15 Further, it describes the human rights obligations of States and businesses with respect to climate change, providing underpinning fundamental principles.Footnote 16 Finally, the Report discusses issues such as the institutional role of the UN and UNHRC, the impact of the recognition of a human right to a sustainable environment, and prospects for future action.Footnote 17

The relationship between climate change and third-generation human rights, in the form of a human right to a sustainable environment, has received special attention. In adopting Resolutions A/HRC/48/L.18, A/HRC/48/L.23 and A/76/L.75,Footnote 18 the UNHRC and General Assembly have respectively declared the ‘human right to a safe, clean, healthy and sustainable environment’. Despite understandable enthusiasm raised by the ‘historical’ declaration of the Council, certain questions must still be considered. Will these declarations be mere rhetoric, or a revolutionary achievement that will prove an essential instrument to fight climate change via fundamental rights? This question involves two other questions – the first substantive, and the second institutional. As we shall see, these questions are two sides of the same coin.

Concerning substance, the human right to a sustainable environment can be of material significance in the fight against climate change. The right to a healthy environment could ensure normative consistency across a wide range of policy issues and facilitates the achievement of better human rights outcomes through improved environmental performance, including reduced greenhouse gas emissions and cleaner air.Footnote 19 Most significantly, the human right to a sustainable environment might simplify questions of causation. A State could be held responsible under such a right for emitting excessive greenhouse gas emissions without the need to prove a further breach of specific human rights, such as the right to life. In other words, it is not necessary to prove that the United States, Russia, and China emit excessive greenhouse gases under the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and Paris Agreement, and are thus responsible for triggering a storm with devastating effects on human lives in specific island nations. The United States, Russia, and China might be held responsible simply for emitting excessive greenhouse emissions, in breach of the universal human right to a sustainable environment. This would simplify the adoption of human rights remedial procedures when States emit excessive greenhouse gas emissions.

Beyond its declaration of a human right to a healthy environment, recent UNHRC action has had several other important impacts. Together with Res. A/HRC/48/L.23,Footnote 20 the UNHRC appointed a Special Rapporteur on Promotion and Protection of Human Rights in the Context of Climate Change, via Res. A/HRC/48/L.27.Footnote 21 That resolution recalls that human rights are ‘universal, indivisible and interdependent and interrelated’.Footnote 22

The Special Rapporteur is mandated to ‘address the adverse impact of climate change on the enjoyment of human rights, in the light of scientific data and assessments, and in a well-integrated manner’, advancing progress towards ‘the implementation of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, the [Paris Agreement] and the [UNFCCC]’.Footnote 23 The Rapporteur will consider how the adverse effects of climate change (for instance, sudden- and slow-onset disasters) affect the ‘full and effective enjoyment of human rights’, aiming to ‘strengthen the integration of human rights concerns into policymaking, legislation and plans addressing climate change’ so that States can effectively prevent and remedy the effects of climate change.Footnote 24

The resolution also mandates that the Special Rapporteur emphasize ‘existing challenges, including financial challenges’ for States in their effort to promote and protect human rights when addressing the effects of climate change. The purpose is to formulate recommendations on the respect for, and promotion of, human rights, particularly within the framework of areas such as mitigation and adaptation policies, practices, and investment.Footnote 25 Furthermore, the Rapporteur is requested to ‘synthesize knowledge, including indigenous and local traditional knowledge’, and to ‘identify good practices, strategies and policies’ regarding ‘how human rights are integrated into climate change policies and how these efforts contribute to the promotion and protection of all human rights and poverty alleviation’.Footnote 26

The resolution thus appears to establish a coherent framework for studying the relationship between climate change and human rights, which has thus far been carried out in a fragmented way by different Special Rapporteurs on specific human rights, such as the rights to food and water. It is against this backdrop of a growing international mandate for environmental human rights (EHRs) that the EU has introduced its ambitious climate action plan, the Green Deal. The literature on this subject has already attained impressive proportions, too large in fact to cite here. However, the concern of this chapter is not with the specifics of the Green Deal but with the normative challenges to its implementation that may emerge at its intersection with human rights. For this purpose, it is important to develop a coherent implementation perspective that will shed light on the process of harmonizing environmental protection and human rights through law.

3.2 The Implementation Perspective

Seldom is it possible for scholars in any discipline to trace the origin of a field of research with any great precision to any given point in time. Arguably, the study of policy implementation is an exception. Perhaps with excessive intrepidity, I will date the appearance of implementation research in the policy sciences to 1 January 1973. On that date, books with the following subtitles were published – (1) How to Understand the United States Government and other Bulky Objects; and (2) How Great Expectations in Washington are Dashed in Oakland; or Why it’s Amazing that Federal Programs Work At All, This Being a Saga of the Economic Development Administration as Told by Two Sympathetic Observers Who Seek to Build Morals on a Foundation of Ruined Hopes. Fortunately, the primary titles are less fatiguing – The Institutional Imperative and Implementation.Footnote 27

In our present context, mention of Jeffrey Pressman and Aaron Wildavsky’s Implementation will come as a surprise to few. Its impact as a founding text in implementation studies has reverberated through three editions and many an aspiring policy scholar has had his or her pre-professional ardour cooled by this tale of broken dreams. If a programme designed to create employment while catering to the interests of local businesses and community groups alike can begin life as a widely supported (and reasonably well-funded) federal priority, only to die in ignominy, what chance of success do any of us ever have? One answer, perhaps even darker than the question itself, is suggested by Robert Kharasch’s The Institutional Imperative. His insight was that implementation per se is rarely the objective of implementers. In a world where institutions can survive both abject failures (think, the ‘war’ on drugs) and success so spectacular that their raison d’être disappears (consider the March of Dimes campaign for a polio vaccine), it may be time for policy scholars to admit that institutional survival is the true objective of all policies once they fall to the tender mercies of actual government.

But before wrapping ourselves in the warm and protective folds of cynicism’s cloak, we should recall that governments have actually achieved substantive successes in the past. After all, did the Allies not defeat the Axis (if not fascism tout court)? Did the New Deal not put people back to work? Did NASA not put men on the moon? And perhaps a more important question – did not these policies enjoy an identifiable advantage that the programmes of the Economic Development Administration lacked? The obvious answer (but not automatically mistaken for that reason) is that the Axis powers posed an existential threat to the Allies by 1939. Almost as obvious was that the collapse of the world economy 10 years earlier imperilled everything that those in the developed world valued. Less obvious, but still the stuff of fevered worries in high places and low, was that Sputnik foreshadowed Soviet domination in the space above our very heads. The resulting sense of urgency gave war planners, New Dealers, and steely eyed missile-men a significant advantage over mere mortals. It gave them the power that flows from consensus.

Elsewhere, I have discussed the importance of consensus in democratic societies and in international environmental policy at considerable length.Footnote 28 Here, it is sufficient to observe that the consensus underlying the Allied war effort in 1939, the New Deal a decade earlier, and the race for the moon a generation later was of a particular variety. It was not a military, economic, or scientific equivalent of the ‘American Dream’ or the ‘Brotherhood of Man’. In each instance, the consensus was sufficiently concrete that what counted as success was relatively clear and sufficiently strong to provide a level of public support that made a direct path to the goal both justifiable and sustainable. In short, it provided the bureaucrats charged with implementing those policies persuasive (or, at least, plausible) claims to be pursuing the public interest rather than their own. Invoking the analytical context established by our sub-discipline’s founding scholars, it reduced the volume of democracy’s divergent voices to a manageable level and aligned institutional survival with substantive policy success.

So, the first rule of policy implementation would appear to be to ‘seize the high ground’ that only the claim of political consensus can offer by framing policy objectives in terms of a compelling public interest. Turning our attention to the implementation focus of this volume, seizing the policy high ground is precisely what much climate policy advocacy attempts to do (with only modest and variable evidence of success so far). Its core arguments, emphasizing that the challenges posed by climate change are caused by us all and impact us all, are sufficiently concrete and direct to hope for success. But whether success is likely remains an open question because the problem is so large and the necessary solutions so numerous. There are, in fact, few examples of how that big a problem can be coherently addressed by so many small solutions. To that end, by nearly any measure the EU’s Green Deal – the focus of many chapters in this volume – is the most coherent and ambitious attempt yet to activate government bureaucrats to actually pursue the many diverse climate solutions that our current predicament demands. Indeed, its obvious allusion to Franklin Roosevelt’s New Deal foreshadows its scope and ambition – aspiring to nothing less than the remaking of Europe as the first climate-neutral continent on Earth.

Early as we are in our experience with so grand an endeavour, how are we to evaluate the prospects for successful implementation of the Green Deal? We can, and should, take a careful policy-analytic approach to each of its constituent elements in an effort to assess both their value as climate solutions and their viability as political initiatives. But another level of evaluation is of equal importance. How likely is it that the Green Deal, as a whole, will actually be implemented and is implementing it likely to advance the plan’s implicit objective of showing the way for other continents (and their constituent nation-states) to effective climate policy? If what I have argued above is even approximately accurate, the answer to these questions depends significantly on the character of the Green Deal’s underlying consensus. Does it (or might it) capture the level of public commitment necessary to bring normative order to democracy’s cacophony and focus the attention of relevant governance actors on what policy success requires?

The short answer to this question is, we don’t know. But saying that is not the same thing as saying that there is no way to know. In fact, a small-bore variation of the question has already been put to the nations of the world and those of the EU have already given a uniquely hopeful answer. In 1976, Portugal became the first nation on Earth to entrench the substantive right to a healthy environment in its constitution.Footnote 29 Over the succeeding half-century, many other nations have followed suit, with many of those being EU members. The substantive premise of this essay is that an examination of that experience may shed light on the likelihood that the Green Deal will be implemented in ways that achieve the objectives of climate activists and acquit the motivations of EU officialdom. Before taking up that task, I would like to highlight a few of the methodological premises that support this analytical approach.

3.3 Constitutions, Consensus and Policy Implementation: The Tangled Web We Weave

Using the ‘natural experiment’ of environmental constitutionalism as a proxy for a European nation’s commitment to the implementation of the EU’s Green Deal is not entirely unproblematic.Footnote 30 First of all, the effectiveness of environmental constitutionalism is open to question. David Boyd extols environmental constitutionalism’s virtues, providing numerous examples of its good effect. However, environmental constitutionalism can take a variety of forms. Many nations have imposed a generalized obligation on government to maintain a safe and/or healthy environment. Another form of environmental constitutionalism imposes a similar obligation on individual citizens. These two forms of environmental constitutionalism would together present intolerable analytical difficulties in our present context. The meaning and effectiveness of a governmental duty in this setting ‘depends on its wording, its location in the constitution, whether it is enforceable by individuals and groups, and a host of factors external to the constitution’.Footnote 31 Likewise, the character of individual obligation clauses is rendered doubtful by the fact that constitutions ‘are generally enforceable against the state, not individuals’. It is, therefore, ‘unclear what legal purpose is served by the constitutionalization of individual environmental duties’.Footnote 32 For these reasons, the ‘environmental duty’ forms of environmental constitutionalism are ill-suited to our present purpose because of their inherently ambiguous meaning and doubtful significance.

The remaining forms of environmental constitutionalism – procedural and substantive environmental rights – are far less problematic (from an analytical perspective) than clauses that purport to impose environmental duties. The rights clauses, however, differ from one another in at least one important respect. Procedural environmental rights clauses are distinctly territorial creatures. They are ‘most commonly found in constitutions from Eastern Europe and Latin America’, suggesting that they may be responses ‘to the historical suppression of environmental information by autocratic regimes’,Footnote 33 rather than clauses with independent environmental significance. So, while not as inherently problematic as the environmental duty clauses, procedural environmental rights present similar difficulties of interpretation. Luckily, the fact that such procedural clauses are accompanied by substantive environmental rights in all but one instance justifies us in assuming that European procedural clauses are regarded as a complement to substantive rights rather than an independent expression of them.

We will, therefore, include in our roster of environmental constitutionalism ‘positive’ EU nations only, those whose constitutions contain a substantive environmental right. The natural experiment I introduced above is not an environmental constitutionalism activity generally, but rather the adoption of substantive environmental rights clauses. Constitutional entrenchment of an environmental human right, by itself, provides little protection for either humans or the environment. As James R. May has noted, ‘courts have yet to engage express environmental rights as often as might be expected’.Footnote 34 As a consequence, there are ‘surprisingly few judicial decisions implementing constitutionally enshrined environmental rights provisions’.Footnote 35 It is difficult to imagine that the problem is lack of either pollution or plaintiffs. Rather, the poor track record of environmental constitutionalism implementation so far can be traced to obstacles such as ‘text, meaning, judicial receptivity’ failures of ‘political will’ and the lack of ‘standards’ and ‘enforceability’.Footnote 36 However, the vicissitudes of adjudication do not justify the assumption that environmental constitutionalism provisions are intended merely to provide makeweight arguments or, worse, political window dressing for authoritarian or rapacious regimes (especially among EU nations).

Absent evidence of such political duplicity, countries that have taken this step are entitled to the presumption that their commitment to a clean environment has become deeply enough ingrained in the national governing consensus that its provision for all has found expression in their foundational documents. Especially in the case of EU nations, substantive environmental constitutionalism clauses, where they are found, mark off a policy space ‘in which there is some considerable congruence between the views of political leaders and those whom it is their duty to serve’.Footnote 37 They are generally the product of a conjunction between two influences, both of which have become common across the EU. The first is a ‘concrete political context’ within which a constitution is adopted or amended that features the delegitimisation of right-wing political actors.Footnote 38 The second is ‘a generic and broad consensus about social rights’ that combines an ‘overall conception of the role of the law and of the state’ in the nation’s legal tradition, the ‘values of Social Catholicism’ and an ‘international Zeitgeist favorable to social rights’.Footnote 39 This level of consensus clearly approaches that which we have already identified as constituting a foundation for successful policy implementation. Its potential efficacy in climate policy debates is enhanced yet further by the fact that this ‘special category of rights lies at the intersection of a two-way instrumentality. Environmental human rights can both protect vital environmental interests and empower individuals to enjoy other fundamental rights that are not directly environmental in character’.Footnote 40 This makes the presence (or absence) of substantive environmental constitutionalism clauses a useful indicator of a nation’s environmental consensus. While it by no means guarantees the implementation of environmental human rights, it captures both the commitment to environmental protection and the recognition of the ecological prerequisites to the enjoyment of human rights more generally that are essential to that goal. It also offers an opportunity to plug a fairly obvious hole in the EU Green Deal where (for both practical and normative reasons) explicit environmental human rights really ought to be.

Furthermore, substantive environmental constitutionalism clauses more precisely fit our analytical concern than those which impose duties. As a general matter, constitutional law has learned over the course of its history to resolve the dissensus resulting from conflict among comprehensive normative doctrines with ‘an exclusively secular overlapping consensus’ (Rawls) and with the support of an often homogenized ‘constitutional patriotism’ (Habermas).Footnote 41 In this context, substantive rights clauses function as ‘built-in rights-wideners’ that allow us to ‘bridge the modern chasm between a high-speed cultural evolution and a much slower evolution of our moral psychology’.Footnote 42 They do this through a process of negation which ‘creates a praxis of giving and accepting reasons which finally causes the emergence of a rationally justifiable egalitarian system of norms and discourses’.Footnote 43 In this context, however, the EU is caught on the horns of a unique dilemma. Will the normative power that its progressive development seeks to create and harness be an engine of Kantian cosmopolitanism (as scholars and publicists alike tend to assume), or will it become a force for a Hobbesian logic of normative homogenization (as its harshest critics and bureauphobes everywhere argue)?Footnote 44 Put differently, will Green Deal consensus be purchased at the cost of EU pluralism? An examination of this question in the environmental constitutionalism context may shed light on this question and, by extension, tell us whether hidden normative dissensus threatens effective implementation of the Green Deal.

3.4 The European Union as an Arena of Climate Policy Implementation

Having established substantive environmental rights constitutionalism as our indicator of the normative climate for successful implementation of the EU Green Deal, we may now approach that topic directly. The first observation we can make is that the EU has been fertile ground for the adoption of substantive environmental rights. Of the 27 current members, 16 have substantive environmental rights clauses in their constitutions. While the presence of 11 ‘dissenters’ may give pause, that should not (by itself) be a cause of despair. Three dissenting EU members (Cyprus, the Republic of Ireland, and Malta) are common law nations.Footnote 45 And while there is some controversy regarding the continuing relevance of legal traditions,Footnote 46 their importance in this context is difficult to dispute. Of fully common law countries worldwide, only one (Jamaica) has adopted a substantive environmental rights clause. In the light of the apparent power of this cross-cutting influence on substantive environmental rights decisions, it seems entirely reasonable to eliminate the three common-law EU members from our analysis (as both unremarkable and nearly unavoidable).

Two of the remaining eight EU members without such clauses differ from their colleagues in a different yet pertinent way. Denmark and Sweden, while nominally civil law nations, have legal codes that stretch much further back in time than their continental counterparts and owe virtually nothing to them by way of legal borrowing. For its part, Denmark is the oldest State in Europe and its legal system is ‘essentially national in character’, having ‘evolved independently of Roman law’.Footnote 47 Likewise, early Swedish law ‘grew up in undisturbed isolation … exhibiting a unique instance of law almost solely self-developed’.Footnote 48 The oldest Swedish written law was that of Västergötland, which was written down, copied, and revised during the early 1200s, duly becoming Sweden’s first book in 1280. In form and content it tracked Sweden’s even older law, which was ‘similar in its principles to that among other northern and Teutonic peoples and was made familiar through the Icelandic sagas’.Footnote 49

In fact, given the early shared history of Denmark and Sweden, it would have been remarkable if either country had found time to so much as wonder how law might be developing beyond Scandinavia. They were far too busy glaring at each other across the Øresund to pursue such pastimes. Be that as it may, each of these ‘dissenting’ members of the EU earns a pass when it comes to substantive environmental rights constitutionalization. Countries whose legal history is Scandinavian are habitually counted among the world’s most progressive societies, particularly as regards human rights. Moreover, both Denmark and Sweden are regular top 10 members of the World Population Review’s most environmentally friendly countries list.Footnote 50 If either Green Plan truculence or environmental rights abuses born of legal tradition come from anywhere, it is unlikely to be the EU’s far north. We can, therefore, safely eliminate two more substantive environmental rights dissenters from our analysis.

We are now left with six civil law members of the EU whose reluctance to adopt a substantive environmental rights clause cannot be banished from our analytical field of vision by historical hand-waving. Austria, Estonia, Germany, Italy, Lithuania, and Luxembourg are near neighbours of the 16 substantive environmental rights-adopting EU members and have legal histories that are intimately intertwined with them. So, if there is something systemic in their particular manifestations of civil law that differs significantly from that of their 16 substantive environmental rights EU partners, we need to know what it is. As with our first invocation of the concept of legal traditions, a preliminary answer lies ready to hand. A fundamental difference among civil law nations has long been recognized between those whose systems are primarily German in origin and those whose systems more generally follow the Code Napoléon. All six of our remaining non-substantive environmental rights members of the EU have legal systems that are widely regarded as having Germanic law origins. What, precisely, are we to make of this fact?

3.5 Vive la Diffèrence?

With 22 EU members still in our analytical field of view, it is unlikely that we will be able to tease apart the factors that explain the Germanic and French ‘flavours’ of civil law in each of those cases. However, given the stark difference between them that environmental constitutionalism has revealed, it is difficult to believe that the explanation for deutscher dissens is as trivial as the preference for chocolate over vanilla. The obvious solution is to concentrate our attention on what appear to be the ‘source codes’ of European legal development – the Code Napoléon of 1804 and the Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch (BGB) of 1900. The literature on the history and development of civil law is voluminous almost beyond reckoning. However, in the remainder of this section I will call upon only those parts of that literature necessary to discuss distinctions between the Code and the BGB that might reasonably explain their differential impact on environmental constitutionalism and which might be expected to present obstacles to the successful implementation of at least some elements of the Green Deal.

Having focused our attention on the Code and the BGB, it is almost inevitable that we should notice that they are (so to speak) the legal bookends of that momentous period in history often called the long nineteenth century. It is natural, then, to wonder how much further back in history we should look for a better understanding of those legal milestones. One answer can be found in the magisterial work of Harold Berman on the development of the Western legal tradition,Footnote 51 and the impact on that development of the Protestant Reformation.Footnote 52 The first volume of Berman’s magnum opus is significant for its demolition of the long-standing social scientific conceit that law is a secondary influence upon history because it is part of society’s ideological superstructure rather than its material base. As Berman succinctly puts it, ‘the fact that Hegel was wrong in supposing that consciousness determines being does not mean that Marx was right in saying that being determines consciousness’.Footnote 53 Moreover, in spite of the fact that he had escaped the grasp of economic determinism, its crippling sociological assumptions left a legal theorist of Max Weber’s stature unable to explain some of the unique features of Western society – that it was not the Western State that emerged first, but the Church in the form of a State; that the first principal stage of Western development was the product of a dialectical tension between theology, science, and law; and that those social institutions were held together by a unique sense of time, of evolution, and of revolutions both past and yet to come.Footnote 54 All of these are matters of single importance to Berman’s analysis.

For all this, and as important as Berman’s historical and methodological insights are, of primary concern to our inquiry is his contribution to our understanding of the fractures that appeared in the Western legal tradition centuries after its birth in the High Middle Ages. The bifurcated contours of Continental European law as we see them today were established, on Berman’s telling, by the Protestant Revolutions in Germany (1517–1555) and England (1640–1689). But before we are carried away with the theological particulars of those revolutions, it is worth remembering that one of the EU dissenters (Italy) has a Protestant population of under 1%. So, Protestantism per se will not meet our dual criteria. While it might or might not present Green Deal implementation issues, it cannot be part of an explanation of environmental constitutionalism outcomes. But perhaps the Protestant revolutions placed more issues in doubt than just theocratic orthodoxy. Here, again, Berman is a helpful guide.

Far from portraying the German Protestant revolution as ‘a story of “Luther and the princes” against “papacy and empire”’, Berman argues that ‘it was not only, and not primarily the combination of religious prophets and a secular high magistracy that was responsible for the great transformation of church and State but rather the actions of large segments of the German people as a whole, and especially of the merchant and artisan classes within German cities’.Footnote 55 Berman also saves a place in his analysis for the peasantry and the urban poor, whom the high magistracy had crushed in an earlier massive revolt. And, while Berman’s continental focus is on Germany, he argues that ‘the German Revolution was a European Revolution’ – having profound impacts throughout Central and Eastern Europe and seizing the Scandinavian imagination even more firmly than it did the Germanic.Footnote 56

While Berman’s first volume and its emphasis on the High Middle Ages generally tracks the viewpoint of other scholars of civil law history,Footnote 57 his account of the Protestant revolutions has been met with somewhat more dissent. Much of it is methodological and need not detain us because there is little dispute about Berman’s central claim that the Lutheran revolutionaries had a distinctive legal philosophy. Contrary to the scholastics, for whom reason was the superior cognitive facility, Luther preached that reason should be subordinated to conscience. Conscience was ‘the bearer of man’s relationship with God … that shapes and governs all of the activities of his life, including both his apprehension and his application of natural law’.Footnote 58 Further, Luther ‘considered it to be the duty of the prince to oversee reform’ because the extensive changes that were needed in legislation and the courts were not appropriate work for the masses.Footnote 59 The corollary principle, that ‘orthodoxy was to be laid down by the ruler of each state’,Footnote 60 became one of Protestantism’s early political selling points.

Of greater importance to our concerns, however, was that home-field advantage was congenial to a parallel development in the Lutheran take on natural law. Far from a universalistic counterforce, natural law thinking provided a legal methodology that reinforced Protestant localism (and historicism). With law increasingly ‘associated with the legislative sovereignty of each nation’ in the person of their princes,Footnote 61 a new trajectory was established in legal thinking. ‘Instead of trying to discover true principles of law from assumptions about human nature, as the French did under the influence of secular natural law, the Germans sought to find fundamental principles of German law by scientific study of the data of German law: the existing German legal system in historical context’.Footnote 62 Thus, we see that ‘in old Germanic law and even in the nineteenth century, custom was of great importance’.Footnote 63 This pattern of legal science within the context of a local ‘database’ was appealing because it was infinitely replicable and its results contributed to wide variations in the reception of the Code as Napoleon attempted to export it to the rest of Germanic Europe.Footnote 64 When we consider how the fortunes of continental law might have differed if the French Code had been received throughout the Germanic States as it was elsewhere in Napoleon’s domain, we might well conclude that ‘the dramatic event in European legal history was not codification itself, but the German rejection of French codification’.Footnote 65 But how are we to determine which aspects of this Germanic dissent are relevant to the environmental constitutionalism outcomes that we have documented and which factors among those might complicate the implementation of the Green Deal? It is to that complex question that I now turn.

3.6 What Makes the Difference?

As a general matter, the social forces of justice and state authority present themselves to us wearing many faces.Footnote 66 As a matter of typological construction, we can distinguish between States that take activist approaches to the administration of justice, emphasizing the achievement of preferred policy outcomes. Conversely, a State’s approach to questions of justice may be reactive, concentrating on resolving discrete disputes arising from naturally occurring social contexts. Moreover, in crafting its judicial institutions and processes, a State may create a hierarchical officialdom which subjects the work of every judicial actor to direct review. Alternatively, judicial institutions may rely on multiple sources of authority with the expectation that they will coordinate their efforts in order to achieve justice. Assigning either France or Germany to any of these categories with certainty is inherently difficult. However, their respective codes do betray certain tendencies that bear on the questions at hand.

For example, the Code Napoléon is a distinctively post-revolutionary document. When the French Revolution swept away the ancien régime, whose central government had been too weak to unify French law, the way was open to a wave of reformers who drafted a code that was ‘very brief and sketchy; deliberately so’ as its authors ‘professed a contempt for both Roman law and customary laws, aiming to make the law simple, direct and available to every citizen’.Footnote 67 The hope was the French Code would become ‘a kind of popular book that could be put on the shelf next to the family Bible or, perhaps, in place of it’, and that its clarity would ‘allow citizens to determine their rights and obligations by themselves’,Footnote 68 thus fulfilling the utopian object of making lawyers unnecessary. And it is important to observe that the dominant rationalism of the time is reflected in the Code’s pretention to sweep away all prior law. After all, only ‘an exaggerated rationalism can explain the belief that history could be abolished by repealing a statute’.Footnote 69 In all of these ways, the ideology of French codification ‘accurately reflects the ideology of the French Revolution’.Footnote 70 The fact that Napoleon himself was more charmed by the brevity and ambiguity that made the Code more ‘portable’ and thus more useful to his ambitions does nothing to diminish its essentially revolutionary character.

For its part, the BGB is just as bold about its larger objectives as was the Code Napoléon. It declares its character at the very outset by including a heretofore unheard of feature – a ‘general part’ that was ‘dominated by the dogmatic teaching of German universities in the nineteenth century which … had completely changed (while purporting merely to systematise) the German ius commune’.Footnote 71 Again, we see the pretension to overturn all that had gone before. But this time the motivation was not revolutionary but, rather, counter-revolutionary – an expression of the Pandectist commitment to remake German law by reaching back beyond the European experience to apply the Pandects of Justinian directly to German legal custom and to their immediate concerns. Their philosophy was one of pure legal science, but also a bold expression of German nationalism. While the Pandectists’ claims to purity of purpose and political neutrality were belied by their embrace of the values of ‘the dominant middle class which believed in the theory of laissez-faire … freedom of contract and the protection of private property’,Footnote 72 their apparent activism was actually more reactive in character. After all, the German ius commune that the Pandectists swept away was by that time far from a pure-bred beast – being neither truly ‘common’ nor fully German. The primary culprit, as in so many other things European, was Napoleon.

Napoleon found his Code to be a handy tool for standardizing legal practice in the areas he had come to dominate. Its ‘emphasis on legal equality and property rights’ made it attractive to the emerging middle-classes, as a consequence of which it ‘was translated into a number of languages and introduced into various subject States along with the jury system, a uniform court hierarchy, and judicial due process’.Footnote 73 However, in Germany, reception of the Code was (perhaps predictably) rather chaotic. Some German States had the Code forced upon them through annexation (chiefly the Rhine departments and Hanseatic cities). Others adopted it more or less as it was urged upon them (Westphalia, Berg, Frankfurt, Ahremberg, and Anhalt-Köthen) or after making significant changes to it (Baden). A sly few adopted it but never brought it into effect (Nassau and Würzburg), or began the process of adoption and then slow-walked it (Hesse-Darmstadt and Bavaria). The rest dithered until it eventually became evident that Napoleon was not going to press hard for its adoption – which they ultimately (and often quietly) declined to do.Footnote 74 However, the damage was already done. The French bacillus had entered the German body-politic, a foreign presence that festered in Baden, Berg and the Rhineland, where ‘the Code Civil remained on their statute books until the [BGB] came into force’.Footnote 75

Having established the activist quality of the legal culture which produced the Code and reactive character of the BGB, the forms of French and German structures of authority can be described with relative ease. The activism and hierarchy of French law is evident in its historical commitment to the ‘investigating judge’ as well as in its propensity to multiply ‘official units – panels of low-level officials – in order to permit mutual supervision in implementing centrally imposed policy’.Footnote 76 In Germany, on the other hand, the principle that the sources of law are limited to only custom and statute, taken together with the history of German law as a ‘patchwork of localized and diverse bodies of custom, uncoordinated by any judicial hierarchy’Footnote 77 mark German legal officialdom clearly as ‘coordinate’ rather than hierarchical and its approach as reactive. So here we have one explanation for the fact that ‘modern scholars profess to see two different “families” among civil law systems or two branches of the civil law “family”, one deriving from the Germanic sphere of influence, the other from the Latin or, more particularly, the French’.Footnote 78 The question remains, however, why should civil law nations with activist and hierarchical legal systems be so much more receptive to environmental constitutionalism than those with reactive and coordinate systems? And, ultimately, what can we learn from that data point about the likely challenges to the implementation of the EU Green Deal? To answer these questions, we need a more detailed perspective on environmental constitutionalism and the role it plays in environmentalism more generally. To gain that perspective, we shall begin by returning to the concept of consensus.

3.7 What Difference Does the Difference Make?

Elsewhere, I have discussed two contrasting (although not contradictory) approaches to the formation of governance consensus.Footnote 79 The approach that I have called ‘declaratory’ begins with the pronouncement of abstract principles, followed by an exegetical process of determining what sort of policies those principles suggest, and is concluded by a deductive exercise which establishes the rules that are needed to guide a target population that is (implicitly) assumed to wish to comply with the declared principles. This simple model captures the essence of rational management (with its mission statements, organizational goals, and individual objectives), of activist/hierarchical state authority, and of the broad characteristics of international regime formation. All of these familiar processes move from the general to the specific, using abstract declarations to (ultimately) resolve concrete problems.

On the other hand, the ‘adjudicatory’ form of consensus development begins with the resolution of many instances of what ultimately is recognized to be a more general problem. The archetypal example is the common law process of resolving individual disputes which (eventually) provides a large enough ‘database’ of resolutions that the successful ones can be identified and their common properties isolated. Legal treatises then follow, often restatements of the judge-made law, and finally (when the cases capture a problem of sufficient import) the development of model codes in anticipation of eventual codification. The adjudicatory model captures, admittedly in idealized form, the process of consensus formation in common law countries – including their development of human rights through reactive legislative solutions to emergent social problems within the framework of only sparse (and largely procedural) systems of constitutional rights.Footnote 80

In comparing the legal cultures of France and Germany, what should we expect in this context? The Code, which we have characterized as abstract and even vague, has succeeded historically for precisely that reason. Its scope was universal – ‘all Frenchman became citizens, without differentiation of status … all feudal burdens on land were abolished, as were all feudal privileges’.Footnote 81 While it purported to cover all subjects that the nation’s judiciary might confront, it purchased that universality at the cost of generality. Indeed, a primary reason for the breadth of its influence and adoption is that ‘it expressed more generally, and therefore more attractively than its rivals, the ideals of the codification movement which continued in civil law countries throughout the nineteenth century’.Footnote 82

The authors of the BGB, on the other hand, would not have seen their project as part of a transnational movement. Their aspiration was to provide so complete and historically grounded an account of its area of coverage (limited by the confines of historically identifiable German legal custom) that judges would find the answer to any conceivable problem within its four corners. A companion goal was to derive those answers, to the greatest possible degree, from uniquely German customs and practices. A word that might fairly be applied to the BGB is ‘accommodationist’. It was ‘not intended to construct an ideal system on the basis of universal natural law; its object was to maintain (as far as this was compatible with the necessities of unification) the connexion of the present with the past, but without neglecting the change in the conditions of life brought about by modern social and economical developments’.Footnote 83 The adoption and subsequent durability of the BGB is the product of a consensus that ‘rested (and rests) on several foundations. These include the Germanic nature of the Code and the historical and cultural values that the new law embodied’.Footnote 84 In contrast to the declaratory character of the Code Napoléon and its exegetical and deductive methodology, the BGB is seen (at least by its adherents) as the inductive product of concrete problem-solving through any number of customs and practices that have allowed the German people to ‘adjudicate’ their differences over the centuries. It is almost as if the German Pandectists had been in close correspondence with the American most widely remembered for having written that ‘the life of the law has not been logic: it has been experience’.Footnote 85

3.8 Some Conclusions (Tentative, of Course)

If the parallel suggested by the immediately preceding sentence sends a shiver down the spines of civil law scholars, perhaps it should. Common law countries reject the concept of environmental human rights almost unanimously, with only Jamaica significantly breaking ranks. Moreover, the leading common law countries are well known for their sparse collections of basic rights – tending towards political and civil rights thought to be ‘constitutive’ of their polities in the most fundamental sense. So, while the point is a quite general one at this juncture, we have a wider and entirely plausible context for the dissent by EU countries with legal systems inspired by the Germanic/Romanist civil law tradition rather than that of the French.

Moreover, respecting our primary question concerning the implementation of the EU Green Deal, we have found that the ‘natural experiment’ of environmental constitutionalism has potential lessons to teach. If Berman is correct in treating the German and English elements of the Protestant Reformation as revolutionary siblings, perhaps the shared (and largely secular) conservatism of those revolutions is something we should attend to. The departure of the UK may turn out to have been an unexpected boon to the implementation of the Green Deal. But Germany and the Germanic legal culture are still alive, well, and fully present at the heart of the continent and its politics. And, as the various provisions of the Green Plan mature into programmes and mandates, that legal culture may assert itself.

For example, reactive legal institutions deploying coordinate political authority are more comfortable resolving concrete disputes than they are promulgating regulatory policy.Footnote 86 So when it comes to the style of environmental policy that appeals to various countries, Germany may prove to be more like the United States than anyone might have expected – which is not necessarily all bad. As one early indication of its positive potential, the environmental justice movement in Germany appears to be significantly more prominent than it is in France, of which it was said as recently as 2014 that it simply had no environmental justice movement.Footnote 87 This has a number of implications.

First, environmental justice is a product of the civil rights movement rather than the broader human rights movement. In comparison to environmental human rights, environmental justice is far more concerned with environmental manifestations of racial, ethnic, and class discrimination. Although environmental justice activists recognize environmental human rights activists as kindred spirits on the global stage, their interests generally lie closer to home – often manifesting a concentric circle perspective in which those closest to us are the subjects of our strongest obligations.Footnote 88 As compared with environmental human rights, therefore, environmental justice is typically characterized by a significant degree of localism.

Second, environmental justice has generally been concerned with the reasons for injustice rather than the rationale for greater justice. In part because of its localism, but also because of its frequent need to situate its concerns in certain legal categories of protected persons, the movement struggles to reach beyond issues affecting discrete and insular minority populations.Footnote 89 A broader environmental human rights perspective is often resisted as the product of classical liberalism that is largely blind to the environmental plight of women and the people of the developing world.Footnote 90 This can express itself as a preoccupation with remedial measures as opposed to regulatory policy. As an ironic consequence, ecofeminists,Footnote 91 and those whose concerns involve the global south,Footnote 92 often look elsewhere for theoretical and political allies. In this way environmental justice’s local and particularistic success tends to isolate it from the more universal narratives (and advocates) that characterize the broader environmental human rights movement – sources of support that might help environmental justice reach beyond its localism to achieve greater global influence. Fissures of this sort within the environmental movement offer gaps into which reactionary forces can drive wedge issues.

Third, and finally, environmental justice’s primary focus is on the imposition of environmental disadvantage on those who have been rendered helpless to resist by a history of persecution – of the denial of what we generally consider their civil rights. In large part, this is a function of the statutory frameworks within which environmental justice actions must be situated (particularly in the United States). The result is that environmental justice issues are commonly associated with environmental racism involving the exposure of minority communities to disproportionate health risks as a consequence of their political disenfranchisement. The primary narrative is one of individual conscience rather than universal reason. Important as this focus is, it often overlooks the systemic issues of the ‘reduced environmental quality of life … lack of participation … in environmental policy- and decision making … asymmetry of governmental and private-sector responses’ to environmental demands of minorities and ‘the much larger but related international problems of environmental justice’.Footnote 93 Thus, the vital strengths that the environmental justice movement has realized from its remedial focus on local and particular injustices driven by an individualism of conscience have been bought at the cost of the advantages that a more global, universal and prospective approach might offer.

To a significant extent, the environmental human rights movement still carries environmental justice strands in its genetic makeup. However, those genes do not manifest themselves everywhere and the unfortunate consequences of that run in more than one direction. For example, the EU Green Deal is regrettably silent on the issue of environmental human rights. That, I suggest, is no coincidence. Without the powerful and pressing issues of ‘environmental racism’ that roil politics in the United States, there was less likelihood that an influential environmental justice movement would emerge in Europe. As a consequence, ‘a Eurolegalism relying on rights frames has been a relative latecomer to the environmental policy arena. And the rights that have been evident are – in the case of legislative rights – procedural rather than substantive in nature and in that respect, offer a somewhat less powerful Eurolegalism’ than would otherwise be the case.Footnote 94

The hole in EU environmentalism that I am describing is also evident in the absence of judicial dialogue between the European Court of Human Rights and the Court of Justice of the EU regarding environmental rights. That pattern is a glaring exception to the generally cooperative disposition exhibited by the two courts in other domains of human rights protection.Footnote 95 This fact, when combined with relative absence of environmental human rights framings in Eurolegalism is almost enough to make one believe that those in the know are avoiding this corner of the environmental policy space because they know it to contain old unexploded ordinances. In any event, European environmentalism has thus been (and continues to be) deprived of the advantages of environmental justice activist energy and public attention that have benefited American environmentalism as a result of its informal partnership with the American civil rights movement. Perhaps that is the cost of ignoring the fact that localism and the exercise of individual conscience are still actively contested values. Consider that in the most recent wave of the World Values Survey, two items separated France and Germany in a way that few others do. In response to the item that asked how close respondents felt to the rest of the world, nearly 30% of French said ‘very close’ while only 15.5% of Germans gave that response.Footnote 96 And when asked whether a long list of personal traits were important qualities in a child, only 36% of French respondents thought the ‘independence’ was important, whereas nearly 70% of Germans thought so.Footnote 97

Finally, with respect to climate issues in particular, the abstract quality of environmental rights that lack environmental justice lineage contributes to the Janus-faced form that climate change narratives take. On the one hand, the climate change narrative ‘is a discourse of judgment, pathology, and catastrophe’. It is ‘a hostile “other” in collective consciousness, condemning us to suffer for our excesses, threatening us with environmental conditions’ we have long associated with ill-health while holding over our heads ‘the prospect of a radical dispossession’ of the things we value most. On the other hand, an analysis of climate discourses by the World Trade Organisation, International Monetary Fund, World Bank, and Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development suggests that ‘the global governmentality of climate protection is built on four discursive pillars – globalism, scientism, efficiency, and an ethics of growth – that make climate protection function as a powerful but meaningless rhetorical tool’.Footnote 98 The technocratic elitism that results has proven quite resilient in the face of conventional environmental arguments, but seems forever vulnerable to environmental justice assaults – which draw their power from our nagging awareness that ‘the very notion of the domination of nature by man stems from the very real domination of human by human’.Footnote 99

Having now discussed some of the normative differences that cohere with the distinction between activist and hierarchical forms of legal authority and legal institutions with a more reactive character that relies on coordinate authority structures, we can now speculate briefly about what implementation obstacles to the Green Deal will look like in general. In the light of the German preference for an inductive approach to the formation of political consensus, the generalized conservatism that is sometimes attributed to the Germanic strain of civil law now begins to appear to be more a form of experimentalism – a preference for solutions that have been field-tested on a small scale before being introduced as a regulation of general application. So too that individualism which expressed itself in the English revolution as a founding principle of liberalism appears on the continent less an intrusion into the German body politic than a venerable expression of personal independence grounded in personal conscience. The nationalism that equally attended the development of German civil law is less a rejection of the world than it is a suspicion about deductive reasoning from abstract universals and a preference for empiricist induction. Finally, these three elements taken together suggest that the Germanic form of civil law has a pronounced tilt towards normative decentralization – a form of governance that embraces the concept of subsidiarity as both a legal and moral principle. Accommodating that perspective while transforming the entire European way of life will be an endless challenge, increasing in difficulty as the need (and demand for) collective ‘transformation’ grows and our responses more closely impinge upon our normative cores. So, that process may well force the scholars and jurists of the EU onto the environmental rights minefield some of them appear to have been avoiding. I suspect that ground is where the most daunting challenges to Green Plan implementation will be encountered. But there is at least one bright spot.

While my discussion to this point of the declaratory and adjudicatory models might suggest that these are competing approaches to the formation of rights, it is not necessarily the case. These approaches are both models, potentially complementary ones, of how governing consensus can be built. And whatever else a right may be, it necessarily involves the assertion of a particular kind of consensus. In order to become functioning elements of a governance structure, ‘rights must be so well-established that they are rarely disputed, and real rights must present socially, politically, and legally accepted bounds on what must, can, and cannot be done in the everyday lives of humans’.Footnote 100 The adjudicatory and declaratory models describe at a general level alternate methods for developing such legally accepted boundaries by harnessing both the remedial and regulatory potential of law.Footnote 101 I am convinced that deploying these models in tandem, as a pincer attack on the obstacles to climate change policy implementation, is the strategy we will all finally be forced to adopt.

The need for this two-pronged approach is evident in European views on the pursuit of non-trade policy objectives through trade policy decisions. Views among EU institutional actors on the importance of environmental and human rights objectives align well with those of the European public generally, with both diverging from business community opinions. However, on the more practical matter of whether non-trade objectives should be addressed through trade policy, EU actors share the opinions of the business community rather than those of their citizenry.Footnote 102 This disjuncture clearly suggests a normative gap between EU citizens and EU institutional actors – both public and private. Indeed, if elite attitudes are the shoals upon which environmental human rights are destined to founder, then broader public participation is likely to be the key mechanism through which environmental rights will eventually become effective. The implementation of environmental human rights will likely be propelled by a combination of confrontational and institutional modes of participation.Footnote 103

Such an ‘outside/inside’ pattern of rights creation and development is very much the norm in common law countries.Footnote 104 It is also entirely consistent with the adjudicatory model of consensus formation as I have described it. And, if the account that I have provided of Germanic civil law is generally accurate, it suggests that EU nations that have followed that tradition are not so much normative holdouts as they are devotees of local experimentation. Even if this is accepted, it does not necessarily bode ill for the long-term development of an EU normative consensus on climate rights. It means only that much of the heavy lifting will likely have to be accomplished through intensive interpretation of the entire domain of environmental rights by the European Court of Human Rights, consistent with its long-standing view of the European Convention as a living instrument of governance.Footnote 105 However, this will require time that a changing climate may not permit us.

4 Avoiding Russia’s Sphere of Influence: The European Union, Energy Supply and Climate Sustainability

4.1 Introduction

Largely because of an abundance of natural resources, which make up almost half of its federal budget, the Russian Federation is one of the world’s main oil and gas producers.Footnote 1 Russia is also one of the world’s biggest emitters of carbon dioxide and its main gas producer, State-owned Gazprom, consistently ranks among the largest emitters of industrial greenhouse gases.Footnote 2 While the federal Parliament (‘Duma’) has recently passed climate legislation establishing, inter alia, a national carbon-pricing scheme, the country is reportedly far from being on track to achieve the objectives established under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and the Paris Agreement.Footnote 3 Theoretically, the situation has been convincingly contextualised within a framework whereby Russia uses energy as a weapon to strengthen its ‘spheres of influence’, along the lines of a political doctrine that is deeply rooted in the Cold War.Footnote 4 Prior to war in Ukraine, the EU imported 90% of its gas supply, with Russia providing around 45% of those imports, in varying levels across Member States.Footnote 5 Russia also accounted for around 25% of oil imports and 45% of coal imports.Footnote 6 Essentially, the EU and its Member States represent the main market for Russia’s oil and gas, importing 50% and 70% of Russia’s exported oil and gas, respectively.Footnote 7 Arguably, while interdependence between States has the potential to minimise conflict, in the case of Russia it has exacerbated the potential for war in Ukraine and the EU energy crisis.Footnote 8 Scholars indeed speak of an ‘EU–Russia energy war’.Footnote 9

In a fast spiral of dependence on Russia, the EU and its energy policy have been significantly affected by the ongoing war in Eastern Europe, given that several limits on import of oil and gas from Russia have been established as sanctions in response to the use of force against Ukraine.Footnote 10 Furthermore, some pipelines transporting energy from Russia and Ukraine to the EU have de facto become unavailable.Footnote 11 Moreover, Gazprom has halted the provision of energy to countries such as Bulgaria, Finland and Poland.Footnote 12 In addition, war necessarily undermines the cohesion of the international community and its cooperative capacity to react to the global climate threat required by the very nature of climate as a common good and codified in the UNFCCC, particularly in Articles 3 and 4. At the same time, war has disclosed the possibility of a fundamental rethinking of the EU energy policy within the framework outlined by the Green Deal,Footnote 13 including the possibility of accelerating the roll out of clean energy technologies as the preferred option.Footnote 14 Indeed, when Russia began to send troops into Ukraine in February 2022, the President of the European Commission, Ursula Von Der Leyen, stated that a transition away from fossil fuel is an adequate response, massively and strategically investing into renewables for EU energy independence.Footnote 15

This contribution examines the situation based on a three-step analysis. The first part of the chapter is dedicated to climate policies in Russia, aiming to understand whether the Russian energy policy is fundamentally aligned or misaligned with the UNFCCC. The second part of the chapter outlines possible ways forward for the EU vis-à-vis Russia’s influence, particularly in the light of recent developments triggered by war in Ukraine, with specific regard to the way in which the EU envisages implementing the Green Deal and the clean energy transition in the long term. The third part of the chapter assesses the feasibility of the ways forward, by focusing on the implications of war in Ukraine for contracts that the EU, its Member States and companies have in place with Russia, in order to understand whether the EU options are legally plausible.

4.2 A Difficult Green Transition
4.2.1 Russia as a Fossil Fuel-Based Economy

Natural gas, oil and coal amount to around 90% of domestic energy supply in Russia, with renewables, mostly based on hydropower, only scoring around 4%.Footnote 16 No major economy depends on fossil fuel more than Russia, which is considered unprepared for the global transition from hydrocarbons to green energy.Footnote 17 According to the International Energy Agency (IEA), the Russian Federation accounts for a huge portion of global oil output and is thus the world third largest oil producer after the United States and Saudi Arabia. In 2021, Russian crude and condensate output reached 10.5 million barrels per day, that is, 14% of the world total supply. Russia is also responsible for 17% of global gas production, as the second largest producer after the United States. Russia also has an extensive pipeline network for gas export, with transit routes reaching the EU directly or via Belarus and Ukraine. In 2021, Russia exported 40 billion cubic metres (bcm) of liquefied natural gas (LNG), accounting for approximately 8% of global LNG supply and making it the fourth largest LNG exporter globally. In 2021, the government developed a long-term LNG plan to compete with growing export from the Unites States, Australia and Qatar, aiming to achieve 110–190 bcm in annual LNG exports by 2025. Oil and gas production facilities are spread throughout the country, with their bulk located in western and eastern Siberia.Footnote 18

Historically, Russia is the third major carbon emitter in the world, accounting for around 7% of total cumulative global emissions since 1850. It follows the People’s Republic of China (PRC), which is responsible for around 11% of global emissions, and the United States, which has reportedly released more than 509 gigatons of carbon dioxide (CO2) since 1850, comprising some 20% of the global total. Most greenhouse gas emissions are production-based, whereby most of the country emissions, that is, around 80%, come from the energy sector burning fossil fuel. Russia also ranks very high in terms of per-capita emissions, as it emits 11 CO2 tons per person per year, that is, twice the world average, which places it fifth in the world ranking, behind the United States, Estonia, Australia and Trinidad and Tobago.Footnote 19

Russia is also one of the States most affected by climate change, so much so that it is predicted that global warming will exert the strongest impact on Russia’s strategic future for decades to come, more than any other political conjuncture – indeed, warming in Russia is reportedly progressing two and a half times faster than in the rest of the world. As a consequence, permafrost – permanently frozen subsoil which covers nearly two-thirds of Russia’s landmass – is quickly thawing. In 2020, regions across the country experienced the hottest temperatures on record, triggering flash floods that destroyed entire villages in Siberia and forest fires that burned through acreage the size of Greece, emitting one-third more CO2 into the atmosphere than in 2019, while Arctic Sea ice coverage shrank to its second-lowest extent in over 40 years.Footnote 20

Legally, Russia has ratified both the UNFCCC and the Paris Agreement, but, for a long time, public discourse has denied the scientific reality of climate change, with the country deploying only limited efforts to decarbonise and incentivise the green economy.Footnote 21 After ratifying the Paris Agreement on 15 October 2019, Russian President Vladimir Putin still expressed doubts on the possibility of a global shift to renewable energy.Footnote 22 In November 2020, the country announced an updated emission reduction target of at least 30% below 1990 levels by 2030. In 2021, for the first time, Putin mentioned the mitigation of climate change as a key State priority, which resulted in the adoption of national legislation setting limitations on greenhouse emissions.Footnote 23

4.2.2 Spheres of Influence and Deficient Climate Policies

In October 2021, the Russian government approved a long-term climate strategy, establishing a net zero emission target by 2060, with an 80% reduction below 1990 levels envisioned by 2050. However, it has been noted that there is a lack of detail on how and when targeted measures will be implemented, and their projected impact.Footnote 24 The country aims to achieve the objective by doubling the level of negative emissions from land use, land use change and forestry (LULUCF) between 2030 and 2050. In this respect, it is worth noting that Russia’s forests account for one-fifth of the world’s total. At the same time, the Ministry for the Environment announced the intention of calculating emissions by including negative emissions from unmanaged forests, which nonetheless violates United Nations (UN) guidelines for national inventories and excludes deep cuts in emissions from fossil fuel combustion. This is within a context whereby Russia’s LULUCF capacity as a carbon sink has declined from 723 megatons of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2-e) in 2010 to 535 megatons of CO2-e in 2019 and is expected to continue declining to 246 megatons of CO2-e in 2030 under the current climate policy. Moreover, given that in 1990 Russia (as the then-Russian Soviet Federative Socialist Republic) was still part of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (USSR) and emitted nearly 2.4 billion tons of CO2, as the USSR’s successor State at international law the country can effectively increase its emissions over the next decades. Russia’s 2021 Energy Strategy has thus been criticised for largely focusing on promoting fossil fuel extraction, consumption and export to foreign countries, threatening the future of the Paris Agreement.Footnote 25

In 2021, Russia introduced a federal law, ‘On Limiting Greenhouse Gas Emissions’, which establishes a national cap-and-trade system.Footnote 26 Fundamentally, that law determines greenhouse gas reduction targets, compels businesses emitting large amounts of greenhouse gases to report on emissions and introduces ‘carbon units’ as tradable property rights. It also establishes the right of natural and legal persons to take part in climate projects aimed at reducing greenhouse gas emissions or improving carbon sinks. The law outlines reporting and monitoring procedures for greenhouse gas targets and tradable units to be spelled out in detail via further regulations, including liability under the Code of Administrative Offences of the Russian Federation for late, inaccurate or omitted reporting. These measures have nonetheless been criticised in many respects, as they do not directly establish quotas or penalties for large greenhouse gas emitters, but only require enterprises to report on emissions starting in 2023. Similarly, it has been noted that Russia’s renewable energy sector has no targets in place, except for a very modest renewable electricity generation target of 4.5% – excluding hydropower – by 2024, which it is unlikely to achieve. Therefore, it is considered that if Russia does not set more ambitious targets for emission reductions and provide additional financial input, instead of rapidly declining, its emissions are predicted to either flat-line or increase by 2030.Footnote 27 Additionally, in 2020 Russia abolished mandatory energy-efficiency standards for new buildings and replaced them with mandatory automated heating controls and prohibitions on inefficient heating systems. Furthermore, measures in the transport sector remain very limited, with next to no electric vehicles sold in the country in 2020 and no programmes to reduce emissions from heavy-duty vehicles. In the light of these data, Russia’s climate action is rated as ‘critically’ or ‘highly’ insufficient with respect to the 1.5°C increase threshold envisaged in the Paris Agreement, in terms of policy and action, domestic targets, fair-share targets and climate finance.Footnote 28 Russia’s current emission trend is indeed predicted to lead to an average temperature increase of 3–4°C.

Developments in the area of investment confirm that the Russian system is not geared towards the implementation of an effective green transition. Foreign investment in Russia is regulated by federal legislation that protects investors in fossil fuel from expropriation on the same footing as investors in renewables.Footnote 29 International investment agreements are underpinned by the same logic and lag behind recent proposals to align international investment treaties with climate-friendly policies,Footnote 30 in contrast with the approach promoted by the EU.Footnote 31 It has thus been suggested that Russia urgently increase its financial contribution to the implementation of the Paris Agreement and stop funding fossil fuel abroad.Footnote 32 However, the recent announcement of a gas deal worth around US$117.5 billion, including a 30-year gas contract boosting Russia’s gas supply to the PRC by ‘a quarter’, does not seems to be primarily rooted in the logic of climate sustainability.Footnote 33

Rather than pursuing an effective climate policy, it has been convincingly asserted that Russia uses its energy resources, particularly oil and gas, as a ‘weapon’ to increase its ‘spheres of influence’.Footnote 34 The doctrine is still largely rooted in Cold War thinking, which purports that only powerful nations have a right to full sovereignty and can maintain it by establishing a degree of control over neighbouring countries.Footnote 35 In this context, market opportunities and security challenges merge, as dependence on Russian gas makes Central and Eastern European markets vulnerable to supply cuts and allows Russia to leverage energy as a tool to implement its foreign policy.Footnote 36 Thus, for instance, in 2006 Russia shut down the Druzhba pipeline, allegedly for repairs, disrupting oil supply to Lithuania for several years, after Mazeikiu, a Lithuanian oil refinery, had been sold to PKN Orlen, a Polish company.Footnote 37 In July 2008, Russia significantly reduced oil supplies to Czechia for several weeks, alleging technical problems, after Czechia signed an agreement for the provision of missile defence systems with the United States.Footnote 38 When in 2009 Putin approved the interruption of gas supply to the EU following a dispute with Ukraine over gas transit fees and other payments concerning a pipeline connecting Russia, Ukraine and the EU, the fact that Ukraine abandoned plans to alternatively import gas from Turkmenistan resolved the crisis and the gas flow resumed.Footnote 39 Along these lines, the fact that Russia is extending its sovereign claims and military presence in the Arctic have prompted scholars to speak of a ‘path dependency’ caused by a ‘hydrocarbon culture’, which would accentuate large-scale and State-led projects supported by authoritarian rules.Footnote 40

4.3 Accelerating the European Green Deal as a Response to Russian Influence?

While the EU has over time sought to improve the diversification of energy supply, for instance, by unbundling energy production and distribution through the Third Energy Package,Footnote 41 this has proved insufficient to unwind Russian dependencies,Footnote 42 with half of natural gas imports coming from Russia in 2021,Footnote 43 as clearly underscored by the recent Ukrainian crisis. Therefore, the crisis represents a critical moment that might trigger a shift in the EU energy supply policy to end the ‘EU’s tacit support in perpetuating Russia’s authoritarian regime’,Footnote 44 including short- and long-term measures. Leaders in the EU, UK and United States have indeed welcomed the decision of Germany to halt the certification of the Nord Stream 2 pipeline when Russian forces proper moved into those regions of Ukraine occupied by Russian-backed separatists since 2014. Reportedly, besides the possibility of a hydrogen and gas pipeline from Norway and the Netherlands as well as renewed North Sea drilling,Footnote 45 the German government is also aiming to accelerate a shift to a 100% renewable electricity system by 2035.Footnote 46

In the short term, the EU is looking favourably to increasing energy import from developing countries such as Libya, Algeria and Azerbaijan, as well as delaying coal plant closures as an immediate response to shortages in gas supply.Footnote 47 Furthermore, the EU envisages measures aiming to lower domestic energy prices induced by war in Ukraine, such as setting retail prices for households and micro-enterprises.Footnote 48 At the same time, the EU envisages reliance on a larger State Aid toolbox. The idea is that of establishing a Temporary Crisis Framework, which could, for instance, allow liquidity support for all undertakings directly or indirectly affected by the crisis,Footnote 49 specifically, energy-intensive consumers, as a form of compensation for the increase in energy costs owing to price shocks triggered by war in Ukraine. Another possibility is expanding the list of sectors eligible to benefit from the Emission Trading System State Aid guidelines, subject to demonstrable improvements in energy efficiency and decarbonisation, but avoiding competition distortions among Member States. Other measures aim to allow EU Member States to levy temporary taxes on windfall profits, offsetting higher energy bills.Footnote 50 From the standpoint of supply security, smarter use of energy infrastructure has also been proposed so as to improve EU storage, particularly gas storage, and prevent possible supply disruptions by Russia.Footnote 51 In this regard, the EU is also investigating the possibility of anticompetitive practices by Gazprom, whose storage is allegedly at 16%, well below the market average of 44%.Footnote 52

In the long term, the EU estimates that the clean energy transition will have to be drastically accelerated in order to increase the independence of the EU and its Member States from unreliable suppliers and volatile fossil fuel markets. The European Commission considers that the case for a rapid clean energy transition has never been stronger. War in Ukraine is thus seen as a means to implement the Green Deal and accelerate the transition to a green economy, benefiting both households and energy-intensive companies. In more detail, the EU envisages the necessity of reaching independence from Russian gas well before the end of 2030. According to the Commission, it is indispensable to accelerate the diversification of supply, reducing energy demand and improving the roll out of green energy technologies.Footnote 53 The general framework is outlined in the Fit-for-55 package, which implements the objectives of the European Green Deal. On the one hand, this package envisages the acceleration of energy-efficiency efforts by Member States, such as increased annual energy savings obligations and new rules to decrease energy consumption in buildings. Similarly, the Commission foresees a revision of the taxation of energy products.Footnote 54 On the other hand, the package envisages an improvement in renewables via the enhancement of sectoral targets, with a special focus on sectors where progress with integrating renewables has been slower to date, particularly in the fields of transport, buildings and industry. In this context, the EU adopted the REPowerEU Plan as a response to the situation in Ukraine, aiming to improve the production of renewable gas, particularly biomethane and hydrogen, coupled with a diversification of LNG supply via pipelines and other transport means.

More specifically, the objective of the REPowerEU Plan is doubling the Fit-for-55 target for biomethane,Footnote 55 producing 35 bcm per year by 2030 and an additional 14 million tons of renewable hydrogen on top of the 5.6 million tons foreseen under the Fit-for-55 package to replace 25–50 bcm per year of imported Russian gas by 2030.Footnote 56 These measures require the development of an adequate regulatory framework to support a European market for hydrogen, including the installation of integrated gas and hydrogen infrastructure and storage facilities. This is in line with the Fit-for-55 proposal to lower gas consumption by 30% by 2030. At the same time, the EU aims at increasing the share of renewables in the grid, particularly via extensive electrification, and addressing infrastructure bottlenecks.Footnote 57 Within this framework, the goal is improving the Fit-for-55 objectives, which currently envisage doubling the EU photovoltaic and wind capacity by 2025 and tripling it by 2030. This can be done by channelling EU financing into next-generation technologies, particularly by prompting States to identify areas suitable for the development of renewable energy projects and via a simplification of bureaucracy and procedures for implementing necessary operative licences through fast permit procedures. Based on these developments, it is estimated that the EU could reach 1 terawatt hour of solar power capacity by 2030.Footnote 58 It is therefore interesting to note that the sixth package of sanctions adopted by the EU against Russia includes a ban on import of fossil fuel, particularly covering crude oil, seeking to strengthen the diversification of energy supply and accelerate the deployment of renewables.Footnote 59

The combination of the Fit-for-55 and REPowerEU plans will bring energy generation within the EU borders through renewable sources, together with improved renewable import capacity. It is calculated that the Fit-for-55 package has the capacity to reduce annual EU fossil fuel-derived gas consumption by 30% – equivalent to 100 bcm by 2030 – with the REPowerEU plan further reducing another 155 bcm.Footnote 60 Doubts have been cast concerning the feasibility of such an accelerated EU green policy timeline, however. For instance, while REPowerEU focuses on diversifying gas supplies and using larger volumes of biomethane and hydrogen production and imports, it has been noted that higher gas prices have led to an increase in power costs, which in turn has increased the cost of producing green hydrogen.Footnote 61 More fundamentally, the generation of renewables envisaged under REPowerEU seems to be in excess of what has been achieved to date, and economic modelling suggests that, for the time being, it is virtually impossible for the EU to ‘overbuild’ renewable electricity generation capacity.Footnote 62

4.4 Can the EU and Its Member States Move Forward?
4.4.1 Implications of War in Ukraine

The necessary premise for the EU and its Member States to accelerate the Green Deal is the possibility of relinquishing their current ties with, and therefore their dependence on energy supply from, Russia. It is indeed imperative to cut off long-term production and transportation agreements with State-controlled multinational energy corporations, which have been used as a foreign policy tool to establish commercial relationships that perpetuate Russia’s influence over the EU.Footnote 63 It thus bears asking – can the EU, its Member States, and companies operating in the energy sector abandon current contracts with Russia and Russian companies?

With specific regard to the conflict in Ukraine, war de facto limits trade between hostile countries, but does not preclude it out of hand.Footnote 64 Within this context, unless they are justified by specific exceptions, measures such as restrictions on energy export and import do not exclude responsibility under conventional obligations, such as those embedded in agreements under the World Trade Organisation (WTO), bilateral investment treaties and multilateral investment agreements. Thus, the aggressor should be held liable to compensation vis-à-vis foreign investors as well as importers and exporters affected by a disruption of economic relations. By contrast, the victims should be able to invoke justifications such as necessity under Article 25 of the International Law Commission’s (ILC) Draft Articles on State Responsibility (DASR) and on the Responsibility of International Organisations (DARIO), or specific provisions such as Article XXI(b)(iii) of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) and Article 13 and 24(3)(a)(ii) of the Energy Charter Treaty (ECT), which provide that war excuses measures in derogation from the fundamental tenet of free cross-border trade and investment. It is also worth noting that public property, including energy and energy infrastructure, must be administered by the occupying power, which is in fact only considered an administrator of public buildings and real estate belonging to the hostile State situated in the occupied country. Therefore, the occupying power must safeguard the occupied country’s properties and administer them in accordance with the rules of usufruct (Hague Regulations on Land Warfare Articles 53 and 55). Along these lines, under both Article 23(g) of the Hague Regulations on Land Warfare and Article 53 of the Geneva Convention IV on the Law of War, the occupying power cannot destroy enemy public and private property, unless this is imperatively justified by the necessity of war.

As concerns private economic relations, war affects contracts between individuals and companies related to the parties to a conflict, or contracts between companies and States involved in war. Thus, Shell, TotalEnergy and Exxonmobil have already divested their engagement in energy operations in Russia to varying extents. Shell, for instance, has entirely pulled out, in a move that could cost the company between around 3.5 and 18 billion pounds sterling.Footnote 65 The EU and its Member States also have a clear interest in limiting relationships with Gazprom, as the policies of the company ‘are shaped by both commercial considerations as well as Russia’s foreign policy objectives’.Footnote 66 Fundamentally, the object of a contract may perish and its execution may become problematic owing to the dangers related to combat operations. In principle, the obligation of performance is discharged if it becomes unexpectedly burdensome or otherwise impossible.Footnote 67 This approach is codified in Article 79 of the Vienna Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods,Footnote 68 which provides that a debtor is not liable for failing to perform contractual obligations owing to an impediment beyond control which was reasonably unexpected at the time of the conclusion of the contract. Moreover, in common law countries the outbreak of war prohibits trading with the enemy, rendering unlawful any performance of a contract with any individuals residing on enemy territory, regardless of nationality.Footnote 69 At the end of a war, peace treaties often apply the principle that pre-war contractual obligations resume, save different provisions and arrangements such as those establishing the UN Compensation Commission and a corresponding Compensation Fund to meet liabilities after the First Gulf War of 1991.Footnote 70

4.4.2 Energy Supply Crisis and Necessity as a Circumstance Precluding Wrongfulness

Given the above outlined framework, prima facie, measures in derogation from free trade and investment should be allowed for Ukraine, at least pending hostilities, as the aggressed State in the ongoing war with Russia.Footnote 71 However, the question is different for the EU and its Member States, which are not (legally speaking) ‘aggressed’ countries in a state of war with Russia. Fundamentally, neutral powers are not restricted in their economic relationships with States at war, except in the provision of war material, which is subject to equal treatment – a sort of ‘most-favoured-nation’ clause – vis-à-vis belligerent States, which is an intrinsic element of neutrality that applies via a customary extension of Article 6 of the 1907 Hague Convention (XIII) Concerning the Rights and Duties of Neutral Powers in Naval War. A State may pre-emptively derogate from neutrality under particular treaty regimes,Footnote 72 such as Chapter VII of the UN Charter, thus qualifying as an entity not being a party to the conflict, instead of a neutral one, according to article 2(c) of the 1977 Protocol I Additional to the Geneva Conventions on the Law of War. On these terms, and in the light of their repeatedly reiterated support for, and provision of arms to, Ukraine,Footnote 73 it is not easy for the EU and its Member States to argue true legal neutrality. On this basis, their classification as ‘belligerents’ in support of Ukraine would certainly allow the interruption of economic relations under provisions such as DASR and DARIO 25, Article XXI(b)(iii) of the GATT and ECT Articles 13 and 24(3)(a)(ii). However, the EU and its Member States have constantly refused a direct engagement in hostilities exactly to avoid taking on the status of belligerent powers.Footnote 74

Given this framework, in all likelihood it can be supposed that the EU and its Member States should properly be considered ‘non-belligerent’ countries, rather than ‘neutral’ ones. For instance, prior to engaging in World War II, the United States declared their ‘non-belligerency’ vis-à-vis the UK, so as to avoid the duties of neutrality and be entitled to aid the belligerent, save armed intervention at its side. During the 2003 intervention in Iraq under the guidance of the United States, Italy also issued a proclamation of ‘non-belligerency’, while Germany did not make such a declaration but supported the actions of the ‘Coalition’ nonetheless.Footnote 75 In the light of such precedents, the concept of ‘non-belligerency’ is not firmly established in international law and thus it is doubtful whether a declaration of non-belligerency is apt to exclude responsibility for breaching the duties imposed by neutrality.Footnote 76 However, tertium non datur. Assuming that they are to be implicitly considered ‘non-belligerent’ vis-à-vis Ukraine and Russia, are the EU, its Member States and natural and legal persons based in their territories able to suspend contracts for the provision of energy with Russia and natural and legal persons operating there? The answer might be positive, at least for the duration of hostilities. After that, absent a specific treaty regulating the matter at the end of hostilities, the EU and its Member States might need to resort to broader arguments.

Prospectively, the EU and its Member States might claim, for instance, that war in Ukraine has triggered a situation of force majeure (DASR and DARIO article 22) or necessity (DASR and DARIO article 25) that extends beyond the conflict, particularly in the light of security of supply and conflicting obligations contracted under the UNFCCC regime. Necessity and force majeure are indeed classified either as justifications, thus precluding wrongfulness, or as excuses, thus precluding the legal consequences of wrongfulness, that is, sanctions.Footnote 77 The Permanent Court of International Justice – forerunner to the modern International Court of Justice – did not in principle exclude that war may trigger the impossibility of performance, and thus force majeure, in the cases of the Serbian Loans and Brazilian Loans.Footnote 78 More specifically, the EU and its Member States might invoke necessity under DASR and DARIO article 25,Footnote 79 arguing that war in Ukraine has undermined the security of energy supply and that the sole means by which they can safeguard such an essential interest from grave and imminent peril is for them and their businesses to abandon contracts with Russian energy suppliers and move to alternative energy sources, with the green option as the preferred one.Footnote 80 It would thus be the energy crisis triggered by war, rather than war itself, that could be relied upon as a justification to switch from (unsustainable) Russian energy supply to diversified (sustainable) sources of energy for the EU. Along these lines, in a letter to the French Ecological Transition Minister Barbara Pompili, the Greek energy minister Kostas Skrekas commented that the energy crisis caused by war in Ukraine has a ‘destructive impact’ on the life of European industries and citizens and industries, triggering a ‘crisis situation’ to be addressed by ‘an extraordinary meeting of the Council of Energy Ministers as soon as possible’.Footnote 81 Similarly, if Russia’s policies are not aligned with the standards of the European Green Deal and importing energy from Russia entails the impossibility of fulfilling clean energy obligations under the UNFCCC and the Paris Agreement, it could be argued that the conflict of obligations imposes on the EU and its Member States the necessity of abandoning existing contractual obligations vis-à-vis Russian exporters.

4.5 Conclusion

Russia’s energy policy is still largely grounded in fossil fuel dependence, with the war in Ukraine another instance of Russia’s use of energy supply as a means to create dependency and spheres of influence. The war is therefore a culminating moment that discloses the possibility of a paradigm shift – among other things – in EU energy policy. Within the boundaries outlined by the Green Deal, the EU aims to adopt short- and long-term measures. While short-term measures mostly seek to support households and energy-intensive companies in facing the energy price shock triggered by war, long-term measures aim to increase the diversification of energy sources for the EU at the expense of energy provision from Russia. Diversification discloses the opportunity of improving the quantity of low-carbon energy in the mix, particularly via intensive electrification, facilitating a fast green transition under the European Green Deal. After all, this approach would be in line with the EU plan to introduce a carbon border adjustment mechanism, which in a baseline scenario is predicted to cost Russian exporters some 33 billion euros by 2030.Footnote 82

From a legal standpoint, it might be argued that the EU and its Member States are ‘non-belligerent’ entities vis-à-vis Russia, and thus war in Ukraine might provide a justification to suspend contracts for energy provisions currently underway with Russia, but not necessarily to terminate them. A more radical and adequate justification might therefore be found in the broader context of necessity, whereby the need to ensure energy security of supply is undermined by war and would compel a diversification of energy sources, with investment in renewables as the preferred option, particularly in the light of the UNFCCC obligations.

5 The USA and Climate Policies Patterns and Progress in Compounded Muddling

5.1 Introduction

Americans can always be trusted to do the right thing, once all other possibilities have been exhausted.Footnote 1

This aphorism, often misattributed to Winston Churchill, is at best a backhanded compliment that has nevertheless become popular with American politicians and political commentators alike. It recognizes some negative characteristics of both Americans and the American political system, namely, significant propensities for denial, avoidance, and piecemeal half-measures. But it captures an underlying optimism in the way Americans prefer to see themselves – as skeptical but enterprising, determined, pragmatic tinkerers who are fundamentally well-intentioned. Also embedded in it are some questionable but seldom dissected assumptions about the fundamental nature of the politics and governance problems Americans face, namely, that all problems are fixable so long as Americans eventually do the right thing. Even if accepted at face value, the aphorism becomes much less reassuring if one recognizes that some problems cannot be fixed, in any meaningful sense of ‘fixed’, but can only be prevented or ameliorated. Eventually coming around to doing the right thing is commendable, but only so long as it is not too late. If problems involve issues of irreversible damage or system degradation, the only truly effective action may be early efforts of avoidance or prevention. Moreover, doing the right thing seldom consists of a single isolated action, but rather of interconnected sets of poorly understood processes extending over generations, involving complicated and coordinated efforts at experimentation, learning, execution, revision, and follow-through. This is the political challenge that the climate warming problematique poses for everyone, but nowhere more so than for the United States. The aphorism offers little reason to be hopeful.

If there is any fairness or validity in its characterization of Americans and their country (and surely there is a bit),Footnote 2 it suggests that U.S. climate policy and governance will continue for some time to be characterized by denial, avoidance, half measures, and considerable experimentation. But it also tells us to expect that the U.S. climate policies and governance will involve tinkering that over time will make the United States incrementally more effective in reducing the rates of emission of greenhouse gases per capita, per unit of gross domestic product (GDP), and even overall. The United States will undertake a variety of programs that do not threaten powerful political actors, such as programs to mitigate the levels of greenhouse gasses already in the atmosphere. And the United States will achieve, however expensively, considerable societal and economic adaption to the physical realities of a warmer climate. The American political and economic system has a latent capacity for innovation and rapid transformation that is greater than that of most other countries, if something occurs that serves as a catalyst for action (such as a crisis posing dangers so clear and present that they are universally acknowledged). Perhaps what might be called a ‘Samuel Johnson focusing circumstance’Footnote 3 will emerge before 2030 that will lead to the United States doing the right thing by overcoming both the current high levels of national political dissensus and the numerous veto points in the American policy system. Otherwise, if and when Americans ever finally come around to doing the right thing, it will certainly be well after it is too late to contribute meaningfully to stabilizing global temperature increases at or near 1.5 degrees Celsius (°C). By that standard, then, failure is probably already baked in (as is, of course, true for most other countries as well).

Stimulated by broadly foreseeable but not specifically predictable events such as catastrophe-precipitated crises, however, the United States may nevertheless become a decisive contributor to carbon stabilization at some not-too-much-higher level. If for no other reason, the United States has a substantial capacity to contribute to the kinds of scientific, technological, and economic advances that will make possible prudent and measured carbon capture and removal strategies that are inevitably going to be required for the world ever to get to net zero and then net negative carbon emissions.

With respect to national performance on greenhouse gas emissions and mitigation strategies, therefore, even if the current Biden administration continues to succeed in securing legislative approval of major portions of its climate proposals, the United States is unlikely to appear soon on any ‘top 10’ lists of greenhouse policy countries, although even here it may become a leader in some specific areas such as methane emissions, resource management practices, or research. The United States has always been a leader in climate research, both basic and applied, and will continue to invest, contributing disproportionately to a better scientific understanding of climate causes and effects and the development of more effective technological innovation applied to mitigation, emissions reduction, and adaptation (contributions that will notably increase the climate policy capacities of all countries).

Various comparative assessments of national climate policy performance have generally tended to focus on policies for achievement of mitigation and reduction of national emissions, either reductions in the amount or rate of net total greenhouse gas emissions, or reductions proportionate to per capita, or to per GDP. Considering net emissions, the United States has done a better job since 1990 than it is usually given credit for, and that will likely continue going forward. But the forward path will continue to be a slow and torturous one. In the twenty-first century, neither the Bush nor the Trump administrations reversed or even significantly altered U.S. greenhouse gas emissions trends, nor did the initiatives of the Obama administration steer policy to a markedly different trajectory either (and still would not have even had all proposed policies for all those administrations been accepted by Congress and the Supreme Court). In part this is because no presidential administration has made climate policy a true priority and none has proposed radical or systemic policy changes. Climate performance continues to improve gradually in response to structural policy choices about efficiency and pollution control made decades ago. In large part it is also because in the United States much climate policy is made by subnational governments and in nongovernmental arenas that are potentially influenced by, but not controlled by, the national government. So, it is predictable that the United States will continue to achieve marginal improvements in its climate performance, but it is likely that these improvements will not be enough to contribute in a major way to stabilizing or lowering global atmospheric greenhouse gasses in the next 30 years. Again, it is a safe bet that the United States is not really going to come around to ‘doing the right thing’ any time soon.Footnote 4

5.2 United States Climate Policy’s Mini-Successes and Many Failures: Whys and Wherefores

Comprehension and evaluation of the climate policies of the United States is particularly challenging. United States climate governance develops and is implemented in a notably diverse cultural and social context, and it must be applicable on a trans-continental land mass with a degree of geophysical and biological variation across terrain, climate risk, and resources, as is found in few other nations. The economic system of every country affects and is affected by all climate policies, and the United States has a richly complicated economic system, with minimal central coordination and direction. The economic system is so complex in part because it is embedded within a political system that is especially fragmented and perhaps more complex than that of any other country, with most of its working institutional structures created semi-independently at different times and with varying motivations. These political structures are autonomous enough to allow them to work at cross purposes to each other, which they often do. There are the famous ‘checks and balances’ among the three branches of the national government, of course, but also checks and balances offered by a multitude of State and local governments and the thousands of often semi-autonomous bureaucracies and regulatory agencies. The American political system overall has never been subjected to the kinds of sweeping reorganizations and restructurings that often have occurred in other countries during or after wars or revolutions. Because the American system has a strong structural bias against policy change, with many actors empowered to veto political action, significant national policy change tends to occur mainly in periods of national near-consensus (the Great Depression; World Wars; the 1960s). In the twenty-first century the extent of U.S. societal dissensus (polarization) has been high and has grown on political issues with significant normative dimensions including mostly environmental ones, making it a challenge to transcend ideology with pragmatism even in routine policy-making, much less for normatively charged climate policies.Footnote 5 At the national level in the United States, nothing truly big can happen without at least temporary emergence of a near-consensus that something should be done.Footnote 6

The compound U.S. political system is poorly understood by outsiders and certainly by most Americans as well, including most public personalities and news media elites, nearly all of whom, if they think of climate policies at all, think only in terms of the formally adopted policies and initiatives of the national government. Indeed, most scholarly books and articles about U.S. climate policies, or about environmental policies more generally, share this same bias, including university textbooks. The bias extends to nearly all comparative climate policy assessments, which tend to focus mainly, or exclusively, on the actions and performance of various national governments, ignoring any independent actions of subnational governing authorities or nongovernmental actors. This is especially problematic when countries with a federal system are compared with their unitary brethren; such summary assessments often provide very incomplete and unbalanced pictures of the climate policy landscape.Footnote 7 The U.S. federal government is, of course, central to the development, adoption, and implementation of many crucially important climate policies. But in addition to the complexity created by 50 sovereign state-level governments, the United States also has what might seem to be innumerable other sovereign and semi-autonomous governing authorities (not actually innumerable because the Census Bureau counts them every five years in a formal census of governments, the most recent of which in 2017 identified more than 90,000 governmental authorities, including 38,779 general-purpose governments and 51,296 special purpose governments, all of which have a considerable degree of autonomy from the national government). Collectively these 90,000+ subnational governments employ many times more people than the single national government does.

The importance of these 90,000+ subnational governments to climate policy and governance can hardly be overstated. Just as the causes of climate warming permeate every aspect of everyday life, so each one of these 90,000+ governments has some responsibility for, and some impact on, policies affecting climate. In such a semi-anarchic system, policy is rarely made in other than partial, muddled ways, usually separately and simultaneously. Many climate policies become established as the shared efforts of multiple governments, such as between the national government and the States, or among the States and multiple local governments. But some policies, such as those dealing with land use, housing, and education, are overwhelmingly the responsibility of individual local governments. Many of these local governments are themselves internally fragmented with patterns of power dispersal being similar to that found in the U.S. national government – with divided legislatures, executives independent of the legislatures, and considerable autonomy allocated to regulatory bodies and implementing bureaucracies. To a degree found in no other country, the U.S. judiciary (in both its local and State as well as national manifestations) plays a prominent role not only in interpreting statutory climate policies but also in determining their constitutionality (including whether state and local laws and regulations pass muster under individual state constitutions). The judiciary is also important in shaping policy through application of the precepts of common law. There are few, if any, aspects of existing or potential climate policy in the United States not subject to the various legal prohibitions, permissions, or mandates founded in millennia of judge-made common law developments – for example, of contracts, property, and tort.Footnote 8

Beyond governmental authority, the United States has a particularly large, rich, and vital civil society and nonprofit sector that engages in the broadest possible range of activities – for example, resource management, transportation, housing, disaster recovery, migration, education – that have innumerable direct and indirect climate implications. Conservation land trusts are just one example of this kind of climate-relevant nongovernmental governance (not unique to the United States). Regional and local conservation land trusts now number in the thousands.Footnote 9 These and other environmental, church, and civic organizations and informal networks self-organize to undertake climate policy and governance beyond that which is done by governments, but also in collaboration with 90,000+ governments and often while exercising considerable discretion as agents of governments.

As such, the erratic and generally half-hearted efforts of the U.S. national government to develop climate policies over the past 35 years are indeed significant, but they constitute only one part of the picture – a big but still minority part of the picture at that. To muddy it further, adoption and implementation of some of the most notable national policies with climate impact significance were originally motivated by other concerns, and even now may not be mainly thought of as climate policies. An outstanding example is the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer (‘Montreal Protocol’). In the 1980s the United States was an international leader, first in banning many routine uses of ozone-depleting chemicals and then in leading negotiations that produced the initial Montreal Protocol, an agreement that no one at the time imagined to constitute climate policy at all. Nevertheless, because many ozone-depleting chemicals and substitutes for ozone-depleting chemicals are also extremely potent greenhouse gasses, the tremendous success of the Montreal Protocol as amended and implemented worldwide has had substantial impact on the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions globally (ironically, substantially much more impact than any explicitly climate-referenced international agreement!).

Likewise, aggressive U.S. air pollution policies, although not focusing on greenhouse gases per se until after 2009, have nevertheless led to substantial changes in industrial and commercial activity, residential heating, and transportation that have reduced the consumption of fossil fuels (and shifted fuel use from coal and oil to cleaner-burning natural gas), which has had as a direct effect the reduced emission of the greenhouse gasses methane and nitrous oxides and as a side effect the reduced emission of carbon dioxide. After World War II, many state and local governments undertook regulation of air pollution from stationary sources, primarily residential and commercial buildings. With a focus on visual pollutants, this accelerated a shift already underway from coal to cleaner combusting fuels for heating and industry. Meanwhile research – much of it funded by the federal government – led to the nature of air pollution being better understood as involving a great deal more than the soot apparent in smoke.Footnote 10 Although air quality was already improving in many places in the United States as a consequence of economic drivers and the efforts of state and local governments, the adoption of the national Clean Air Act of 1970 established a substantial new regulatory regime aimed at protecting human health from harm caused by air pollution.Footnote 11 Henceforth a new national regulatory agency would set stringent, scientifically grounded standards for emissions, ambient air quality, and technology, and then would enforce them in collaboration with the States. Most of these standards became stricter over time, as justified by evolving scientific understanding. The result was dramatic improvements in air quality over time, even as both U.S. population and per capita GDP increased markedly over the next half-century – and with accompanying, but mostly unintended, decreases in greenhouse gas emissions.

Over the same period, different motivations prompted the adoption and implementation of various national policies to improve U.S. energy efficiency. None of the efficiency policies established prior to 1990 had even the secondary purpose of reducing emissions of greenhouse gasses. Rather, they were intended to help achieve the goal of national ‘energy independence’ via the reduced consumption of oil in particular. After the dramatic rise in oil prices in 1973, the United States began establishing a wide variety of efficiency standards, most notably for vehicles but also for building construction and operations, long-lasting household and commercial appliances, and a variety of consumer and commercial goods such as light bulbs. Many of these kinds of efficiency standards were established by state governments as well as by nongovernmental certification associations. Energy efficiency was also driven, of course, by incentives provided by monetary savings. In the United States the net effect was an improvement in the average annual decrease in national energy intensity from 1% per year before the mid-1970s to 2% per year thereafter,Footnote 12 explaining much of the overall 2% decrease in annual greenhouse gas emissions that occurred from 1990 to 2019 in the absence of any major national effort explicitly to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.Footnote 13

After 1990, no major new national climate relevant programs and initiatives that would require congressional authorization and presidential approval, such as a carbon or British Thermal Unit tax or a watered-down version of a Green New Deal, have been able to overcome the many veto points in the legislative process. Big policy developments or change continue to be unlikely going forward, in the absence of a crisis that has enough impact and immediacy to coalesce previously unimaginable levels of support. The exceptions are and will be the occasional programs that get folded into small and large budgetary, infrastructure, and macroeconomic stimulus packages. For example, the economic stimulus package passed in the depths of the Great Recession in 2009 allocated billions of dollars to energy efficiency, energy conservation, renewable energy, energy research, and public transportation, all of which had an impact on greenhouse gas emissions.

Thus, extending and ratcheting up of earlier policies on pollution control and energy efficiency constituted much of the national government’s climate policy from 1990 to 2021.Footnote 14 These are areas for which the authorizing legislation had been adopted as long ago as the 1970s and that had delegated rulemaking and enforcement to executive agencies led by presidential appointees. Under the Obama administration (2009–2017), for example, regulatory authority delegated to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) under the Clean Air Act of 1970 was used to designate carbon dioxide as a pollutant and to justify the EPA’s proposal of plans and rules to regulate it as such. As authorized by the Energy Policy and Conservation Act of 1975,Footnote 15 a schedule of increasingly stringent fuel-efficiency standards was enacted for motor vehicles. The Trump administration (2017–2021) attempted to reverse these and many other climate regulatory initiatives partially or completely, but in most instances the rollbacks left in place policies that were more demanding than those that had existed a decade earlier.Footnote 16

What the history of both air pollution control and energy efficiency policy demonstrates is that: (1) the adoption of such sweeping national policies depends on the existence of a near-consensus; and (2) successful implementation (over decades) requires that such policies need to be both sufficiently concrete so that what counts as success is relatively clear and sufficiently strong to inspire a level of public support that makes a direct path to the goal both justifiable and sustainable.Footnote 17 If ever there emerges a degree of consensus in the United States that supports the adoption of far-reaching climate policy, then there will be reason to be optimistic that, over time, implementation of such a policy will be as successful as air pollution policies have been.Footnote 18

5.3 Climate Policy and Implementation Going Forward

Joseph Biden became U.S. President having campaigned more extensively on climate as an issue and having prioritized climate action more in his early days in office than any previous president.Footnote 19 The climate policy strategy of the Biden administration (2021 to present) involved three broad types of action, each of which was undertaken fairly independently of each other:

  1. (1) The proposal and negotiated adoption of major new legislative expenditure initiatives for infrastructure projects and programs aimed at subsidizing accelerated technology development, deployment, and diffusion.

  2. (2) The proposal and adoption of stringent new energy efficiency standards that would phase in over a fairly short period of time and would be sufficiently demanding to greatly improve efficiency, and in some cases force the adoption of new technology such as electric automobiles and energy efficient light-emitting diode lightbulbs.

  3. (3) The proposal and adoption of new pollution standards as justified by improvements in best-available technologies and economic feasibility and as justified by new scientific knowledge about the impacts of specific air pollutants, including carbon dioxide, on human health. Among the predictable impacts of more stringent regulation of various pollutants will be reductions in fuel consumption, shifts from fossil fuels to renewable energy sources, and shifts from dirtier (and more carbon-emitting) fossil fuels such as coal to comparatively cleaner fossil fuels such as natural gas.

After rejoining the Paris Agreement early in 2021, in November of that year the United States submitted a new Nationally Determined Contribution (NDC) document,Footnote 20 setting the United States’ 2030 target for reduction of net greenhouse gas emissions at between 50% and 52% below 2005 levels. This target, however inadequate for ultimately solving the climate warming problem, is by historical standards quite an ambitious goal. The NDC declared that ‘there are multiple paths to achieve this goal’,Footnote 21 but undoubtedly the Biden administration hoped to achieve much of the goals through the successful enactment of two major legislative initiatives, the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act of 2021 and Build Back Better Act, both already being negotiated and debated by Congress.Footnote 22

A few days after the conclusion of COP 26 in Glasgow, the President was able to sign the first of these acts – which had passed both the Senate and the House with some Republican votes in addition to overwhelming Democratic support – into law.Footnote 23 Although climate provisions were a relatively minor part of this infrastructure legislation, the Act nevertheless did provide for tens of billions of dollars of new spending on public transportation, charging stations for electric vehicles, climate change resilience improvements for roads and bridges, new clean energy transmission capacities, development of clean energy technologies, and the capping of methane-leaking orphaned gas and oil wells. According to analysis by Jenkins and colleagues,Footnote 24 the likely net greenhouse gas reduction impact of the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, below what would have been achieved with the policies already in place in January 2021, will be 9% of the emission reductions needed to achieve the USA’s 2030 goals.

Potentially much more significant for climate policy was the proposed Build Back Better Act, which in the version passed by the House of Representatives would have spent over $550 billion on a wide-ranging package of climate provisions, including clean energy tax credits, reform of oil and gas fees and royalties, and new spending on clean energy research and development, home and industrial energy efficiency, rail transportation, zero-emission vehicle infrastructure, zero-emission government vehicle fleets, support of state, local and nonprofit climate and pollution reduction efforts, the commercialization and deployment of new technologies, methane pollution control, climate resilience and mitigation workforce development, and support of rural energy access, efficiency, transition, and infrastructure. If the House-passed version of the Build Back Better Act had become law, Jenkins et al. estimate it would have achieved a further 82% of the emission reductions needed to achieve the 2030 goals (leaving a 9% gap still to be achieved by other means).Footnote 25

Extensive negotiations through July 2022 did not produce an agreement on a bill that could secure passage in the U.S. Senate. Negotiations dragged out and foundered mainly over tax and social spending provisions of the bill that were minimally climate relevant. Finally, agreement was reached among Democrats on a slimmer bill without many of the earlier social spending provisions, renamed the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022.Footnote 26 It passed the Senate 51:50 with all Democrats voting in favor and all Republicans voting against, and then the revised bill passed the House with again all Democrats in favor and all Republicans opposed. It was signed by President Biden on 16 August 2022. The new, more politically attractive name, was justified by provisions for prescription drug price reforms, a new corporate tax rate, a new excise tax on stock buybacks, and increased spending on tax enforcement. New spending on energy security, climate change, and drought resilience totaled $373 billion, mostly for tax credits, subsidies, and rebates. Jenkins et al. estimate that the Act will result in closing the gap between what current policy would achieve and the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions to 50% below 2005 levels, for a total reduction by 2030 of 42%.Footnote 27 This estimate was within the 31–44% range of impacts on greenhouse gas emissions estimated by other modelers.Footnote 28 The Act is also likely to have emissions reduction impacts beyond U.S. borders, perhaps by encouraging other countries to greater action but also significantly by making renewable energy technology cheaper for worldwide adoption.Footnote 29

Although the attention of environmental activists, domestic politicians and global political leaders, and policy commentators is always overwhelmingly on legislative initiatives, significant national climate policy change always continues to happen through the vehicle of existing statutory regulatory authority. The Biden administration undertook from its first day an extensive program of executive actions to cancel and reverse Trump regulatory initiatives and to begin the often-lengthy processes of promulgating new climate and other environmental regulations.

An August 2022 summary of Biden administration climate and air pollution regulatory actions counted 26 Trump administration policies as overturned and another 29 targeted for attention, with 25 wholly new policies added.Footnote 30 Other administrative actions taken in such categories as drilling and extraction or infrastructure and permitting are also likely to have climate impacts. Some of these regulatory changes might be expected to have fairly significant impacts over time, such as those addressing much more stringent automotive mileage standards, various efficiency standards for household appliances and lightbulbs, and the stricter regulation of methane from oil and gas wells and landfills. The Biden administration also proposed 40 new policies, including building performance standards, phasing down use of hydrofluorocarbons, a U.S. Army climate strategy, and carbon-free source standards for utilities. The administration further informally announced that it had begun working on several other regulatory policies that would likely require lengthy periods of development to ensure that the ultimate regulation would pass the certain judicial scrutiny to which it will inevitably be subjected. Prominent in this category were new regulation of greenhouse gas emissions by electric power plants, stricter regulation of mercury emissions, and new requirements for the disclosure of the financial impacts of climate warming. After passage of the Inflation Reduction Act, Biden administration officials again promised to undertake new regulatory actions on emissions from vehicle tailpipes, oil and gas wells, and power plants in order to come closer to achieving the 2030 goal of a 50% emission reduction.Footnote 31

Neither of the Biden administration’s two big legislative proposals, and none of its executive regulatory initiatives undertaken in the first year, were especially innovative or posed any special challenges for implementation. All involved policy tools that have been deployed many times over decades. The greatest risks to failure lay in the adoption stage, as most if not all are challenged in the courts on their procedural bona fides and in terms of their compliance with substantive authorizing legislation, as judged by a federal judiciary preponderantly appointed by Biden’s Republican predecessors. All formally adopted regulations are potentially reversible under future presidents and congresses, but reversal is politically and administratively difficult. Previous presidents and congresses who were antagonistic to climate policies were able to prevent adoption of some new policies and often were able to slow implementation of existing regulations, but actual reversals were fairly uncommon.

Even if fully supported and embraced by future presidents and congresses, the policy initiatives of the first two years of the Biden administration will not themselves get the United States to meet its 2030 emissions target or enable it to become net-zero carbon emitting by 2050, but they are likely to have more impact than is commonly expected. The actual emissions effect is especially difficult to calculate or predict, as many pollution and efficiency regulations can have indirect effects that end up being more significant than the expected direct effects – for example, source substitution, reduced consumption, and technological innovation all play a role, and in many instances there are interactive, synergistic, and cumulative effects that lead to the abandonment of particular technologies and the transformation of whole economic sectors (such effects are not always in the desired direction, of course, and there may also be evasion, distortion, and noncompliance effects). Many policy actions may have wholly unpredictable consequences in changing the way society and the national and international economy operates. For example, the United States has begun integrating climate issues into financial regulation,Footnote 32 which, given the status of the dollar as the primary global currency, has the potential to have wide-reaching impacts.

The history of pollution regulation is one in which new programs have seldom been as costly as predicted at the time of adoption, sometimes ending up being more effective than projected. For example, in the absence of major national legislative action, greenhouse gas emissions have fallen since 2010 more than what had then been projected if proposed cap-and-trade legislation had been enacted, again because of regulatory actions regarding pollution control and energy efficiency as well as the actions of subnational governments compounded by market drivers. Emissions continued to drop over the four-year term of the Trump administration in spite of its extensive efforts to undercut and rollback pollution and efficiency policies.

It is worth noting and emphasizing again that U.S. climate policy is not made by one national government but rather by an ecosystem of 90,000+ semi-autonomous governments and uncounted private-sector organizations and networks. The national government is by far the largest actor in the U.S. system, and the one government in the U.S. system with the most actual and potential impact, but each of the other 90,000+ governments are policy consequential as well. California, for example, has an economy larger than all but four nations in the world (the United States, the People’s Republic of China, Japan, and Germany) and consequently its climate policies have the potential to make more difference to global greenhouse gas emissions than those of most other countries. Because of its size, Californian policies often establish unofficial national or even international standards, as they affect imports and exports and as businesses and industry find it cheaper to comply with a single standard everywhere. With respect to air pollution from mobile sources (including carbon dioxide), California plays a special role in the U.S. regulatory regime, being the only State allowed to set vehicle emission standards higher than those set by the national government under the Clean Air Act of 1970 (other States are then allowed to adopt the stronger California standards, and some nearly always do so). California has often exercised its exceptional authority, and in the twenty-first century it has done so in advancing the most comprehensive package of climate policies of any State, such as adopting regulations in 2022 banning the sale of gasoline-powered cars by 2035 and adopting legislation allocating 44 billion U.S. dollars to climate spending. Other States have been pioneers in numerous climate-relevant policy areas as well, such as in promoting wind and solar generation and energy efficiency. For example, in August 2022 Massachusetts adopted a sweeping climate and clean energy law focused on transportation, housing, and renewable energy.Footnote 33 Local governments continue to play active roles both as leaders and followers, particularly in the regulation of land use, new building construction, and local transportation, all of which have tremendous long-term impacts on climate emissions, mitigation, and adaptation. Many cities in the United States have adopted decarbonization plans of varying levels of ambitiousness. For example, the common council of the city of Ithaca, New York, a city of about 30,000 people, has voted to decarbonize every building in the city by 2030. The national government can encourage, nudge, and even subsidize local and state climate policies, but quite often it is State and local policy experiments that eventually are adopted elsewhere and, eventually, nationally.

This complex and rich institutional landscape certainly complicates climate policy adoption and implementation (and the critical study of it),Footnote 34 but it also has its strengths. Ultimately successful climate governance, like environmental governance in general in the conditions of the Anthropocene, must be created by those it addresses, applicable equally to all, capable of learning from (and adapting to) experience, rationally grounded, and internalized by those who adopt and experience it.Footnote 35 The very complexity of the U.S. political system leaves room for substantial realization of some of these normative principles in subnational and nongovernmental governance, to degrees that may ultimately make a positive difference in the successful institutionalization and implementation of meaningful climate governance.

5.4 Predicting United States Climate Policy: Doing the Right Thing Will Require the Right Kind of Crisis

It is a safe prediction that the United States’ annual net direct emissions (ignoring emissions happening elsewhere in the processes of producing and transporting products to the United States) will continue to decline, even as both its population and the economy continue to grow for a few more decades. A tripling or quadrupling of the slow rate of emissions decline of the past 30 years, which something like the Inflation Reduction Act has the potential to accomplish, might get the United States closer to achieving its 2030 goals, but not to a level of net zero emissions by 2050, much less to the negative net emissions levels urgently needed to help stabilize the global average temperature increase at close to 1.5°C or 2.0°C. Bolder policies leading to more substantial transformations (‘doing the right thing’) are no more likely to emerge as a consequence of more and better science, or more education, or international diplomacy, or bigger marketing campaigns, or many kinds of catastrophic disasters, than has been the case in the last 35 years.Footnote 36

A disaster or a pending danger does not necessarily become a policy turning point, or lead to a moment of decisive change that qualifies as a crisis, or inevitably open a policy window.Footnote 37 ‘We need crises big enough to terrify us, but not ones so grave that they destroy our ability to change.’Footnote 38 A climate event or story will not terrify Americans unless it unambiguously has an immediate impact on them, and ‘them’ has to include the large swath of Americans inclined to deny the reality and severity of climate warming and human causation of it, and it must also include the even larger portion of Americans currently unwilling to accept substantial changes in their way of life in order to markedly reduce emissions. What is needed is the right kind of crisis. Something that dramatically kills millions of people somewhere else, such as Kim Stanley Robinson imagines in his novel The Ministry for the Future,Footnote 39 would not create a crisis in the United States any more than the daily deaths of tens of thousands around the world already does. Probably neither would a catastrophe in a global commons, such as dying oceans. Even disasters profoundly affecting many Americans might not precipitate a policy crisis if the impacts are not immediate, the causes are not obvious, and the burdens are not borne primarily by those inclined to resist policy change. So, for example, the continuing rise of ocean levels, increased frequency and severity of storms, extinction of charismatic species, and the further dispersion of pathogens are unlikely to lead to policy crisis. The crisis that might precipitate doing the right thing probably has to be something that equally or disproportionately affects the middle and southern parts of the United States – those regions most resistant to doing anything about climate emissions. Possibilities include killer heatwaves or even more intense and widespread droughts and wildfires in climate policy-resistant regions of the country, events that already are much more likely than even experts imagined only five years ago. When disasters of such enormity do occur, they will transform both the physical and political landscapes in ways that will make doing the right thing much more likely, albeit too late to prevent some very bad consequences.

This is the glimmer of hope in a bleak and dismal picture. But if a crisis in the next few years should result in the United States committing to sweeping climate policy action, there is reason for guarded optimism that future policy will be implemented effectively and quickly. Implementation will be less problematic in the United States than would be the case in many other places. The United States can be expected to draw on its latent but substantial capacity for innovation, experimentation, flexibility, decentralization, self-organization, and rapid transformation.Footnote 40 After all, underlying the aphorism that Americans will do the right thing after trying everything else is Americans’ not entirely inaccurate perception of themselves as enterprising, determined, pragmatic, and well-intentioned, all characteristics that can serve the cause of transformative policy implementation once a near-consensus is reached that makes policy adoption – and predictable successful implementation – actually possible.

5.5 Conclusion

In the face of its international reputation for intransigence and foot-dragging on climate warming policy, combined with its deserved reputation for profligate fossil fuel consumption, the United States has actually reduced its greenhouse gas emissions since 1990. Unlike most other rich countries, for the United States both population and GDP growth has been substantial over those three decades, so the decline in emissions per capita and per unit of GDP has been marked. Continued compounded muddling, consisting of stricter national administrative regulation of energy efficiency and pollution control, new State and local government initiatives, further nongovernmental governance developments, and market-driven economic responses, are together likely to support extending the current trends of reduced energy intensity and reduced greenhouse gas emissions over the next few decades, perhaps even to accelerate it. These trends are partly a consequence of continuing implementation of general policy commitments to energy efficiency and pollution control that the United States made decades ago. There is every reason to believe that the United States will be equally effective in implementing any new bold commitment to stopping climate warming, should it ever make that commitment as a nation. But a United States commitment to doing the right thing – whether conceived as doing what it would take to achieve the level of zero net emissions by 2050, or to accomplish the even more draconian reductions needed to soon halt global temperature rise – is unlikely in the absence of something that causes coalescence of a new normative political landscape in the United States. That something will have to be clear and present enough, and impactful enough, in enough of the right places on enough of the right people, to create the conditions for a normative consensus to emerge that can last long enough to support establishment and institutionalization (initial implementation) of bold, painful, system-transformative climate policies. It is worth remembering that even this much would only be a step toward achieving sustainable ecological governance in the conditions of the Anthropocene.Footnote 41

6 Great Expectations Challenges to the Implementation of Climate Policies in Latin America and the Caribbean

6.1 Introduction

The Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC) region is a distinct geographic, economic and cultural area with a place in the climate change landscape. With an area of 30 million square kilometers,Footnote 1 LAC possesses a population of 650 million people and 46% of forested land area.Footnote 2 According to Statista, the LAC gross domestic product (GDP) is approximately 4.8 trillion U.S. dollars,Footnote 3 with Brazil and Mexico, respectively, the largest Portuguese- and Spanish-speaking countries in the world, accounting for 54% of the population and 59% of GDP.Footnote 4 According to the United Nations Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (CEPAL), LAC has a population of around 660 million people,Footnote 5 a GDP of $5.2 trillion,Footnote 6 and a GDP per capita of $7,931.Footnote 7

Latin America and the Caribbean comprehends countries located in four geographical areas: North America (Mexico), the Caribbean (with 21 countries), Central America (7 countries) and South America (13 countries).Footnote 8 That adds up to 42 countries, which coincides with the World Bank’s definition.Footnote 9

The most comprehensive definition results from the United Nations (UN) Department of Economic and Social Affairs ‘regional groupings’ used for the Sustainable Development Goals Indicators. It divides LAC into three sub-regions with 49 States or territories, some of them contested:Footnote 10 the Caribbean (with 26),Footnote 11 Central America (with 8),Footnote 12 and South America (with 15).Footnote 13

A more restrictive definition of LAC comes from considering the 33 members of the Latin American and Caribbean Community of States (or CELAC: Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bolivia, Brazil,Footnote 14 Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Ecuador, El Salvador, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Grenada, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Dominica, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Dominican Republic, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, Saint Lucia, Suriname, Trinidad and Tobago, Uruguay and Venezuela.Footnote 15

Here, CELAC is preferred as the best proxy for LAC for several reasons. First, because it is a formal grouping with a commitment to unity and integration, both economic and political, based on shared historical and cultural similarities and common challenges. Second, because its reach is comprehensive of all LAC countries. Third, because it pursues coordinated strategies to tackle common problems in the region (and beyond) such as threats to democracy, corruption, organized crime, violence, poverty, inequality, and climate change. And finally, because it provides a platform for its Member States to advance common interests at the UN and in other multilateral fora,Footnote 16 including the CELAC–EU summits.Footnote 17

Latin America and the Caribbean is a highly unequal region with low economic growth.Footnote 18 Although income inequality has decreased in the past 30 years, LAC remains one of the most unequal regions in the world,Footnote 19 the highest, indeed, except for Sub-Saharan Africa.Footnote 20 This situation was exacerbated by COVID-19 and LAC suffered from the most significant economic setbacks (as against the world’s other regional groupings),Footnote 21 with a 6.7% decrease in GDP in 2020, although in 2021 it grew again by 6.8%. At any rate, GDP per person in real terms has barely grown for the past 30 years.

Furthermore, the problem of low economic growth per capita seems even more serious when seen in conjunction with the situation of high inequality alluded to above. As of 2020, LAC’s Gini coefficient sat at 0.50.Footnote 22 Its poverty rate reached 33%, with just over 13% of the population living in circumstances of extreme poverty.Footnote 23

Unfortunately, income inequality in a region rich in resources, youth, territory, and economic activity is only one of several symptoms that reveal a greater problem. Organized crime, violence, corruption, the gray economy, nepotism, and lack of opportunities are also signs of a region yet to mature politically. Fundamental freedoms, democratic representation, an open public sphere, the balance of powers, and the rule of law need to become prevalent so that those symptoms may recede and the new environmental challenges affecting the region can be mitigated through successful climate policies. Against this background, this chapter assesses the impact of climate change on LAC and countries’ nationally determined contributions (NDCs) in the region in order to determine LAC’s potential to tackle global climate change.

6.2 The Impact of Climate Change on Latin America and the Caribbean

Latin America and the Caribbean has suffered the impacts of climate change at a level disproportionate to the amount of emissions it produces. Figure 6.1 shows that in the past 30 years only Sub-Saharan Africa has emitted less carbon. Data from the Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean,Footnote 24 the United States Environmental Protection Agency,Footnote 25 and Climate Watch indicate that LAC produces less than 10% of global greenhouse emissions.Footnote 26 This is corroborated by the sixth Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Assessment Report.Footnote 27

Figure 6.1 Global emissions by geographical region.

Source: EPA, Climate change indicators.

Numerically, the comparison between regions is laid out in Table 6.1. While the figures may be different when emissions beyond carbon dioxide are considered,Footnote 28 the basic assessment remains.

Table 6.1 Global carbon dioxide emissions by region, 2018

RegionMetric tonsShare (%)
East Asia and Pacific14,420.4740.91
Europe and Central Asia6,428.1118.24
United States and Canada5,698.7316.17
South Asia2,828.148.02
Middle East and North Africa2,608.227.40
Latin America and Caribbean1,749.364.96
Sub-Saharan Africa845.632.40
Others670.081.9
Source: Environmental Protection Agency. Taken from: EPA, Climate change indicators: global greenhouse gas emissions. August 2022. www.epa.gov/climate-indicators/climate-change-indicators-global-greenhouse-gas-emissions.

However, the effects of climate change are being and will continue to be strongly felt in the region. Recent reports by the World Meteorological Organization show how significantly LAC is being affected by climate change.Footnote 29

Sea levels in 2020 along LAC coastlines rose above the world average. Roughly a third of the population in LAC live by the coast, with an estimated 6–8% living in areas that are at high or very high risk of being affected by coastal hazards. Temperatures in the North Atlantic Ocean were warmer than usual. The sea level in the Caribbean has been rising at a slightly higher rate than the global average.Footnote 30

Glaciers in the Andes between Argentina and Chile continued to melt, with temperatures rising and rainfalls diminishing commensurately. In Guatemala, climate change contributed to the loss of nearly 80% of the corn harvest. In Haiti, some four million people faced food crises. Between 1998 and 2020, the impacts of climate change have cost more than 312,000 lives and affected over 277 million people in LAC.Footnote 31

The average temperature in the 30 years to 2021 increased by 0.2%, twice as much as in the previous three decades. Glaciers in the tropical Andes have lost at least 30% of the area they had in the 1980s, and the figure is closer to 50% for some glaciers in Peru. Chile’s central region faced its 13th consecutive year of drought, while parts of Brazil, Paraguay, and Bolivia faced their worst drought since 1944. Sea levels, flooding, and hurricanes all reached extraordinary increases. Deforestation of the Amazon grew by 22% compared to 2020 levels. Of the 175 natural disasters occurring between 2020 and 2022, 88% had a meteorological, climactic, or hydrological cause.Footnote 32

These effects, although caused only fractionally by LAC, constitute a strong motivation for the region to join efforts towards the achievement of Paris Agreement goals. Such efforts will have a greater impact the larger the emitters who undertake them.

Within the 33-country region, 90% of emissions can be attributed to just 10 Member States, and 77% of emissions to only 5 of them (see Table 6.2). Without trying to detract from or diminish the importance each country has in climate action in this region, due to space constraints, emphasis throughout this chapter falls on those States that pollute the most and which can therefore make the largest contribution towards the global goal.

Table 6.2 Greenhouse gas emissions in LAC (2019)

CountryCarbon dioxide equivalent (megatons)Percentage of LAC’s greenhouse gas emissionsPercentage of global greenhouse gas emissions
Brazil1451.635.942.92
Mexico670.816.611.35
Argentina398.99.8876.540.80
Venezuela299.67.420.60
Colombia270.56.700.54
Peru190.74.720.38
Bolivia138.73.430.28
Ecuador98.72.4414.360.20
Paraguay96.62.390.19
Chile55.31.370.11
Source: Taken from Climate Watch. Latin America and the Caribbean. Historical GHG emissions. 2022. www.climatewatchdata.org/ghg-emissions?end_year=2019&regions=LAC&start_year=1990.

Table 6.3 presents the latest available information and is therefore taken here as reference in singling out the biggest emitters in the region. Analysis on these 10 countries can provide an accurate approximation to the whole region’s situation, as they account for over 90% of emissions.

Table 6.3 Carbon emissions by LAC country (in megatons)

Country199020052020Global %LAC %Accum
World22,727.8830,170.0335,962.87100.00
LAC958.861495.661572.274.35100.00
Brazil228.30382.82451.801.2628.9728.97%
Mexico291.04448.86407.701.1325.9854.94%
Argentina108.15165.90176.510.4911.2666.21%
Colombia52.5360.9290.250.255.7571.95%
Venezuela102.74153.4588.950.255.7577.70%
Chile33.0158.8884.560.245.5283.22%
Peru20.8931.8744.480.122.7685.98%
Ecuador17.5928.3833.280.092.0788.05%
Trinidad & Tobago12.6734.2530.270.081.8489.89%
Dominican Republic8.0418.8029.090.081.8491.72%
Source: M. D. Crippa, D. Guizzardi, E. Solazo, et al., GHG Emissions of All World Countries – 2021 Report (Publications Office of the European Union).
6.3 Laggards, Heroes, and Zombies

Climate policy implementation to meet Paris Agreement commitments is still incipient in LAC, with some of its countries serving as models, some as laggards and the rest positioned somewhere in between. As advanced above, experience of the effects of climate change has prompted countries to join the Paris Agreement efforts. Such efforts will be more impactful the larger emitters those countries are. At least some of the largest emitters are taking the challenge seriously.

Like most other countries who signed the Paris Agreement, LAC States have submitted their NDCs to the UN’s NDC Registry.Footnote 33 The complexity of comparing NDCs from different LAC countries can be appreciated in a recent study published by CEPAL.Footnote 34 Although comprehensive and a good overview of the situation in the region, it does not facilitate a clear comparison of NDCs between countries, as the way and perspective in which each of them presents their proposed courses of action to achieve Paris Agreement objectives may differ from one to the other. For instance, Brazil takes 2005 levels as a reference to measure the evolution of its emissions whereas Mexico uses 2000 as a benchmark. Similar considerations apply to the corresponding UN Registry.Footnote 35

Other sources such as Climate Action Tracker showcase countries’ commitments against the common goals of the Paris Agreement in general terms, but only for a selection of States and not always by reference to a volume of emissions. For LAC, for instance, the analysis leaves out Venezuela, Ecuador, the Dominican Republic, and Trinidad and Tobago, each of them in the list of the 10 largest emitters (see Table 6.3), while it includes Costa Rica,Footnote 36 whose CO2 emissions in 2019 represented less than 0.2% of the LAC’s total and just under 0.02% of the global figure.Footnote 37

The Joint Research Centre for Policy Report of the European Commission aggregates its own Emissions Database for Global Atmospheric Research (EDGAR) and complements it with other sources such as the International Energy Agency. EDGAR ‘offers an alternative that complements national inventories and has advantages in terms of producing timely emissions estimates that are comparable across countries’ and provides a good basis for the analysis presented in Section 6.3.Footnote 38

Overall, few countries in LAC have taken climate action seriously, among them Colombia and Chile.Footnote 39 The most noticeable laggards have so far been Brazil and Mexico, the region’s two largest economies, with the largest populations and the highest amount of greenhouse emissions. Their situation can be explained in large part by the coming to power of two populist presidents (right wing in Brazil; left wing in Mexico) who have stalled any commitment and, in the case of Mexico, actually reversed progressive policies that had already been set in law under a previous president. The situation in Brazil might improve if the newly elected president can implement the environmental features of his election platform as of 2024, which includes protection of the Amazon, a halt on deforestation and the fulfilment of Paris Agreement goals.Footnote 40

The largest fossil fuel CO2 emitters in the LAC region in 2019 were Brazil and Mexico, with emissions of 1.3% and 1.2%, respectively (as a share of the world’s total). In the same year, Russia, India, United States, and the People’s Republic of China (PRC) in order accounted for 4.6%, 7.8%, 14.5% and 27.9% of global emissions.Footnote 41

At a Leaders Summit on Climate convened by U.S. President Joe Biden in April 2021, Brazil’s president Jair Bolsonaro claimed that his country would achieve carbon neutrality by 2050.Footnote 42 True, this pledge may have been motivated by the international pressure to end deforestation that Brazil had been under.Footnote 43 However it was not clear how the goal would be achieved. President Sebastián Piñera committed to decarbonize Chile‘s energy matrix by 2040, achieve carbon neutrality by 2050, and become the most efficient green hydrogen producer in the world. Colombian President Iván Duque reiterated commitments to a 51% emissions reduction by 2030 and a long-term target of carbon neutrality by 2050. He highlighted some of the measures that Colombia has taken to achieve its targets, including a clean energy transition that will achieve 14% clean electricity by August 2022, the largest fleet of urban and cargo transport in the region, and a reforestation effort that aims to plant 180 million trees by August of 2022. Mexico’s President Andrés López did not commit the country to any particular goal,Footnote 44 and only promised vague actions in reducing crude oil production (despite recent oil discoveries), to generate cleaner energy through hydroelectricity (even though the laws introduced by his government on electricity have actually reversed any progress made by previous governments), and to plant trees on a million hectares in the country.

With the election of Lula as a president, the situation for Brazil – and indeed for LAC, given Brail’s prominence in the whole region – will change. The Amazon (60% of which is located in Brazil) possesses half of the remaining tropical rainforests in the world. Years of unchecked deforestation under Bolsonaro cannot be undone. And Lula is receiving a divided country, a Congress dominated by the opposition and other challenges. Still, his track record as a former president and his post-victory speech point to ‘a strong commitment to preserving the Amazon, protecting Indigenous people’s rights and reaching a zero-deforestation target’.Footnote 45

Table 6.4 shows the 10 largest LAC emitters according to the European Commission. This is a result similar to the one for 2020 (Table 6.3) with small variations in the order,Footnote 46 but still the same countries in the list of the 10 largest emitters. As together they account for over 90% of emissions in the region, a brief analysis of their NDCs can provide a fairly good approximation to the situation of LAC as a whole.

Table 6.4 Carbon (megatons per year) emissions in 2021

CountryTotalPer capitaChange vs 1990
Brazil489.862.28114%
Mexico418.353.0944%
Argentina189.004.1288%
Venezuela104.673.122%
Chile85.704.61160%
Colombia77.571.5348%
Peru55.141.64164%
Ecuador41.142.34134%
Trinidad and Tobago28.9921.01129%
Dominican Republic27.732.47245%
Source: Crippa et al., GHG Emissions of All World Countries.

Ahead of the Climate Change Conference in Glasgow (COP26) in 2021 the UN calculated, based on the latest NDC pledges available from most of the 193 Parties to the Paris Agreement, that our planet was headed towards a 13.7% increase in global greenhouse gas emissions in 2030 in comparison with 2010. The IPCC estimated that, in order to keep the rise in temperature on Earth to only around 1.5°C, global emissions need to decrease 45% by 2030.Footnote 47 How then should we assess the performance of individual countries, and in particular the LAC’s 10 largest emitters, in that context?

A study from the Institute of the Americas reveals useful insights to answer the question. Unfortunately, the study leaves Venezuela out,Footnote 48 but includes the other nine. Table 6.5 presents a summary of findings relevant to this chapter, extracted mostly from the country ‘NDC Scorecards’ provided by Miranda.Footnote 49

Table 6.5 Nationally determined contribution pledges of the LAC’s largest emitters (2021)

CountryIs the updated NDC GHG emission reduction target more ambitious?Does it have a carbon neutrality commitment?Is it on track to achieve its pledges?Is it implementing policies/regulations consistent with NDCs?
BrazilNoYesNoNo
MexicoNoNoNoNo
ArgentinaYesYes??
Venezuela*NoNo??
ChileYesYesYesYes
ColombiaYesYesYesYes
PeruYesYesYesYes
EcuadorYesNo??
Trinidad and Tobago??NoYes
Dominican RepublicYesYes?Yes

Note: GHG, greenhouse gas; NDC, nationally determined contributions.

Source: Miranda, Nationally determined contributions. Note that for Venezuela, we have taken information directly from the NDC Registry (United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change Secretariat, Nationally Determined Contributions Registry (2022). https://unfccc.int/NDCREG).

On the bright side, two ‘heroes’ among the region’s largest emitters are Colombia and Chile. Ahead of COP26, held in November 2021, Colombia updated its NDC to aim for a 51% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions by 2030 compared to its 2014 emissions level, a reduction of black carbon emissions by 40%, and a net-zero target of 2050. Its NDC is among the most ambitious in LAC and highly aligned with the country’s goal of carbon neutrality by 2050. Colombia is one of the few countries in the region on track to achieve its Paris Agreement pledges. Its NDC includes massive landscape reforestation and restoration projects, including an initiative to plant 180 million trees by 2022, an Active Transport and Travel Demand Management program to increase the share of trips made by bicycle above 5% in all Colombian cities by 2030, and a pilot Emissions Trading Scheme started in 2018 to be ready for implementation by 2025. It also envisages more stringent vehicle emission standards for road transport as well as reductions in agricultural burning, and switching to more efficient technologies for heating and cooking. Building Back Greener indicates a 26% recovery spending from the country’s total spending, of which just under 28% has been green recovery spending according to the UN Environment Programme’s COVID-19 Recovery Tracker for LAC.Footnote 50 In 2022, Colombia matched COP27, exceeding expectations. The goal of carbon neutrality by 2050 is accompanied by more than mitigation measures and adaptation targets which include limiting the gross annual deforestation rate to a maximum of 50,000 ha by 2030, and the commitment to generate carbon budgets in 2023. It also contains a commitment to strengthen and develop carbon pricing mechanisms, plus guidelines for the implementation of the NDCs at both sectoral and territorial levels.Footnote 51

Chile brought an updated NDC program to COP26, which included limiting its total annual greenhouse gas emissions at 95 megatons (Mt) of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2-e) by 2030; setting an ‘emissions budget’ limit of 1,100 Mt of CO2-e between 2020 and 2030, and reaching peak emissions by 2025. To achieve its NDC, the policy emissions pathway includes the Unconventional Renewable Energy Law; a carbon tax; an action plan to achieve electrification for 40% of the private vehicle fleet and 100% of public urban transport by 2050; and a National Green Hydrogen Strategy to provide clean fuel to decarbonize key sectors. Chile is also formulating a Climate Change Framework Law to engrain carbon neutrality commitments in domestic legislation by 2050, along with financing measures and economic instruments. The government also announced in 2020 that the retirement of coal-fired power plants would be achieved 15 years ahead of schedule.Footnote 52 In 2022 Chile’s commitment to the Paris Agreement ahead of COP27 remained. Its NDC contains a social pillar with commitments on which the implementation of the NDC must rest to guarantee a fair transition and sustainable development in the country. Comprehensive measures that integrate both adaptation and mitigation include circular economy, land use, land-use change and forestry, and ocean commitments. This NDC also stands out for having an ambitious unconditional goal in absolute terms, with Chile one of the few countries in LAC with a carbon emissions budget for the 2020–2030 period, in the light of its commitment to becoming carbon-neutral by 2050. Chile’s NDC is based on a comprehensive evaluation of mitigation measures and an analysis that provides clarity in terms of goals and the economic impact on society to facilitate acceptance and implementation.Footnote 53

In 2022 the UN Development Programme (UNDP) has undertaken initiatives such as the Regional Snapshot to explore NDCs of countries in the region, their ambition, progress, and feasibility,Footnote 54 in order to support progress towards the attainment of the Paris Agreement goals: containing the rise in global temperature to less than 2°C and as close as possible to 1.5°C in comparison with ‘pre-industrial’ levels.Footnote 55

6.4 A Flurry of Initiatives towards Common Goals

Latin America and the Caribbean faces serious challenges moving forward. On the one hand, it is already experiencing the impacts of the planet’s warming in a noticeable, and at times irreversible, way. Poor governance, weak rule of law and fragile democratic structures hold back its economic and social progress. The design, implementation, and upkeep of effective and sustained climate policies is in jeopardy too. There is no easy solution. On the other hand, there are reasons for hope. Current and future efforts by LAC countries have as a background the region’s large youth population, its increasing middle class, its vast natural resources, and its considerable economic growth potential.

In 2020 the majority of the population in LAC was aged between 5 and 29 years old, with the largest age group being 20–24 years old.Footnote 56 Figure 6.2 provides some perspective: LAC’s proportion of youth vis-à-vis the general population is comparable to Central and Southern Asia’s and only inferior to Africa.Footnote 57 In 2021, LAC’s proportion of persons under 15 was 24%.Footnote 58

Figure 6.2 Between 20% and 30% of LAC’s population is 14 years old or less, making it a region with high youth potential. ‘Youth Index’ Percentage of Under-Fifteens (2018).

Source: World Bank, Population ages 0–14 (% of total population), 2021 (based on data from the United Nations Population Division), https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.POP.0014.TO.ZS?end=2021&start=2021&type=shaded&view=map.

Latin America and the Caribbean possesses 57% of the primary forests in the world – storing some 104 gigatons of carbon and hosting between 40% and 50% of the world’s biodiversity, and a third of all plant species.Footnote 59 Not only are forests important to sequester atmospheric carbon, they also help to regulate hydrological cycles, stabilize landscapes, and contribute to soil and water conservation in fragile ecosystems.Footnote 60 The region holds 23% of the world’s total forested areas.

6.4.1 Regional Collaboration

Constructive collaboration with other regions can help. Springing from its cultural and historical affinities, the region has borne a flurry of polycentric initiatives promoting exchange, integration, and coordinated approaches to common problems starting as far back as 1826, with few other regions having a closer affinity to LAC than the EU. This background is important for climate policymaking, as coordinated approaches are more likely to succeed in the long run as they involve expertise, resources, communication, and solidarity across the whole region.

Noteworthy initiatives include (by year of creation):

  • 1960: ALALC – The Free Trade Latin American Association.Footnote 61

  • 1969: The Andean Community.Footnote 62

  • 1975: SELA – Latin American and Caribbean Economic System.Footnote 63

  • 1980: ALADI – The Latin American Association for [Economic] Integration.Footnote 64

  • 1991: MERCOSUR – The Southern Common Market.Footnote 65

  • 2004: ALBA – The Bolivarian Alliance for the Peoples of our America – People’s Trade Agreement.Footnote 66

  • 2008: UNASUR – The South American Nations Union.Footnote 67

  • 2019: PROSUR – The Forum for the Progress and Integration of South America.Footnote 68

  • CELAC – The Latin American and Caribbean States Community.Footnote 69

The most representative of those organizations would appear to be CELAC. If Brazil returns to full participation it has a promising future, which both the EU and PRC have anticipated by establishing relations with this body. As already mentioned in the introduction to this chapter, the UN Environment Program lists for its LAC region virtually the same countries that are CELAC members.Footnote 70

The Latin American and Caribbean States Community faces many challenges, the first of which is to show its difference and relevance vis-à-vis the other existing integration initiatives described above. Self-defined as ‘an intergovernmental mechanism for dialogue and political accord [concertación]’, it constantly attempts to master contradictory forces. On the one hand, it aspires to gather, integrate, and represent all the States in the region; but, on the other hand, some of those States may disagree with one another over a variety of issues and in general be less reliable given the decline in political culture of the whole region,Footnote 71 and in the vigor of its respective democracies.Footnote 72

This is not a CELAC-specific problem. A fragile political culture is and has been a handicap for this region from the beginning of its independent existence in the nineteenth century. It is one of the reasons why the strong pull towards convergence and unity present in those then-newly independent States two centuries ago has not yet materialised, while similar efforts in other parts of the world – most eminently in Europe – have progressed more in less time. It is also a strong reason why previous integration initiatives have collapsed, the latest one being UNASUR.Footnote 73

These difficulties notwithstanding, CELAC has been a credible interlocutor between the EU and the United States and seems to be gathering viability because the biggest players in the region are investing time, resources, and political capital in it. Mexico just ended its pro tempore presidency in which CELAC was revitalised.Footnote 74 Argentina has been elected by consensus to hold the presidency as of 2024.Footnote 75 Unfortunately, Brazil suspended its participation in CELAC, most likely due to political differences with other members.Footnote 76 Mexico has for the time being exercised leadership and filled the vacuum left by Brazil, whose GDP represents 30% of the regional total,Footnote 77 but its return is highly desirable for the success of the initiative.

In fact, Brazil seems likely to rejoin CELAC, throwing all its weight behind it (as well as other regional initiatives) in an effort to present a common front of interaction and negotiation with China, the United States, the EU, and others,Footnote 78 with climate change ranking top of the agenda. In fact, during his post-victory speech, the newly elected President referred to ‘a longing’ expressed to him by contacts from different countries for:

that sovereign Brazil who spoke as a par to the wealthiest and most powerful countries … contributed to the development of the poorest … worked for the integration of South America and Latin America and the Caribbean, strengthened MERCOSUR and helped to create the G20, UNASUR, CELAC and the BRICS. Today we are telling the world that Brazil is back … that Brazil is too big to be relegated to the sad role of world pariah.Footnote 79

The Latin American and Caribbean States Community is still in development and faces many challenges, one of which was rightly pointed out by Colombia, as Argentina takes the baton for the 2022 pro tempore presidency: how to deal with Member States who are clearly not functioning democracies such as Nicaragua, Cuba, and Venezuela.Footnote 80 However, if strengthened, CELAC has the potential to serve as a platform for integration and climate governance for which there is already interest, as seen in the dialogue between Pacific Alliance and MERCOSUR.Footnote 81

6.4.2 Latin America and the Caribbean and the European Union ― A Natural Partnership?

Partnerships with regions that have advanced more in the implementation of climate policies can prove useful. The links between Europe and LAC go back centuries, and, although relations have not always been optimal and grievances remain, there is also a history of constructive and positive exchanges crossing the Atlantic in both directions.

Today, the EU and LAC share several languages (eminently Spanish and Portuguese, but also French, Dutch, and English) and a myriad of economic, academic, social, and cultural exchanges. In order to be strong and relevant in the twenty-first century, both face the challenge of fostering unity in diversity. For different reasons, the EU, albeit far from perfect, has managed to advance more in the realm of both integration and climate policy – in which it is a world leader. All these reasons make the EU a valuable climate partner for LAC.

Several exchanges and initiatives exist between the two regions to address climate change. The EU–CELAC summits and the Euroclima program are two examples. Mutual collaboration has benefited both regions and brought motivation and support to them in the achievement of Paris Agreement goals. For LAC, this partnership has also produced financial support and valuable know-how from Europe in the design, implementation, and follow-up of climate policies. The EU–CELAC relationship includes summits, roadmaps, and agreements. Euroclima focuses on cooperation and contains a funding mechanism to foster the implementation of sound climate policies.

Summits between the EU and LAC have existed since 1999, when the first was celebrated in Rio de Janeiro. However, after the foundation of CELAC in 2011, the summit with the EU gathers two regional organizations. The first EU–CELAC summit took place in 2013 in Santiago (Chile). The second one was celebrated in Brussels in 2015. In the Action Plan that followed the 2015 summit,Footnote 82 the second in a list of topics for action was ‘Sustainable development; environment; climate change; biodiversity; energy’ and proposed collaboration and exchange with the following outcomes in mind:

  • Improved knowledge on problems and consequences of climate change including vulnerability and risk assessment, biodiversity loss and environment issues in its widest meaning, and integration of these issues into sustainable development and climate adaptation strategies and other adaptation activities.

  • Strengthened capacities and emergency networks to prevent and address the effect of natural disasters.

  • Improved capacity for sustainable development, environmental and climate change-related challenges, and for the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity.

  • Improved use and accessibility of renewable energies, increased energy efficiency and saving as these play an important role in the diversification and complementarity of the energy matrix.

Although the 2017 summit was cancelled,Footnote 83 in 2018 the European External Action Service declared that CELAC is the EU’s official counterpart for the region-to-region summit process and strategic partnership. The EU’s ‘engagement with CELAC is complemented by strong bilateral relations with individual countries and does not exclude cooperation with sub-regional groups such as MERCOSUR, CARICOM/CARIFORUM, Pacific Alliance, SICA and UNASUR’.Footnote 84

Ministers of the EU and CELAC met in Berlin in December 2020 and agreed to work in the preparation of the next EU–CELAC summit. Among several areas of agreement for continued or future joint cooperation they concluded on the importance of climate change and the aspiration to reach net zero carbon emissions by 2050. An informal meeting took place at the end of 2021.Footnote 85 Another ministerial meeting between the two organizations took place in Buenos Aires on 27 October 2022 with the purpose of renewing the bi-regional partnership to strengthen peace and sustainable development.Footnote 86 The EU has planned a 2023 summit with CELAC,Footnote 87 coinciding with the presidencies of those blocs by Spain and Argentina, respectively.Footnote 88 This commitment has been publicly confirmed by the Spanish Prime Minister, Pedro Sánchez.Footnote 89

Several initiatives of support from the EU to CELAC to this end were mentioned, in particular Euroclima+, a flagship program of the EU in LAC,Footnote 90 which aims at reducing the impact of climate change and its effects in the region. The program only includes 18 LAC countries at present and finances a broad range of activities, including technical assistance, capacity building, exchange of best practices, studies, events, seminars, workshops, peer-to-peer exchanges, and pilot projects.

Euroclima+ aims at reducing the impact of climate change and its effects in Latin America by fostering action towards the fulfilment of the Paris Agreement.Footnote 91 It is financed through a commitment of €144 million since 2010 by the governments of Germany, Spain, and France.Footnote 92 Euroclima+ comprehends six priority sectors – forests, biodiversity, and ecosystems; energy efficiency; disaster risk management; resilient food production; water management and urban resilience perspective; and urban mobility – and six strategic action lines – plans and policies; climate financing: transparency; intersectoral, multilevel, and multiple stakeholder coordination; action for climate empowerment; and gender and vulnerable groups.Footnote 93

6.5 Conclusion

Like other areas of the world, LAC is experiencing the impacts of climate change and, while Chile and Colombia have effectively implemented viable NDCs in line with the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change and Paris Agreement, most LAC States have not. LAC response matters not so much for the size of its emissions but especially for its potential to act as a net carbon sink. Indeed, according to JP Morgan, the LAC’s sequestration potential places it as a leader in the carbon credit market.Footnote 94 LAC’s natural resources, young population, and economic capacity provide reasons for hope – ‘great expectations’ – about its future.

Due to cultural, geographical, and historical commonalities, LAC has sat at the juncture of an array of initiatives and networks pushing for integration at different levels and with diverse center points since the nineteenth century. The most comprehensive of those initiatives is CELAC, although others, such as MERCOSUR and Pacific Alliance, are more developed in their degree of cooperation.

The level of integration matters, as more of it will help the region tackle the big problems individual countries cannot face by themselves. This is evident in the case of climate policy. While due to space constraints only the largest emitters have been analyzed to a certain degree, action, motivation, solidarity, and best practices are needed from all 33 States. And there is much that large emitters lagging behind in meeting their Paris Agreement commitments can learn from low emitters who are exemplary in climate policy, such as Costa Rica.

Although the level of progress towards the achievement of Paris Agreement goals may be modest so far, recent changes in the political landscape in Brazil provide room for optimism,Footnote 95 as do the partnerships the region is establishing with parts of the world that are more advanced in climate policy such as Europe. However, the key takeaway is that the political atmosphere and framework under which LAC operates is as important as the policies themselves if the region is to progress in climate action terms (as well as in other aspects such as economic growth, income equality and regional integration). Due to its high levels of inequality and social unrest, the key challenge to implementing climate policies in LAC will be the strengthening of a political atmosphere where human rights, the rule of law, and democratic values prevail.

Climate policies need a cooperative legal framework where the law is created through transparent and democratic processes and enforced, once approved, through an independent judicial system and checks on the executive. Freedom of information and expression are also essential to promote debate in the public sphere, fostering respect for all citizens and their freedom and fair and free elections of representatives. A framework where democracy, the rule of law, balance of powers, and human rights prevail would provide stability, predictability, and a foundation for sound, clear, legitimate, and sustained climate action. This atmosphere is not a given in LAC and must be created, maintained and enhanced through deliberate and persistent cooperation.

7 What Does ‘Green’ Mean for a Green Belt and Road?

7.1 Introduction

China started its Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) in 2013. Over the last eight years, the BRI has been taken up by some 140 countries. The BRI was launched in 2013, has officially involved 146 countries as of March 2024,Footnote 1 and is a network focusing on connectivity.Footnote 2 This emphasis on connectivity includes not only constructing networks for physical inter-regional connections of transport, communications, and energy infrastructure, but also the emergence of intangible connections through policy co-[operation, information exchange, and deeper involvement by connecting non-state actors through project financing, project implementation, and operational management.

While the BRI will enhance the economic development of these countries, such an aspiration may also clash with sustainability goals. As the largest infrastructure and development project in human history, the BRI presents risks and opportunities for ecosystems, economies, and communities.Footnote 3 This is because the major projects, in particular energy projects, have been a mixture of renewable energy projects as well as fossil fuel investment. In 2015, the countries along the Belt and Road (B&RCs), excluding China, constituted 23% of the world’s GDP, as well as 28% of the world’s greenhouse gas emissions.Footnote 4 These data suggest that B&RCs may be locked into fossil fuel dependency for the coming decades.Footnote 5 Moreover, upgrading transportation infrastructure in environmentally sensitive areas may also present risks for vulnerable ecosystems.Footnote 6

It has also been pointed out that these challenges can be turned into opportunities for environmental stewardship if China and its partners develop the BRI within the framework of strategic environmental and social assessments with high environmental standards.Footnote 7 However, such a proposal for environmental stewardship can only stay as an ideal policy objective if no concrete measures are taken to implement it. There have been studies on the stringency of China’s environmental policies along the BRI.Footnote 8 However, things have evolved fast recently, in particular after China’s domestic decarbonisation policy framework was established in 2021 (see Section 7.4). The latest domestic decarbonisation policies since 2020 indicate a reorientation of priorities and a new interpretation of what a green Belt and Road means for China and the world. This chapter critically examines 11 green Belt and Road policies relevant to the ‘green’ connotation from 2013, when the BRI was first proposed, to the latest policy in early 2022. It focuses on the questions of what ‘green’ means in China’s green Belt and Road, how its priorities have evolved, and what sort of implementation measures have been put in place.

The term ‘green’ is an appealing term that is positively related to environmental benefits and improvement, and it has been used not only by China to build the green Belt and Road, but also by the European Union (EU) in the European Green Deal (‘Green Deal’). Many countries have also issued various types of green industrial policies at the national level. Therefore, what ‘green’ means in these policies and guidelines needs to be contextualised. In most cases where a policy is framed as a ‘green’ policy, the imperative to address climate change is only one aspect of a broad positive environmental impact. In the Chinese context, there is a clear evolutionary trajectory for priorities as concerns the total of 11 green Belt and Road policies from 2013 to 2022. The following sections will analyse how the ‘green’ priority has evolved in this decade and relevant shortfalls by dividing them into three stages.

7.2 Environmental Protection Tangentially Mentioned in Belt and Road Initiative Policies (Stage I)
7.2.1 Guidelines for Environmental Protection in Overseas Investment and Cooperation

Environmental concerns emerged even before the BRI. In February 2013, the Chinese Ministry of Commerce and the Ministry of Environmental Protection released their Guidelines for Environmental Protection in Overseas Investment and Co-operation.Footnote 9 Considering that BRI was only officially launched in late 2013, this policy did not refer to BRI. The purpose of the guidelines was to guide Chinese companies to raise awareness of environmental protection in foreign investment and co-operation and understand and abide by the host country’s environmental protection policies and regulations.

These guidelines were issued mainly as a response to China’s domestic call. First of all, the Twelfth Five-Year Plan for National Economic and Social Development called for companies to go global, with co-operation projects overseas fulfilling their social responsibilities and benefiting the local people. Moreover, the Eighteenth National Congress of the Communist Party of China set forth the ecological progress concept that underscores the need to respect, follow, and protect nature to contribute to global ecological security.Footnote 10

Externally, these guidelines were issued to respond to some negative environmental impacts of the early overseas investment projects, for instance, the Burmese military government’s suspension of its Myitsone Dam and related hydroelectric power project. The bilateral agreement on the hydropower project was concluded in 2009 with asymmetrical negotiation power between Naypyitaw and Beijing.Footnote 11 Entering into construction for more than one year, Burma’s civil society took the political opportunity and started to oppose the dam because of social and environmental concerns.Footnote 12 Even with an estimated total cost of US$3.6 billion,Footnote 13 the state-owned enterprise China Power Investment Corporation did not choose to sue; instead, it engaged more closely with societal actors in Myanmar to seek their support. Given that the Myitsone project was unilaterally suspended by former President Thein Sein, the partial transition from military dictatorship to quasi-civilian semi-democracy in Burma brought more uncertainty and construction work remains shelved without any renegotiation after 10 years.Footnote 14

Following Myitsone and other overseas investment projects, Article 5 of the Guidelines for Environmental Protection stipulated that Chinese enterprises shall understand and abide by the laws and regulations of the host country related to environmental protection. Article 8 of these Guidelines requires Chinese enterprises to be aware of environmental risks by carrying out environmental impact assessments of their development, construction, production, and operation activities, and to take reasonable measures to reduce possible adverse effects based on the results of the environmental impact assessment. Article 10 further requires Chinese enterprises to construct and operate pollution prevention facilities and carry out pollution prevention and control work, again following the requirements of the host country’s environmental protection laws, regulations, and standards.

It is clear that the baseline of this guideline is the requirement of the laws and regulations of the host country. There are no additional requirements if the laws and regulations of the host country are not sufficient for environmental protection purposes. Several provisions in the guidelines indicate the environmental priorities that China would like its enterprises to abide by. These primarily refer to the control of pollutant discharge. For instance, Article 10 requires that the discharge of exhaust gas, wastewater, solid waste, or other pollutants comply with the host country’s pollutant discharge standards. Article 16 also encourages taking clean production methods. However, it mainly focuses on recycling, reducing pollution from the source, and improving resource utilisation efficiency. Low-carbon development is only tangentially mentioned in Article 3 as a devolvement philosophy, without any substantive requirement attached to it.

7.2.2 Vision and Actions on Jointly Building Silk Road Economic Belt and 21st-Century Maritime Silk Road

Issued by the National Development and Reform Commission, Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Ministry of Commerce in March 2015, the Vision and Actions on Jointly Building Silk Road Economic Belt and 21st-Century Maritime Silk Road (‘Belt and Road Vision 2015’) is the overarching policy for the Belt and Road that states its background, principles, guidelines, and key areas of co-operation.Footnote 15 In the Belt and Road Vision 2015, environment-related issues are only mentioned twice. Notably, the need to strengthen the green and low-carbon construction and operation of infrastructure is mentioned as part of BRI’s concern on infrastructure connectivity. It proposes to highlight the concept of ecological civilisation in investment and trade, strengthen co-operation in ecological environment, biodiversity, and climate change, and jointly build a green silk road. While this was the first time where China has associated ‘green’ with the Belt and Road, no concrete action plan has been proposed to implement a green Belt and Road as a follow-up. As indicated by the goal of ‘highlight[ing] the concept of ecological civilisation’, how to build a green Belt and Road remains at a relatively abstract level to enable the BRI to gain more extensive support from external parties.

7.3 Building a Green Belt and Road (Stage II)
7.3.1 Guidance on Promoting a Green Belt and Road

In April 2017, four ministries associated with the State Council of China – the Ministry of Environmental Protection, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, the National Development and Reform Commission, and the Ministry of Commerce – jointly issued their Guidance on Promoting a Green Belt and Road.Footnote 16 This Guidance aims to establish exchanges and co-operation in ecological and environmental protection among BRI countries, improve risk prevention and service supports, build communication and dialogue, along with information support and industrial and technology co-operation platforms, as well as promote multi-channel co-operation among governments, enterprises promotion, and civil society.

This Guidance is a comprehensive agenda that sets a timeline for implementation. The focus on implementation is on enriching co-operative mechanisms and exchange platforms as well as eco-environmental protection projects. It aims to build pragmatic and efficient ecological and environmental protection co-operation and exchange systems, support and service platforms, and industrial technology co-operation in three to five years, and formulate and implement a series of ecological environmental risk prevention policies and measures. In 5–10 years, it is expected that comprehensive eco-environmental protection services and support systems will be established, some important eco-environmental protection projects implemented, and satisfactory outcomes achieved. In summary, while this Guidance was the starting point for China to incorporate environmental impact in its BRI projects, it seems that it did not clarify areas for substantive collaboration other than the exchange of information about environmental law and regulation. Arguably, environmental laws and standards are a salient issue area of domestic politics and are subject to the social, economic, and environmental circumstances of the B&RCs. The standards with which Chinese investors must comply are still low, as this Guidance advises Chinese enterprises to abide by international economic and trade rules and the host country’s ecological and environmental protection laws, regulations and standards. As the environmental standards of host countries are typically low, negative environmental impacts have been produced by Chinese enterprises. In this context, the promotion of a green Belt and Road is considered more a process of greenwashing that aims to create a more preferable investment environment for Chinese enterprises rather than benefiting the local communities.Footnote 17 Since the adoption of this guidance, the green Belt and Road has become a pillar to support the BRI agenda, and several policies have been issued either through collaboration of Chinese ministries or between Chinese institutions and their international counterparts.

7.3.2 Guiding Principles on Financing the Development of the Belt and Road

The Guidance was followed by the Guiding Principles on Financing the Development of the Belt and Road, which were issued in May 2017.Footnote 18 As distinct from most of the policies discussed in this chapter, these guiding principles are not solely issued by the Chinese government, and thus, to an extent, they can be considered an outlier of Chinese policies. These principles were issued by Finance Ministers from Argentina, Belarus, Burma, Cambodia, Chile, China, Czechia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Georgia, Greece, Hungary, Indonesia, Iran, Kenya, Laos, Malaysia, Mongolia, Pakistan, Qatar, Russia, Serbia, Sudan, Switzerland, Thailand, Turkey, and non-B&RCs such as the United Kingdom. In this sense, this was not a solely Chinese policy, and the purpose of the principles is primarily to build an enabling financing system for the Belt and Road projects. Given their broad scope and membership, environmental issues were only tangentially mentioned in the Principles:

We underscore the need to strengthen social and environmental impact assessment and risk management of projects, improve cooperation on energy conservation and environmental protection, fulfil social responsibilities, promote local employment and ensure sustainable economic and social development.

While the Principles take an inclusive perspective and associate environmental issues with social responsibility and sustainability, no substantive measures are directed towards implementing such sustainability-oriented action.

7.3.3 Belt and Road Ecological and Environmental Protection Co-Operation Plan

In June 2017, the Ministry of Environmental Protection issued the Belt and Road Ecological and Environmental Protection Co-Operation Plan (‘Co-Operation Plan 2017’).Footnote 19 Whereas the word ‘green’ is highlighted here, the focus of the Co-Operation Plan is on ecological civilisation. For instance, the guiding principle states that a green Belt and Road needs to highlight the concept of ecological civilisation and green development, focus on the integration of ecological and environmental protection with social and economic development, and actively engage with relevant strategies and plans of B&RCs, and strengthen ecological and environmental protection policy dialogue. One specific implementation is to enhance the capacity for eco-environment protection and prevent eco-environment risk. The plan has identified four key areas of co-operation: (1) deepening co-operation on environmental pollution control, including prevention and control of air, water, and soil pollution; environmental management of solid waste; and comprehensive improvement of the rural environment; (2) promoting co-operation in ecological protection by establish a biodiversity database and information-sharing platform, actively carrying out demonstration projects for the construction of biodiversity conservation corridors in Southeast Asia, South Asia, and the Qinghai–Tibet Plateau; (3) strengthening nuclear and radiation safety co-operation by sharing the good practices of nuclear and radiation safety regulation, and actively participating in the construction of the international nuclear safety system; and (4) promoting co-operation in the implementation of environmental conventions, including the Convention on Biological Diversity and the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants among the B&RCs, and building a co-operation mechanism for the implementation of environmental conventions through technological exchanges and South to South co-operation for implementation.

Although low-carbon and circular development is still not emphasised in the Guidance on Promoting a Green Belt and Road, in the Co-operation Plan 2017, key industries are nominated as the focus for future development. For instance, Chinese companies are encouraged to establish green brands with high-quality production capacities in railways, electricity, automobiles, telecommunications, renewable energy, steel, and other industries. This ‘green’ list is controversial – while renewable energy can contribute to climate mitigation, some of the listed projects can also be carbon emissions-intensive, such as automobiles and transport. For electricity and steel-making, their climate impacts may depend on the process and production methods, and overseas coal-fired power stations have been the most criticised BRI investments. Without differentiating such impact, a holistic call for all these industries to build a ‘green’ brand can be an encouragement for greenwashing.

7.3.4 Vision for Maritime Cooperation under the Belt and Road Initiative

Still in June 2017, the National Development and Reform Commission and the State Oceanic Administration jointly issued the Vision for Maritime Co-Operation under the Belt and Road Initiative (‘Maritime Silk Road Vision 2017’),Footnote 20 advancing green development as the priority for all co-operative development. As a way forward, China proposed that countries along the so-called Maritime Silk Road jointly undertake marine ecological conservation and provide high-quality marine ecological services to safeguard global marine ecological security. Specific actions to implement this green development priority include safeguarding marine ecosystem health and biodiversity, promoting the protection of the regional marine environment, strengthening co-operation in addressing climate change, and strengthening international blue carbon operation. It seems to be the first time that climate change has been prioritised in China’s green development with a clear action plan. To strengthen the response to climate change in particular by small island States along the Road:

China is willing to support small island states in adapting to climate change, and to provide technical assistance in response to marine disasters, sea level rise, coastal erosion and marine ecosystem deterioration. Support will also be provided to the countries along the Road in conducting island and coastal surveys and assessments.

It was in 2017 that Chinese overseas investment peaked.Footnote 21 Therefore, the context for the initiation of the green Belt and Road was a response to some ecological and environmental problems in the early projects such as the Myitsone Dam. When operationalising ‘green’ into action plans, the domestic policies of China have been the driving force. Most of the above policies issued at this stage still focus on implementing the philosophy of ecological civilisation and green development, with identified issue areas such as ecological and environmental protection, pollution and waste controls, and energy reservation, and China’s technical assistance and marine survey support for small island and developing States in response to climate change as the only concrete climate-related actions.

Considering these policies were issued after the Paris Agreement, the green Belt and Road policies at this stage seem to be insufficient in response to climate change. The Paris Agreement and related decarbonisation goals are not mentioned in any of the documents. There are no binding obligations created in these policies to guide investment and financing decisions by Chinese enterprises. While Chinese enterprises and entities were encouraged to seek co-operation to understand the ecological situation and relevant environmental protection in host countries and regions and conduct integrated environmental impact assessments, this advice was more to protect Chinese investment so that they could reasonably deploy co-operation projects at production capacity. Therefore, the green development agenda at this stage was criticised as ‘mere window dressing, designed to improve China’s international image’.Footnote 22

7.3.5 Green Investment Principles for the Belt and Road

Globally, green finance has been increasingly understood as a driving force for sustainability. Central banks and financial supervisors have taken an increasingly important role in deepening the understanding of climate risk as financial risk, as well as effectively safeguarding financial systems to phase out funding for old, ‘brown’ industries and phasing in the funding for a new green economy.Footnote 23 China has established its domestic green finance system and has made efforts to expand certain domestic practices along the Belt and Road.Footnote 24 The Green Investment Principles (GIPs) for the Belt and Road are an essential part of the Chinese efforts to green its BRI investment.Footnote 25 The GIPs were jointly imitated by the Green Finance Committee (GFC) of the China Society for Finance and Banking and the City of London’s Green Finance Initiative (GFI) in November 2018. The GIPs consist of seven principles: (1) embedding sustainability into corporate governance; (2) understanding environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks; (3) disclosing environmental information; (4) enhancing communication with stakeholders; (5) utilising green financial instruments; (6) adopting green supply chain management; and (7) building capacity through collective action. As of November 2021, membership has expanded rapidly to cover 40 major financial institutions across Asia, Europe, the Middle East, and Africa, with a global asset volume totalling US$49 trillion.Footnote 26

After initiation, three working groups were established to set standards to operationalise these principles, in the areas of environmental and climate risk assessment, environmental and climate information disclosure, and green financial product innovation. For instance, the working group for environmental and climate information disclosure (Principle 4) has conducted work on comparable indicators that can be adapted to local conditions, and procedures to encourage gradual disclosure.Footnote 27 It has been argued by the author elsewhere that the GIPs have a unique arrangement with two-dimensional networks, which enables China to influence investment decisions over many B&RCs indirectly through fund providers as key nodes to transition towards green investment.Footnote 28

7.4 Belt and Road Initiative Climate Policies after 2020 (Stage III)

Climate change is among the most significant existential threats to human beings in our time. A response to this threat requires a strong State to change the direction, speed, and scale of innovation in world capitalism, and China is among the most possible contenders to catalysing this governance of survival.Footnote 29 Indeed, the year 2020 witnessed China’s enhanced commitment to decarbonisation. Chinese Paramount Leader Xi Jinping announced at the UN General Assembly in September 2020 that China would increase its nationally determined contribution, adopt stronger policies and measures, strive to reach peak carbon emissions before 2030, and strive to achieve carbon neutrality by 2060.Footnote 30 This significant statement represents a long-term ambition and priority for China, one of the largest carbon emitters in the world, to jointly address the global challenge of climate change with other jurisdictions. From the first half of 2021, Chinese BRI investment, for the first time in eight years, did not include any coal-fired energy projects. In September 2021, Chinese President Xi Jinping announced at the UN General Assembly debate that ‘China will step up support for other developing countries in developing green and low-carbon energy, and not building new coal-fired power projects abroad.’Footnote 31 Both announcements are the most significant decisions that China has made concerning its climate policies domestically and along the Belt and Road to date.

To reach carbon neutrality from the emissions peak, it is expected to take some 60 years for the EU and 45 years for the United States, while China is aiming to achieve carbon neutrality from its emissions peak in just 30 years. The substantial challenge of the short time frame between carbon peak and carbon neutrality goals within 30 years means China needs to take strong policy support and undertake significant efforts in the years to come.Footnote 32 Xie’s remarks were made in the context of China’s preparation for a ‘1+N’ policy framework to achieve national carbon targets. Specifically, the framework takes a coordinated approach to adopt a high-hierarchical Working Guidance for Carbon Emissions Peaking and Carbon Neutrality in Full and Faithful Implementation of the New Development Philosophy (‘Working Guidance 2020’),Footnote 33 the Action Plan for Carbon Emissions Peaking before 2030 (‘Action Plan 2030’),Footnote 34 and a series of policy measures in 10 major fields to accelerate climate transition and innovation. The overarching opinion was issued to set clear targets and division of responsibilities among central ministries and to help local governments to understand the hierarchy of the goal of carbon peak and carbon neutrality and compile their respective carbon emissions peaking plan before 2030. The major measures include: (1) optimising the structure of China’s energy mix, and controlling and reducing the production and use of fossil energy such as coal; (2) promoting industrial optimisation and upgrading; (3) promoting energy-saving and low-carbon buildings and facilities; (4) building a green and low-carbon transportation system; (5) developing a circular economy; (6) promoting green and low-carbon technological innovation; (7) developing green finance; (8) introducing supporting economic policies and reform measures; (9) establishing and improving the carbon market and carbon pricing mechanism; and (10) encouraging and pursuing nature-based solutions. This structure was later consolidated by the Action Plan 2030 with minor changes. While a detailed discussion of the domestic Chinese policies for decarbonisation is beyond the scope of this article, these policies shape the domestic understanding of ‘green’ and underpin a series of green Belt and Road policies issued after 2020. In this ‘1+N’ policy framework, climate policy along the Belt and Road is an important component. Policies to facilitate decarbonisation have been emphasised by overarching policies. For instance, working guidance has emphasised the need to accelerate the development of a green trade system, to promote the trading of green products that are high-quality, high value-added, and technologically advanced. It also proposed that China improve its export policies by strictly regulating exports of energy-intensive and high-emission products. Nonetheless, it is not yet clear how this export restriction will be implemented in reality.

The Action Plan 2020 has reiterated that China will adhere to the principle of common but differentiated responsibilities and respective capabilities as well as the principle of equity. China will uphold multilateralism, safeguard the UN-centred international system, and encourage all parties to fulfil both the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and the Paris Agreement. It will also take an active part in the negotiations on greenhouse gas emissions reduction in international aviation and shipping and strengthen co-operation with B&RCs on green infrastructure, green energy, and green finance. China is committed to making overseas projects more environmentally sustainable, developing a BRI energy partnership characterised by green development and inclusiveness, and expanding the export of new energy technology and products (per Sections 7.4.1 and 7.4.2).

7.4.1 Guidance to Promote Climate Investment and Finance

One important implementation of China’s carbon emission peaking and carbon neutrality targets is through climate finance. In October 2020, the Guidance to Promote Climate Investment and Finance (Climate Finance Guidance, 2020) was jointly issued by six ministries.Footnote 35 This measure focuses on the role of investment and financing in response to climate change, encouraging financial institutions and institutional investors and enterprises to direct their investment to better support the targets of reducing carbon emission intensity, peaking carbon emissions, increasing the proportion of non-fossil energy, and measures such as increasing forest reserves. While it is essentially a domestic policy, there are elements of climate finance and investment for BRI projects. Given that most of the BRI’s projects are funded by Chinese policy banks and Chinese commercial banks, establishing clear regulation domestically within China for Chinese banks and other financial institutions is essential before the host countries establish adequate regulation. Specifically, climate finance guidance issued in 2021 has called for practical co-operation on climate finance at the bilateral and multilateral levels, promoting projects to mitigate and adapt to climate change overseas. It also promotes Chinese financial institutions and enterprises to take their social corporate responsibility and prevent and respond to climate risk.

7.4.2 Guidelines for the Green Development of Foreign Investment and Co-Operation

On 15 July 2021, the Ministry of Commerce and the Ministry of Ecology and Environment jointly issued the Guidelines for the Green Development of Foreign Investment and Co-operation (‘Green Development Guidelines 2021’).Footnote 36 These guidelines were copied to China’s major financial institutions for reference – including the China Development Bank, the Export–Import Bank of China, and the China Export and Credit Insurance Corporation. The Guidelines focus on green development, stating that practising the concept of green development in foreign investment and co-operation will support improving the quality of domestic and international dual circulation,Footnote 37 support open development, and support a favourable position for China in its international co-operation and competition. The general requirement of these Green Development Guidelines 2021 is to enhance the efficiency of resource use, strictly protect the environment, and effectively control carbon emissions. The last point, effective emissions control, is the new message sent to the enterprises engaging in foreign investment and co-operation – the previous policies only called for general co-operation in climate policy between China and the B&RCs. These Green Development Guidelines were issued before Xi announced China’s withdrawal from investment in coal-fired power projects. China’s investment in coal-fired power projects dropped to zero in the first half of 2021. Putting these together, one could observe a serious commitment of China to phasing out its investment in coal-fired power projects along the BRI from the beginning of 2021 both in policy and in practice.

In general, the Green Development Guidelines have encouraged green development, including encouraging enterprises to carry out overseas green investment, green construction, green operation, and green innovation, and supporting foreign investment in clean energy fields such as solar energy and wind energy. The focus of this article is on the environmental standards that Chinese enterprises and financial institutions have to abide by. In this respect, enterprises are encouraged to actively fulfil their environmental protection responsibilities and are required to abide by the laws and regulations of the host country. At the project planning stage, enterprises are encouraged to carry out an environmental assessment and due diligence of outbound investment projects following international common standards to identify potential environmental risks. In particular:

Enterprises are encouraged to take reasonable and necessary measures to reduce or mitigate the adverse ecological and environmental impacts that may be caused by investment cooperation in accordance with the requirements of the laws and regulations of the host country. For adverse impacts on biodiversity, environmental protection and restoration shall be done in accordance with the law or international practices … Formulate emergency response plans for environmental accidents and emergencies. If the host country does not have relevant laws and regulations, or their environmental protection standards are too low, enterprises are encouraged to adopt the common standards of international organisations or multilateral institutions or Chinese standards to carry out investment cooperation activities.

This is the first time that the Chinese government has clearly referred to Chinese and international standards to address environmental impacts. It is a clear signal from China to guide its enterprises engaging in foreign investment to adhere to more stringent environmental standards. Nonetheless, there is a lack of prescriptiveness in the quoted provision, as enterprises are encouraged but are not required to apply the higher standards. Therefore, there is a question of implementation when there is no penalty where enterprises do not follow the guidelines. Nonetheless, should such willingness of the Chinese leadership to align its foreign investments to more stringent environmental standards (either Chinese standards or common international practice) instead of the host country standards be consolidated into binding requirements, it will represent a significant advancement in international law. Industrialised countries investing overseas have long been motivated by the pollution haven hypothesis, where industrial economies have taken advantage of lower host-country environmental standards to relocate dirty industry sectors (mainly raw materials processing and energy production) to developing countries or to change the global division of labour to reduce their ecological burden.Footnote 38 This has been supported by empirical evidence – the amount of EU energy-intensive trade with poorer countries increased during the period with more stringent EU environmental standards.Footnote 39

As discussed elsewhere in this volume,Footnote 40 international investment law and practices to support sustainable development have been a fast-evolving area. Based on the UNFCCC and Energy Charter Treaty, there is an emerging body of international law and practices, including the Model Treaty for Climate Change Mitigation and Adaptation (TSICCMA) and the Green Investment Protocol. This opens an opportunity for the States of the world, in particular, countries hosting investment to align with more stringent standards.

Nonetheless, alignment to the domestic law of the investors’ home country or emerging international practice has not yet been adopted as the binding obligation of any State. Even the EU, the world’s leader in environmental and climate regulation,Footnote 41 has not yet been so ambitious in applying its environmental standards to its trade or investment partners. What one can find in EU free-trade agreements (FTAs) is only a ‘non-lowering’ provision. For instance, Article 1.1. of the EU–Republic of Korea FTA provides that the parties ‘promote foreign direct investment without lowering or reducing environmental, labour or occupational health and safety standards in the application and enforcement of environmental and labour laws of the Parties’.Footnote 42 Very few countries regulate outbound investment by imposing their own higher environmental standards on the host country. This also questions how China could meaningfully implement the quoted provision as hard law. Furthermore, although the ‘personal jurisdiction’ approach by this rule to regulate Chinese enterprises operating overseas can be an efficient way to internalise the environmental costs of the investment activities, it is not an effective way to ultimately address the environmental issue from the perspective of host countries. If the environmental standards of the host country are not enhanced, there is a chance that the effect of Chinese enterprises abiding by higher environmental standards and thus bearing higher costs of projects are replaced by investors from other countries that can fill the gap. For instance, it is reported that when the Industrial and Commercial Bank of China and China Minsheng Banking Corporation withdrew from financing a coal-fired power plant, the Sengwa power plant in Zimbabwe following Xi’s announcement,Footnote 43 RioZim, one of Zimbabwe’s biggest mining and energy companies, turned to soliciting alternative banks to fund the project.Footnote 44

In addition to encouraging Chinese enterprises to calibrate to higher Chinese law or international law and standards, it is also recommended to strengthen the major responsibility of overseas enterprises for environmental protection through provisions such as improving the company’s environmental management system (Article 4), reporting ecological and environmental protection information (Article 22), and strengthening communication with local communities (Article 23).

7.4.3 Guidance for Ecological Environmental Protection of Foreign Investment Co-Operation and Construction Projects

In January 2022, the Ministry of Commerce and the Ministry of Ecology and Environment again jointly issued the Guidance for Ecological Environmental Protection of Foreign Investment Co-Operation and Construction Projects (‘Environmental Protection Guidance 2022’).Footnote 45 This can be seen as an update of the very environmental protection guidelines for overseas investment in 2013. However, given the very short time interval between these guidelines and the Green Development Guidelines 2021, it is necessary to highlight some key differences. The Green Development Guidelines 2021 outline a more abstract policy. They emphasise green development as a philosophy to follow and have identified 10 priorities to work with. Nonetheless, the Green Development Guidelines 2021 do not go further to advise how relevant recommendations can be implemented. By contrast, the Environmental Protection Guidance 2022 offers more practical and specific advice for enterprises engaging in foreign investment. Following the life cycle of project management, it offers guidance for environmental and ecological protection at each stage of projects, including project planning, implementation, operation, and sunset. For instance, after the project, it advises enterprises to abide by the law or international practices to protect the environment for equipment retirement, demolition, and closure. In addition, the Environmental Protection Guidance 2022 puts forward specific regulations on ecological environmental protection for industries such as energy, petrochemicals, mining, and transportation infrastructure.

Regarding energy projects, the guidance prioritises renewable energy projects over fossil fuel-based projects. When implementing water conservancy and hydropower projects, it advises the implementer to avoid occupying nature reserves and important biological habitats, take reasonable measures to protect aquatic organisms and wildlife, and carry out ecological flow discharge. For petrochemical projects, it suggests strengthening the construction and operation and maintenance of pollution control facilities, controlling pollutant and greenhouse gas emissions, and strengthening environmental risk prevention and control. Regarding mining projects, it recommends controlling the discharge of heavy metals and other pollutants, strengthening the comprehensive utilisation of solid waste, strengthening and preventing seepage of solid waste in storage sites, reducing ecological damage and land occupation, and carrying out ecological restoration and biodiversity protection, among other things. Lastly, for transportation infrastructure projects, consideration ought to be given to reasonable route selection and site selection, and mitigation or compensation measures (such as harmless crossing and the construction of wildlife passages). These four industries are the most important for the BRI investment, accounting for 70% of the total value of BRI projects globally.Footnote 46 They are also the most imperative to be addressed for their climate and environmental impact, and the Environmental Protection Guidance 2022 does provide more concrete advice for the projects to consider.

Also, among all issues related to environmental and ecological protection, the Environmental Protection Guidance 2022 emphasises response to climate change and the protection of biodiversity. It also reiterates the encouragement of applying higher Chinese or international law and standards when the host countries do not have these standards in place.

7.4.4 Opinions on Jointly Promoting the Green Development of the Belt and Road Initiative

In March 2022, the National Development and Reform Commission, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, the Ministry of Ecology and Environment, and the Ministry of Commerce issued the Opinions on Jointly Promoting the Green Development of the Belt and Road Initiative (‘Green Belt and Road Opinions 2022’).Footnote 47 At the time of writing, this reflected the latest Chines policy position on promoting the green development of the Belt and Road. It is also the Chinese policy most explicitly mandating obligations for Chinese enterprises to address climate change, including stopping building new coal-fired power projects. In the Chinese policy context, such ‘opinions’ are more prescriptive than ‘guidelines’. In this specific case, the policy is issued to a broad range of local regulators, central financial and transport regulators, including the leading groups to promote Belt and Road construction in all provinces, autonomous regions, municipalities directly under the Central Government, together with members of these leading groups – namely, the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission, the China Securities Regulatory Commission, the Railway Administration, and the Civil Aviation Administration. Chinese enterprises can choose to what extent they would follow the Green Development Guidelines (2021) and the Environmental Protection Guidance (2022). By contrast, the above recipients of the opinions do not have a choice – they must implement the Green Belt and Road Opinions 2022. Therefore, the Green Belt and Road Opinions 2022 are more authoritative and are mandatory in nature. Another difference is that while the Green Development Guidelines (2021) and the Environmental Protection Guidance (2022) aim to regulate Chinese enterprises operating overseas (including but not limited to the B&RCs), the Green Belt and Road Opinions, by its name, is a BRI-centred policy.

In addition to hierarchy and targets of regulation, there are several differences between the Green Belt and Road Opinions as compared with the previous two policies. First, they set a target for the construction of a green Belt and Road. Specifically, by 2025, international exchanges and co-operation along the Belt and Road on ecological and environmental protection and climate change will have deepened; the concept of the Green Silk Road will have been recognised by all parties; solid progress will have been made in pragmatic co-operation in green infrastructure, green energy, green transportation, green finance, and other fields; the leading role of demonstration projects will have become more obvious; and the environmental risk prevention capability of overseas projects will have been significantly improved. By 2030, it is expected that the green development capabilities of ‘going out’ enterprises will have been significantly enhanced, the environmental risk prevention and control system for overseas projects will have been improved, and the structure of green development for Belt and Road will have been basically formed. It is fair to say that these targets are more of China’s vision of the Green Belt and Road, not a shared vision with the B&RCs. For instance, it has long been recognised that the poor and the marginalised disproportionately suffer detrimental environmental impacts of investment, especially when there is poor host country governance.Footnote 48 There are significant issues of transitional justice in implementing the Green Belt and Road. For instance, in the case of those Chinese banks that pulled out of financing Zimbabwe’s coal-fired power stations, the Zimbabwean government spokesman says the government has the right to exploit its coal resources if needed. Less than half of the population in that country has access to electricity. Coal-fired power stations could help Zimbabwe’s government address chronic electricity shortages and create crucial jobs.Footnote 49 In this context, it is not sufficient for China to only prioritise renewable energy over fossil fuels; there needs to be a safeguard mechanism to support the affordability by local communities of such renewable energy. These need joint efforts between China and the host country.

The most concrete message from the Green Belt and Road Opinions 2022 is to institutionalise Xi’s announcement of stopping building new coal-fired power stations overseas in 2021.

The construction of new overseas coal-fired power projects [must] be completely stopped. We will cautiously proceed overseas coal power projects that are already under construction and promote the green and low-carbon development of overseas coal power projects that have already been built – encouraging relevant enterprises to strengthen the clean and efficient utilisation of coal, adopt advanced technologies such as high-efficiency desulfurisation, denitrification, dust removal, and carbon capture, utilisation and storage, and upgrade energy-saving and environmental protection facilities.Footnote 50

This paragraph has clarified China’s commitment to phasing out coal-fired power projects. Specifically, the time frame for a ‘new’ project is one where the construction has not yet started. Projects under construction will cautiously proceed. Cases of China quitting new coal-fired power stations have been reported in countries like Zimbabwe, Bangladesh,Footnote 51 and Bosnia and Herzegovina.Footnote 52 In addition, the biggest Chinese financer for Belt and Road projects, the Export–Import Bank of China, has backed the decision of stopping financing for new overseas coal power projects.Footnote 53

One important feature of the Green Belt and Road Opinions 2022 is that they explicitly mention the need to strengthen co-operation in addressing climate change. Specifically, it is stipulated that efforts should be made by all parties to promote the full implementation of the UNFCCC and the Paris Agreement. In order to do so, China will actively seek the ‘greatest common divisor’ to address climate change with B&RCs. It will continue to implement the existing mechanisms including the Belt and Road South–South Co-Operation Plan on Climate Change, promote the construction of low-carbon demonstration zones and climate change mitigation and adaptation projects, provide material assistance to address climate change, and help B&RCs to improve their capacity to respond to climate change. It is the first time that the Paris Agreement has been explicitly referred to in a green Belt and Road policy and several aspects are relevant to the interpretation of the commitment. First, considering the temperature targets, aligning with the Paris Agreement could mean that projects in the BRI should be selected and designed consistent with keeping the warming of our planet well under 2°C by the end of this century.Footnote 54 Second, aligning with the Paris Agreement also means that Chinese enterprises should consider the transitional risk, in particular when the host country will introduce regulations to guarantee achievement of their own nationally determined contribution under the Paris Agreement. Third, when evaluating China’s specific announcement to stop building new coal-fired power projects against its broader (nominal) commitment to the Paris Agreement, this indicates that China’s willingness to decarbonise the Belt and Road goes beyond coal-fired power stations and can be extended to other types of fossil fuel energies and high-emission projects.

In summary, policies issued after China’s announcement of its climate targets in 2020 as well as the establishment of the domestic policy systems to implement these objectives have contributed to shaping China’s understanding of a green Belt and Road. Policies issued at this stage have all prioritised climate policies as the most important part of the green Belt and Road.

7.5 Conclusion

This chapter has analysed Chinese policies related to building a ‘green’ Belt and Road, with the focus on the evolving meaning of ‘green’ manifested in these policies. It finds that in the early stages of the Belt and Road (2013–2017), environmental issues were only tangentially mentioned in relevant Belt and Road policies. Starting in 2017, China began to explicitly promote the concept of the ‘green’ Belt and Road. However, policies at that stage still focus on interpreting ‘green’ as an extension of building ecological civilisation and promoting the practices of implementing the philosophy of green development beyond China and focusing on areas of exchange of regulatory information, enhancing environmental protection, controlling pollution and waste, and conserving biodiversity. The major change in policy direction started with China’s announcement of its carbon neutrality and carbon emissions peaking targets in 2020, and its decision to stop financing new coal-fired power projects in 2021. In addition to basically declaring the importance of the response to climate change, policies at this stage, in the form of guidance for overseas enterprises and mandates to domestic regulators, focus on the operationalisation of China’s positions. Concrete proposals have thus been made for key emission-intensive and toxicity-intensive industries, for the entire life cycle of project management, and in the form of mandating Chinese banks and enterprises quitting new coal-fired power projects.

Two issues of China’s green Belt and Road policy discussed in this chapter may benefit from further research in the future. The first is the position of China on encouraging Chinese enterprises operating overseas to abide by higher Chinese or international environmental laws and standards if the host country does not have the relevant standards in place. This position was reiterated in the most recent policies (Green Development Guidelines 2021; Environmental Protection Guidance 2022; Green Belt and Road Opinions 2022). International investment law so far has not yet established any practices that a country imposes its domestic environmental standards on outbound investment and EU bilateral treaties only include a requirement of ‘non-lowering’ vis-à-vis existing environmental standards. The remaining question is whether and how China will turn such encouragement into legal obligations. If Chinese financers and enterprises do follow the guidelines, how to guarantee that gains from climate mitigation are safeguarded for a project is the next problem to solve. Otherwise, alternative financing sources would be sought to continue the traditional high-emission pathway, as in the Zimbabwe case.

Second, it is understandable that most Chinese policy objectives for building a green Belt and Road reflect a projection of its domestic politics. In particular, Chinese domestic climate commitment since 2020 has brought significant changes both in its position on prioritising climate policy in greening the Belt and Road and China’s exit from financing new coal-fired power stations overseas. There are still drawbacks to such an approach when it comes to setting a target for a green Belt and Road. The Green Belt and Road Opinions 2022 set the green Belt and Road targets in 2025 and 2030 as a projection of domestic climate targets. There are significant similarities between the framing of such objectives and the objectives in the ‘1+N’ policy framework. However, given that the green Belt and Road also needs joint efforts from the B&RCs, a genuine understanding of the challenges facing climate change are needed, especially by the least-developed countries, the small island States, and the vulnerable communities in these countries, including their concerns and struggles about electricity shortage, employment opportunities associated with high-emissions industries, the imperative of fighting against poverty, and the capacity to respond to climate change. Based on these understandings, more inclusive and transitional justice-oriented targets could then lead to deeper co-operation between China and the B&RCs to build a green Belt and Road and align it with the targets set in the Paris Agreement.

8 Embracing Complexity: Water and Climate Policy in the Middle East and North Africa

8.1 Introduction

The Middle East and North Africa (MENA) region is especially vulnerable to the existential threat posed by climate change, despite the fact these countries are by no means the largest emitters. Intensified rainfall variability and greater aridity converge on a region divided by institutions and ideology, conflict which renders climate action virtually impossible.Footnote 1

Environmental degradation has exacerbated underlying tensions of transboundary climate governance, as concerns rise over future water demand and supply. The aim of transboundary water management is to allocate water use to ensure maximum benefits to all users, while maintaining healthy ecosystems.Footnote 2 Climate change has increased uncertainty over water availability and intensified the demand side of water management, resulting in higher costs for water infrastructure and increased competition between users. This environment of uncertainty discourages States from joining international environmental agreements and making credible commitments to climate action. States have been forced to take unilateral actions to protect critical water resources, often to the detriment of other States’ supply.

River basins reflect the transboundary nature of climate hazards, which do not discriminate between basin states or across borders. Overuse of water resources causes irreversible damage to ecosystems, which in turn affects all aspects of human life, particularly food and water security. Farming communities are disproportionately impacted by climate-induced water scarcity and ecosystem degradation. Increased uncertainty over resource availability thus has direct socioeconomic effects on States, limiting their politics to more immediate concerns of resource provision. Although effective water policy and resource management is critical to climate adaptation and economic development, water access in MENA is constrained by dominant paradigms of hegemony and power. These inherent power inequalities define the contours of climate policy design in the region.

The status of ecosystems and water supply is critical to reversing the effects of climate change. Ecosystem conservation facilitates adaptation through nature-based solutions for pluvial flood protection and water quality improvement. It also allows for mitigation, through carbon storage in the soils of wetlands. Untreated water produces excess greenhouse gas emissions, generated by the decomposition of organic matter. If ecosystems are conserved to function at optimum natural capacity, with adequate water supply, the environment is as best equipped as possible to respond to the effects of climate change. Water access also optimises agricultural productivity, thereby generating increased income for farming communities, which can then be used for further investments to build resilience against future shocks to the natural environment.

Water governance is thus the critical node of climate adaptation and mitigation in MENA, a region defined by transboundary water use and agricultural production. Shifting regional geopolitics and the compounding vulnerabilities of global warming and sea-level rise have produced an environment that is primed for consensus on water and climate action. With interests aligning like never before, these conditions give MENA a valuable opportunity to make strides towards achieving Paris Agreement targets and adapt their environment to the disproportionate effects of climate change. In this chapter we highlight the importance of politics in shaping climate policy design and implementation. Climate ambitions in MENA are inseparable from efforts to achieve consensus on water conflict. We demonstrate this with the case studies of the riparian States of the Nile River Basin, and Israel and Palestine vis-à-vis the Jordan River basin.

The Nile River Basin has long remained salient in the environmental discourse of the MENA region, with its Nile Delta ranked by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) as among the most vulnerable in the world to sea-level rise.Footnote 3 The Delta faces grave risks of saline intrusion and pluvial flooding of riverbanks as its attendant population increases exponentially.Footnote 4 Unilateral construction of water projects by riparian States in the Nile River Basin reflects distinctive ambitions for regional political power, global prestige and the extreme need for natural resources. Egypt’s monopoly over the Nile River Basin is facilitated by historic foreign backing and consistent non-compliance to co-operative frameworks such as the Nile Basin Initiative, in turn restricting the water access of other riparian States. As such, the climate regime of the basin is defined by State self-interest and enduring natural resource conflict, thereby preventing implementation of longer-term climate strategies which move beyond the more immediate agenda of water allocation. This chapter will explore the Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam (GERD) as a challenge to the water-sharing status quo, and its implications for the hostile political environment of the climate policy of the Nile.

The biophysical impacts of climate change in Israel and Palestine compound an already severely degraded environment in the Levant, which faces an acute shortage of potable water, increased desertification and flooding.Footnote 5 The 1995 Oslo II Interim Agreement between Israel and Palestine institutionalised pre-existing inequalities in water allocation, perpetuating and reinforcing the cycle of water scarcity in Palestinian communities. As a result, Palestine must grapple with underdevelopment and continuous water insecurity, which in turn severely endanger its ecosystems and capacity for agricultural production.

In both case studies, climate policy design, implementation and co-operation are influenced by power politics. Pervasive inequalities span multiple levels of governance and territorial tiers. These political complexities define the contours of climate policy. Policy recommendations that do not grasp the breadth and scope of political inequalities will fail to provide sustainable climate solutions. This chapter argues that effective climate policy is not just a matter of designing the ‘correct’ policy instrument or framework. Options such as increasing piping efficiency, introducing water allocations, or using financial levers like extraction charges and conservation subsidies have already been the focus of previous MENA government engagement and study.Footnote 6 Co-operation between riparian States, supported by foreign investment and adaptation methodologies of the agricultural and water sectors, will also provide a profitable avenue towards achieving emissions and mitigation targets. The core issue is not a knowledge deficit of effective policy development.Footnote 7 Rather, it is how central imbalances in political structures allow certain actors to consistently maximise individual gains and compromise climate policy objectives and application. Addressing unequal power structures holistically is the only way to create equitable and effective water policy.

8.2 Egypt and the Nile Basin
8.2.1 Climate Policy and the Contest for Water

As the longest international waterway in the world, the Nile River system is a vital water source for the 10 riparian States that lie along its banks.Footnote 8 The subject of ongoing political tensions, comprising foreign intervention and investment, non-adherence to treaties and the strategic building of dams, the region is marred by the contest for water. Egypt is easily identifiable as the region’s prevailing hydro-hegemon, utilising the Nile to supply 95% of the water needs of its population.Footnote 9 The country has productively leveraged the majority share of the river’s water for millennia.Footnote 10 Egypt’s internal hydrological potential has been largely exhausted, and thus control of the Nile River Basin is critical to securing adequate water supply for its population. Hydro-hegemonic dynamics are integral to the history of the basin and particularly the relations of Egypt, Ethiopia and the Republic of the Sudan.Footnote 11 The 1900s were defined by the ebb and flow of tripartite water extraction, agreement and conflict, as the culture of the basin predisposes the unilateral actions of States to secure water.Footnote 12 Colonial ties and external intervention from global powers are ingrained in the socio-political makeup of the basin, from the historical influence of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (USSR) to, more recently, co-operation between Egypt and the People’s Republic of China (PRC).Footnote 13 In the earlier decades of the pre-Cold War period, Egypt had relied on the USSR’s backing to attain the majority share of available Nile water. This was such a profound alliance that it prompted the World Bank to withdraw funding for the first Aswan Dam, as Western powers were loath to enhance indirect Soviet power in the region.Footnote 14 Amid the throes of Arab nationalism, Gamal Abdel Nasser mobilised the construction of the High Aswan Dam in 1971, the largest dam in the world at the time.Footnote 15 The construction of the High Aswan Dam was seminal in solidifying the dominating influence of Egypt and upstream riparian States over the Basin’s water source.Footnote 16 In the post-Cold War period, as burgeoning tensions among the basin countries grew exponentially, many scholars anticipated conflict in the region.Footnote 17 Water scarcity had increased, and questions were being raised over Egypt’s rights to the majority share as populations of other upstream States continued to grow. From the mid 1980s, the river basin was peppered with unilateral development schemes which seemed to occur in response to each other.Footnote 18 On the back of a programme of action launched by the Democratic Republic of the Congo the previous year, the Nile basin countries united to form the Nile Basin Initiative (NBI) in 1999.Footnote 19 The NBI’s objective is to foster joint benefit sharing while also maintaining an emphasis on long-term ecological sustainability. States agreed on this ‘shared vision’, which was designed to achieve sustainable socio-economic development through equitable use of Nile resources.Footnote 20 For the most part, the Nile River was thereafter viewed as a source of peace, and bilateral relationships between the riparian countries began to improve at the prospect of co-operation and shared gains. Association with the NBI allowed States to expect investment in the basin, balanced on the strategy of the shared consensus of riparian countries.Footnote 21 However, this initiative relies almost exclusively on external funding for its operation, and receives very little contribution from the basin States themselves.Footnote 22

The Co-operative Framework Agreement (CFA) was proposed in 2010 by Ethiopia to replace the NBI, which had long been considered a transitional arrangement – a temporary alternative while an agreement with more long-term prominence was formed.Footnote 23 The CFA offered a plethora of advantages for transboundary relations. For one, it would replace the existing agreement between Egypt and Sudan, and once adopted, establish a permanent river basin commission.Footnote 24 It would also promote a basin-wide framework for legal and institutional arrangements.Footnote 25 However, its signature and ratification by riparian States destroyed the relative balance in negotiations, and prompted Egypt and the Republic of the Sudan to renege on their decision to comply with the conditions of the NBI. Out of all 45 articles outlined by the CFA, the major sticking point was Article 14b, which endangered the implicit claims of both States as to their ‘historic rights to water.’ Article 14b specifically referred to the agreement of signatories ‘not to significantly affect the water security of any other Nile Basin State’. Notably, Egypt and the Republic of the Sudan advocated for the appendage ‘not to adversely affect the water security and current uses and rights of any other Basin States’.Footnote 26 Upper riparian ratification of the agreement was viewed by Egypt and the Republic of the Sudan as an open challenge to the political environment of the basin. As Joyeeta Gupta argues, even though transboundary relations appear to be governed by territorial sovereignty, power asymmetries and geopolitical conflict (that is, between upstream and downstream regions) remain the driving force.Footnote 27 Alas, in the absence of binding legislative power or substantial external funding, basin relations reverted to deep-seated patterns of dominating behaviour.

Undeniably, the status of the NBI as a transitional arrangement, and not one which includes a comprehensive legal framework, has negative implications for multilateral co-operation on climate adaptation policy. This shortcoming has been largely co-opted by Egypt. In place of rules that mitigate unfair and unequal power dynamics, the NBI’s ambiguous guidelines have allowed powerful actors to assert their interests over others. The NBI exemplifies an agreement that offers a pathway to co-operation on climate adaptation and mitigation measures, but unfortunately lacks the ability to influence state behaviour. Despite expectations of the myriad of socio-economic developments the initiative would bring, internal pressure to develop the Nile Basin’s resources eventually became unavoidable, as water scarcity and climate aridity steadily increased. As an initiative with heavy financial support from the United Nations Development Programme and the World Bank, its lack of substantial institutional and political mechanisms has muted the relevance of the NBI as an effective constraint on Nile Basin States.Footnote 28 Focus must shift to adaptive policy frameworks which can supersede entrenched norms of hydro-hegemony and historic rights to water and enforce compliance.

8.2.2 The Symbolic Value of the Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam

Almost surpassing the relative controversy of the Aswan Dam, the construction of the GERD was successful despite the decade-long conflict between Ethiopia, Egypt and the Republic of the Sudan. First announced in early 2011, the GERD is central to Ethiopia’s hydroelectric ambitions, and has the potential to provide reliable power to over 110 million people.Footnote 29 However indispensable the potential of the GERD may be to the natural environment of Ethiopia in providing a sustainable energy source, its construction on the Blue Nile from which 59% of the water reaching Egypt originates has proven a serious sticking point in the evolving Nile Dam dispute.Footnote 30 Not only does the dam constitute an attempt by Ethiopia to topple Egypt from its role as regional water hegemon, but it also stands to intensify drought conditions and issues of water availability for the country.Footnote 31 The complex interrelations between these three States exemplify how incentives for co-operation in transboundary resource management and climate policies are tempered by power politics.

Ethiopia’s role in constructing the GERD constitutes an act of resistance to the status quo of hegemony in the basin. The implications for this shift in dynamics are twofold. On the one hand, improved political stability and leadership for Ethiopia has emboldened its political capacities, enabling it to mobilise external funds, namely new economic and trade partnerships with the PRC.Footnote 32 In fact, the titular significance of the dam is a nod to the humanitarian objective of the project, to reject poverty and ‘undignified life’, which has been largely self-funded, complemented by the issuance of bonds by Ethiopians and interested foreign nationals.Footnote 33 Conversely, Egypt has experienced economic downturn alongside frequent shifts in decision-making, employing a more opaque regional strategy with ever-stronger links to water politicisation and securitisation. The GERD poses a real challenge to Egyptian water security and suggests that their argument of historic rights to Nile water will no longer be sufficient. Conflict has arisen as a direct consequence of this asymmetry of economic institutions and the prospect of increased water scarcity. Egypt and the Republic of the Sudan have perceived the construction of the GERD as provocation and have appeared prepared to take military action against Ethiopia.

The Sudanese response to the construction of the GERD raises concerns for the effects of power dynamics at play in transboundary relations, and the complex relationship it maintains with Egypt. Assertions of Egyptian superiority vis-à-vis relations with the Republic of the Sudan are enshrined in the 1959 Nile Waters Agreement between the two States, which outlined Egypt’s absolute dependence on the water source as a matter of national security.Footnote 34 Another example of the ‘strategic securitization’ of water, this agreement formed a close and lasting relationship between the two States.Footnote 35 It also defined the contours of Sudanese–Egyptian Nile relations, as it stipulated that both countries would decide together whether other Nile riparian States might claim a share in the water sources.Footnote 36 When the prospective GERD was first announced, both Sudan and Egypt were vehemently opposed. However, studies conducted by the International Panel of Experts (IPoE) demonstrated that the GERD would not threaten the Republic of the Sudan’s Nile water supply and would even further aid the Republic of the Sudan with flood mitigation and increased access to power.Footnote 37 The Republic of the Sudan then solidified its acceptance of the project by announcing the planned construction of transmission lines from the GERD to its main cities.Footnote 38 Yet despite these fundamental advantages, the Republic of the Sudan has since pivoted to join Egypt against Ethiopia in the Nile–GERD dispute.Footnote 39 Once again, by aligning water usage with national security objectives, beyond the realm of normal politics, Egypt has recourse to its lasting framework of hegemony over its neighbour. A distinct pattern of power dynamics is thus revealed, one which echoes the events surrounding the breakdown of the NBI.

For all this, the GERD presents an array of advantages to Ethiopia, Egypt and Sudan in terms of regional integration and co-operation in hydropower and sustainable electricity trade.Footnote 40 The central issue is Ethiopia’s assertion of dominance over regional co-operation, in an environment where Egypt has historically been the long-standing commander of basin relations. Again, the policy itself is not the issue here. It is the implementation of said policy that inherently falls within hegemonic codes of the broader politics at play. After the GERD was announced in 2011, tripartite negotiation intensified immediately as the three nations’ respective ministries of water resources established an international panel of experts to further examine prospective consequences of the GERD’s construction. Involving representatives from each of the three countries, the IPoE produced a report which cautioned the need for further studies, citing lack of information as a considerable risk to comprehensive assessment.Footnote 41 Although the report found the GERD would provide transformative economic opportunity for the entire region, only the Ethiopian government had complied with information provision requirements. From then on, tripartite relations have remained fraught. In 2014, Egypt withdrew itself from ministerial negotiations on the GERD, and sought instead to develop new relationships, particularly with the Republic of South Sudan (‘South Sudan’), to counter Ethiopian–Sudanese rapprochement.Footnote 42 This blossoming relationship involved training of South Sudanese army personnel in Egyptian military colleges, the sharing of expertise and joint military exercises.Footnote 43 Cairo signed a water agreement with Juba that listed major hydropower projects to be funded by an Egyptian grant scheme. Egypt continued to extend its reach of military co-operation across the horn of Africa to indicate its influence over Ethiopia’s regional interests.Footnote 44 In 2015, the three leaders signed a historic deal known as the Declaration of Principles (DoP), balanced on the idea that any Nile development must ‘do no harm’ to other basin States.Footnote 45 This agreement unequivocally established core principles of international water law alongside norms of prevention and an understanding of up- and downstream diverging water needs.Footnote 46 It echoes the provisions of United Nations (UN) watercourses, but also accounts for co-operation and acceptance of the GERD. The DoP was also directly tasked with implementing the recommendations of the IPoE and outlined that the three parties must co-ordinate mechanisms of monitoring the dam’s impacts within 15 months.Footnote 47 However, despite clear stipulations of co-operation outlined in the DoP, said meeting did not occur within the time frame. The agreement remains a tool of normative ‘soft governance’ that has done little to subdue increasing aggravation from Egypt against Ethiopia. These weak institutions undermine the climate adaptation potential of the Nile, as States are afforded unequal water allocations which damage their ecosystems and endanger food security. In a similar vein, lacking institutions invite conflict over co-operation, which undercut the collective benefits of large-scale innovative developments such as the GERD.

Although this breakdown of relations exemplifies that hydro-hegemony is not absolute and can be fractured with enough political will, economic power and foreign backing, it also reaffirms that political drivers are intrinsic to climate policy implementation. Although Ethiopia’s GERD project represents large-scale innovative climate policy development, these advantages are undermined by pervasive political instability in the basin.

8.3 The Levant
8.3.1 Climate Policy, Power Relations and Water

The Levant faces intersecting climate hazards of intensified rainfall variability, water scarcity, desertification and saline intrusion into groundwater.Footnote 48 The protracted longevity of conflict and occupation has emerged as an increasingly singular aspect of the Israeli–Palestinian climate regime, which has resisted various forms of international laws and conventions. Israel, as basin hegemon, enacts so-called ‘climate apartheid’ via restriction of potable water, contamination of coastal aquifers and the eradication of arable Palestinian land.Footnote 49 Shared with Palestine, Jordan, Lebanon and Syria, the Jordan River Basin is riven by the powers of its hegemon, Israel. The crisis of transboundary water management in the Jordan River Basin is no new phenomenon, nor are its conditions of severe environmental strain. Since its occupation in 1967 of the remaining 22% of historical Palestine, Israel has exerted almost absolute control over Palestinian water resources.Footnote 50 Treaties associated with the Jordan River demonstrate that compliance with the conditions outlined by its hegemon in no way reduces costs to weaker States. In manifold ways, hydro-hegemony over the basin emulates the dynamics of the ‘occupier’ and the ‘occupied’, and as such, a finer-grained treatment of politics is justified. These central political ruptures at the interface of conflict and climate consistently prevent formal adoption of transboundary water agreements, and in turn the implementation of effective climate policy.Footnote 51 As Fischhendler states, the shared hydrology of the river basins inextricably links riparian States within a network of political interdependencies.Footnote 52 The securitisation of water, when appropriated to connote a ‘national security’ imperative, such as it is, is elevated from a low politics issue to one which may defy regular political processes. This messaging favours the historic hydro-hegemon, ensuring that outcomes of water allocation are entirely dictated by power relations. Unsurprisingly, the political conditions of Palestinian climate response are severe. The marked lack of institutional capacity and legal frameworks of water allocation established in 1995 are effectively accepted by the international community, even as the Palestinian population has almost doubled. It has also been asserted that Israel’s invasion of the West Bank and (properly Syrian) Golan Heights in 1967 was in part motivated by a desire to control the majority share of the Jordan River, and the aquifers in the West Bank. The nexus of shared hydrology and power politics is thus central to climate policy in the Jordan River basin. Unequal water policy flows into other associated effects of climate change, in a region with heavy reliance on climatic conditions for agricultural production. Water insecurity is a systemic issue intrinsic to climate policy, as it imbues other areas of social and economic development.Footnote 53

Gaza provides a suitable illustrative case to further examine the central feedback loop of power politics, as a Palestinian enclave that also shares borders with Israel and Egypt. It is estimated that only 10% of its population of two million have direct access to clean and safe drinking water.Footnote 54 Gaza’s coastal aquifer is integral to Palestinian life, as its sole freshwater resource, of which only 4% of the water extracted annually is potable. Reliance upon the aquifer is already precarious, as its groundwater level has dropped to 10 m below mean sea level. Israel’s overuse of agricultural pesticides and insufficient waste management capacities have significantly worsened the quality of the available water.Footnote 55 As previously stated, wastewater accelerates the effects of climate change by increasing the amount of greenhouse gas emissions released into the atmosphere. It also contributes to a whole host of hygiene and sanitation issues, which spread disease in Palestinian communities. Following the Interim Agreement on the West Bank and the Gaza Strip of 1995 – also known as the Oslo II Accord – a period of comparatively cordial relations between Israel and Palestine allowed for progress in policy issues areas such as bilateral aquifer management.Footnote 56 However, sparks in political tensions, driven by continued Israeli settlements, have stymied climate diplomacy and policy progress.Footnote 57 The majority share of quality agricultural land and water sources is syphoned by Israel to support illegal settlements, which have amassed a ‘settler’ population of some 640,000 in the West Bank. These settlements have been proven to exacerbate the environmental degradation of the West Bank through land clearing to create roads inaccessible to Palestinians and severe contamination of the aquifer.Footnote 58 More than 108,000 m3 of untreated sewage flow daily from Gaza into the Mediterranean Sea, creating overwhelming public health hazards in Gaza, Israel and Egypt.Footnote 59 As such, the environmental management arrangements under Oslo II are scarcely applicable. In lieu of abiding by binding international law or agreements, Israel is able to exert its dominance over Gaza and severely contaminate a crucial water resource. Climate planning of the Occupied Palestinian Territories is regularly undermined by lack of access and information provision given to stakeholders and third parties trying to conduct participatory vulnerability assessments.Footnote 60 These actions are further manifestations of institutional securitisation by the hegemonic power Israel, through the exclusion of civil society members in climate governance strategy and negotiation.

Alongside water, soil is fundamental to climate resilience. It facilitates the environment’s natural capacity for carbon storage.Footnote 61 When plants die, the carbon they once absorbed from the atmosphere is returned to the soil. As a result of this process, global soil supplies contain more organic carbon than the entire atmosphere and all of its plants combined. As such, adaptation and mitigation methodologies have become centralised around the importance of soil, encompassing agricultural and land management strategies and soil-based sequestration.Footnote 62 This contextualises the impact of Israel’s sustained attacks against Palestine, ranging from dropping 21,000 tons of explosives in 2014 to the damage incurred from consistent pilfering of natural resources.Footnote 63 Israel’s efforts to clear agricultural lands along the Eastern border of Gaza have even involved periodic spraying of crop-killing pesticides dropped strategically from military planes, carried by the wind across borders.Footnote 64 In this sense, the soils of Gaza have become a site of warfare, weaponised by Israel vis-à-vis Palestine, to the direct detriment of its natural environment. Given that Israeli seizure of Palestinian natural resources is an extension of this intrinsic power dynamic, which flouts international norms and laws, resolution will require a holistic approach to the core politics of the issue.

The effects of climate change on the demand side of water are crucial, as some sectors are more sensitive to water availability than others. The agricultural sector of the MENA region exemplifies this causal relationship, as the Nile Basin is responsible for nearly 75% of total water withdrawal in the surrounding region.Footnote 65 Equitable water management constitutes an ecosystem-based climate change adaptation measure, ensuring sustainable use of resources which aims to increase resilience within the natural system. Water, and in turn soil, provide two immeasurable sites of climate change adaptation for MENA, which have been constrained by the contest for water. Common agricultural practices in the region provide an example of this. Popular methods such as tilling, the use of fertilisers and overgrazing involve the excessive movement of soil, with natural dispersion into the atmosphere.Footnote 66 The importance of soil sequestration to intensely cultivated regions is exceedingly beneficial to climate adaptation measures, one easily implemented through development of public awareness. This understanding has now become central to strategies at Conferences of the Parties (COPs) to the UNFCCC, and even formed the basis of 4p1000, which was launched in COP21.Footnote 67 A study in 2017 found that with more effective management and awareness of agricultural adaptation practices and sequestration potential, global croplands have the potential to store nearly 2 gigatons of additional carbon each year – equivalent to the amount emitted by the entire transportation sector.Footnote 68 Therefore, in order to harness the abundant potential of Egypt’s natural resources in climate mitigation and adaptation, the focus must move beyond the mere access to water towards methodologies that embrace what is already available. Changes in the water demand side will have disproportionate effects on the MENA region as a result of this heavy reliance on water, and thus the cross-border water policy agenda must be driven by climate adaptation and mitigation opportunities.

8.3.2 Bad Deal or No Deal? The Legacy of Oslo II

Effective cross-boundary climate governance requires international and inclusive co-operation. However, the involvement of multiple stakeholders does not always ensure equitable policy processes or outcomes. ‘Co-operation’ can still be tokenistic and coercive, as is seen in MENA climate policy.Footnote 69 Facing critical resource scarcity and climate pressures, States do not always have the capacity to challenge existing power structures.Footnote 70 Climate impacts impinge on State capacity to negotiate, design and implement effective policy. However, a bad deal of imperfect and inequitable policy can be preferable to no deal. The Oslo II Accord between Israel and Palestine is an example of such a coercive deal. Oslo II was a complex document outlining the contours of Israel–Palestine co-operation. Designed as a stepping stone for further peace negotiations, Palestinian desire for statehood was woven significantly into the negotiation process. A hardline negotiation approach on the Palestinian side risked compromising future negotiations and the long-term objective of future statehood.Footnote 71 Marginal gains were preferable to a ‘no deal’ of continued conflict and reduced prospects of sovereignty and recognition.Footnote 72 Such policy compromises are reflected in Oslo II’s treatment of water allocations, which are heavily skewed in favour of Israel. Israel would continue using 87% of the supply of the West Bank’s two aquifers, with Palestine only using 13%.Footnote 73 Palestinian water rights are formally recognised in annex III articles 40.1 to 40.3, but they provide neither further substance nor policy implications.Footnote 74 Rather than changing unfair and unequal water practices, Oslo II institutionalised them into law. This laid the foundations for contemporary vulnerabilities to climate-worsened water scarcity – the Israeli allocation set the stage for the unilateral overuse of water resources beyond the basin’s regenerative capacity, compromising collective water access and quality, and the Palestinian allocation created water insecurity and vulnerabilities that strain adaptive capacities, especially when taken together with climate change. Given that water scarcity in Israel and Palestine occurs almost exclusively as a result of anthropogenic change, these allocations are at the crux of climate adaptation of the States of the Jordan River basin. Overexploitation and unilateral overuse of water resources beyond the basin’s regenerative capacity will result in permanent damage to ecosystems, compromising collective water access and quality. Moreover, rights to water and land are synonymous with climate justice. Institutionalising principles of Palestinian water rights, both implicitly via allocations and explicitly via agreement text, in theory is a major step in Palestinian agency in gaining some control over their own natural environment. Rather than changing unfair and unequal practices, Oslo II institutionalised them into law. The discursive meaning of Oslo II outlines the blueprint for co-operation between both States on climate adaptation, mitigation and resilience measures, a relationship defined by hegemony and overexploitation.

Palestinian adaptive capacity was further eroded with the organisations that Oslo II created, even though they were nominally designed to increase Palestinian agency. Article 40.11 establishes the Joint Water Committee (JWC), mandated to facilitate co-operative management of water resources by granting project approvals for infrastructure developments. The JWC is composed of an equal number of representatives from Israel and Palestine (per article 40.13). Palestinian decision-making input is built into its organisational design, placed on equal footing with Israeli counterparts. This is in theory a positive direction for equitable and inclusive water and adaptation policy. However, more granular analyses of JWC implementation reveal a more unequal picture. Project approvals are almost exclusively determined by Israel – indeed, from 1995 to 2008, Palestinians approved almost all projects proposed by Israel, whereas Israel approved only around half of Palestinian-proposed projects.Footnote 75 Critically, the vast majority of Palestinian permits for Area C (under full Israeli control) were denied. This is significant, as Area C comprises 60% of the West Bank. Cutting off Palestinian developments and repairs in such a large portion of the West Bank precludes the effective integration and co-ordination of Palestinian water infrastructure at a larger level, thus compromising adaptive capacity to climate-worsened water scarcity. Furthermore, Israeli approval of Palestinian projects was often made on condition of Palestine approving Israeli projects.Footnote 76 This conditionality stoked Palestinian resistance and withdrawal from the JWC, eventually leading to a seven-year suspension of the body’s activities from 2010 to 2017.Footnote 77 Taken together, these events paint a picture not of inclusive and equal co-operation, but of institutionalised power politics and exploitation. Such actions increase vulnerability and weaken adaptive capacity to respond to climate-worsened water scarcity.

Israeli water exploitation continues to this day, compromising Palestinian water security and climate adaptive capacity through the vehicle of Mekorot – Israel’s state-owned water carrier and utility.Footnote 78 Mekorot’s water extraction is prolific to the point of severely compromising water source quality and quantity, and thus the natural systems of the climate of Palestine. The Wadi Auja spring (‘وادي العوجا’) is a prominent example of a critical water source for Palestine. Mekorot’s upstream well digging of the spring has dried out the resource for Palestinian communities downstream.Footnote 79 This is essentially direct diversion of water away from Palestinian communities to Israeli settlements. Across Palestinian territories, Mekorot is notorious for a wide range of similar extraction practices that severely endanger its climate.Footnote 80 Mekorot’s extraction may be justified as adaptation to climate-worsened water scarcity, but it also increases the vulnerability and water insecurity of Palestinian communities. Such maladaptive policies are rooted in and enabled by historical power inequalities. The result is massive underdevelopment of Palestinian water resources and infrastructure, and low adaptive capacity facing worsening climate impacts. With insufficient well developments and repairs, as well as declining supply from springs, Palestinian water production in the West Bank dropped by 20 cubic megametres between 1995 and 2013Footnote 81. During this period, population density has increased, and climate-induced stressors have become increasingly severe.

The 1997 Convention on the Law of Non-Navigational Uses of International Watercourses (‘Watercourses Convention’) limits territorial sovereignty over water, but remains ultimately ineffective.Footnote 82 The Watercourses Convention is characterised by overly vague provisions that are difficult to enforce, with concordantly poor compliance from signatories.Footnote 83 For instance, the Watercourses Convention highlights the core principles that water use avoid significant harm (article 7) and be equitable and reasonable (article 5). But what constitutes ‘significant harm’, and what is ‘equitable and reasonable’? Without prescribed weight of crucial factors of the Watercourses Convention, its implementation is shaped by political interests instead of international law. Consequences for non-compliance (that is, water use causing significant harm with insufficient prior notification) are similarly vague. An offending actor needs to ‘take all appropriate measures … to eliminate or mitigate such harm and, where appropriate, discuss the question of compensation’ (article 7.2). What constitutes ‘appropriate measures’, or the choice between elimination or mitigation, are once again highly subjective, and crucially do not carry a time frame for implementation. Indeed, timing is another critical flaw of the Watercourses Convention. Although signed in 1997, the Watercourses Convention only entered into force in 2014. By then, inequitable water use and policies were deeply entrenched in political and urban systems, particularly in the MENA region. With its focus on prevention, little guidance is given regarding retributive and restorative water policy. In the time taken for the Convention to be implemented, it became unfit for purpose: in the absence of a strong rules-based system, politics and sovereign self-interests dominate. In the case of the MENA region, inequitable power politics are institutionalised within climate law and policy.

8.4 Prospects

The humanitarian overtones of the DoP provide an example of theoretically ‘good’ policy designed to mitigate risks of conflict. Similarly, the GERD itself epitomises nominally ‘good’ water policy from several perspectives – its approach towards regional economic integration, Nile Basin regime shift and the emphasis it places on links between water politics and climate adaptation measures.Footnote 84 The marked lack of institutional mechanisms to enforce compliance with the DoP undermines its potential, however, just as the political environment encourages conflict over basin disagreements despite inherent climate benefits. The GERD, and relations between the three States on the whole, has once again dissolved into a security dilemma.

Low levels of institutional trust and credibility in the MENA region are a unique facet of intra-State relations that prevent co-operation and result in increased costs to governments.Footnote 85 The totality of the current policies surrounding the GERD epitomise water relations of the Nile Basin, where a sustainable process is constrained by water scarcity and conflict. Moreover, the preponderant focus on the material aspects of water security neglect to address the issues across both macro and micro levels. The implications of shifting Nile relations for state identity and biological continuity will inexorably influence climate policy moving forward. Consideration of the asymmetry of statecraft and these regional dynamics must be taken into account to address political drivers of policy inefficacies, to create more equitable and sustainable water policy frameworks.

Water security is a fundamental tenet of climate policy and adaptation.Footnote 86 The overarching theme across both case studies is centred around how politics pervade essentially every aspect of climate policy, from design through to implementation. While we focus on the MENA region, we can observe similar patterns of politics pervading climate policy elsewhere. For example, in the Australian context, the Water Act 2007 (Cth) – which was enacted to ensure that management of Australia’s largest water resource, the Murray–Darling River Basin, be handled in the national interestFootnote 87 – is a nominally robust water-sharing policy on its face, spurring a multi-billion dollar funded implementation plan in 2012.Footnote 88 However, contestation over agricultural politics resulted in critical overextraction of the Murray–Darling Basin.Footnote 89 Returning to the European perspective, the 2000 Water Framework Directive (WFD) aimed to prevent deterioration of water sources.Footnote 90 The original WFD has been criticised for being too complex to apply across the diversity of EU States, yet too soft in its commitments to create sufficient policy action. WFD complexity and ambition has been attributed to environmentalist non-governmental organisation (NGO) lobbying, whereas soft commitments can be directly traced back to the diverging self-interests of EU States.Footnote 91 The agreements examined in this chapter have revealed similar shortcomings. At the biggest picture policy levels, similar patterns remain. The soft ‘pledge and review’ system of the Paris Agreement (where the main commitment is to submit a new climate target every 5 years) was specifically used to ensure that the United States could join by way of Presidential Executive Order, bypassing the significant and often fatal hurdle of Senate approval.Footnote 92 The preceding Kyoto Protocol included binding emissions reductions. Consequently, U.S. ratification was undermined by bipartisan resistance in the U.S. Senate.Footnote 93 Non-participation by the United States is one of the reasons for the Kyoto Protocol’s failure to curb emissions.Footnote 94 There is an international theme of broader political drivers, themselves at times an opaque black box,Footnote 95 being the critical node of effective policy design and implementation. Even extant literature that emphasises the importance of complexity and intellectual humility still frames the aim of research to ‘serve policy that will reach those most negatively impacted by resource allocation’.Footnote 96 Indeed, creating more implementable climate policy recommendations often requires the simplification of social and political complexity. Otherwise, these can result in policies that are blind to existing inequalities. The alternative is to be wholly engaged in the sheer complexity of politicised natural resource management. While this may illustrate a more accurate picture, this risks only providing broad discussions of ‘wicked’, ‘intractable’ problems that are too difficult to meaningfully address. This is a recurring issue with climate policy, which unravels when faced with these definitions.

Similar patterns of politics pervading policy can be seen in MENA’s relatively poor decarbonisation policy. Saudi Arabia, for instance, is a well-known climate laggard in UN climate arenas. However, the underlying politics provide important context. A drastic move away from oil- and fossil-based economies would rapidly affect regional balances of power, potentially flowing into political instability across the MENA region.Footnote 97 Reducing emissions cannot be solely framed from the perspective of energy and economics, as is commonly the case in energy literature.Footnote 98

For future policy, we emphasise the importance of recognising the broader political context, both at large and small scales. The technical details of policy are important, but can simply reflect and reinforce existing inequalities if treated in a rationalist technocratic vacuum. We therefore recommend that:

  1. 1. Policy analysis should start from the political landscape, and identify policy windows that policy amendments or new approaches can be built from.Footnote 99 Resolving key political and power imbalances should be prioritised alongside the details of technocratic water management and adaptation.

  2. 2. Policy processes, from initial ideation through to implementation, should ensure diverse and equitable representation and engagement.

  3. 3. Relatedly, improving bottom-up adaptive capacity is critical. Adaptation relies especially on local context and knowledge.Footnote 100 This is particularly important when trying to equitably balance the different needs of different communities.

  4. 4. Finally, policy should focus on systemic policy packages rather than single policy instruments. The problems that MENA faces are many and complex. The technical complexities of effective mitigation and adaptation are compounded by political divides with decades deep roots intertwined with the legacy of colonial politics.Footnote 101 Effectively addressing adaptation, and broader climate policy, requires multiple complementary policies to hit at multiple points within complex social, political, and environmental systems.

The hosting of UNFCCC COPs in 2022 and 2023, in Egypt and the United Arab Emirates (UAE), respectively, are hoped to yield important outcomes for international climate policy. The objective of these COPs is to finalise the remaining operational issues required to implement the objectives of the Paris Agreement. Key to this process is the clarification of the information and reporting necessary to conduct the Paris Agreement’s Global Stocktake (a collective review of countries’ progress). While Egypt and the UAE play a diplomatic ‘negotiation chair’ role, the key drivers of outputs are other countries with strong political positions. Transparency and reporting of the Global Stocktake, for instance, is likely to be driven by the PRC and the United States. These are important policy developments at the international level, but are not necessarily important for boots-on-the-ground implementation, especially of complex adaptation policy. UN climate processes have historically marginalised adaptation. Most countries’ Paris Agreement Nationally Determined Contributions focus on mitigation efforts, and international adaptation funding has substantially lagged behind mitigation.Footnote 102 Policy implementation issues that are critical to effective adaptation policy, like resolved power inequalities or ensuring diverse and equitable representation, will not be resolved by international climate policy platforms.

8.5 Conclusion

Integrative and interdisciplinary analyses are critical to climate policy, especially as the environmental stresses and conflicts we discuss are steadily increasing. This chapter identifies common patterns of power dynamics across the Jordan River Basin in Israel and Palestine, and between Egypt, the Republic of the Sudan and Ethiopia as they reflect zero-sum power politics. What is common to both cases is a pervasive influence of deeply entrenched norms of hegemony and State-versus-State perspective of transboundary water politics, which undermine effective climate policies. Under this rubric of power dynamics, truly effective and equitable climate policy is unattainable. The self-reinforcing feedback loop of water stress, political fractures and ineffective climate policy in MENA needs to be addressed. Systemic issues require systemic solutions. Broader shifts in institutions to distribute power and promote regional stability may themselves be understood as good water and climate policy. Addressing underlying political and social inequalities requires moving beyond the technical – beyond the physical science and engineering of water policy. It is a task that deals in power and complex interrelations. Fragmented reductionist policy is a drop in the ocean of deepening water and climate issues. An integrative and interdisciplinary policy approach that considers the broad scope of water and climate politics as it spans territorial and legislative tiers provides the best chance of a more equal future for MENA.

9 Between Europe and the People’s Republic of China: Understanding Africa’s Energy Transition

9.1 Introduction

The first overseas trip of any leader is an especially important one. Symbolic exercises as much as anything else, these visits often spell out the foreign policy goals of a new administration. That European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen chose first to visit Ethiopia – the birthplace and seat of the African Union (AU) – is therefore no coincidence. President von der Leyen spelled out the trip’s rationale in a speech alongside AU Commission Chairperson Moussa Faki, declaring that:

[f]or my first visit, I have chosen the continent hosting the world’s fastest growing economies. A continent with immense ambition and aspirations, but also with immense needs … for the European Union [EU], you are more than just a neighbour.Footnote 1

This renewed commitment comes at a juncture of significant promise, and profound change, in modern African history.Footnote 2 With 2000 heralding the so-called ‘African century’,Footnote 3 the continent now boasts 6 of the world’s 10 fastest growing economies,Footnote 4 and is predicted to account for more than half of global population growth between 2019 and 2050.Footnote 5 Its young, economically mobile population is complemented by an abundance of natural resources, and an environmental predisposition to renewable energy opportunities like solar and wind power.Footnote 6 All of this makes it a most attractive destination for foreign direct investment (FDI). The continent’s unique vulnerability to climate change,Footnote 7 relatively low rates of electrification,Footnote 8 and high degrees of fossil fuel dependency and energy povertyFootnote 9 make such FDI an equally attractive prospect for recipient States.

Set against this investment environment, the European Union (EU) has turned its attention firmly southwards. Under the auspices of the leviathan European Green Deal (Green Deal),Footnote 10 Europe and its Member States are investing huge sums in Africa’s renewable energy potential, with a view to enabling energy transition on an international scale. Indeed, Africa is central to European efforts to export climate policy and galvanise international norms in its own image. But Europe is not alone. The People’s Republic of China (PRC) has similarly noticed Africa’s rise and duly extended billions in funding for major energy projects, albeit spread across fossil fuel, renewable sources, and extractive industry, to support crucial technology supply chains.

This chapter will consider these two approaches, and examine whether, and if so, the extent to which PRC investment priorities are likely to hinder Europe’s climate-focused engagement with Africa, if indeed European engagement is really as positive as EU rhetoric would have us believe. It will begin by charting African engagement with the global climate regime, before surmising the current foundation of Afro-European relations. It will then examine energy co-operation between the two continents in detail, focusing on three European and three African States at the heart of this relationship. In the final section, it will consider the PRC’s investment profile, and interrogate its implications for Africa as against European and Paris Agreement priorities.

9.2 Africa, Europe, and the Global Climate Regime

From the earliest warnings of climate change, Africa has been heralded as uniquely at-risk.Footnote 11 With its agricultural output overwhelmingly dependent upon rainfall, the twin phenomena of drought and desertification alone present a grave existential threat.Footnote 12 That Africa must also balance imperatives like food security and poverty relief with the estimated US$50 billion cost of climate change adaptation before 2050 only complicates this outlook.Footnote 13 Africa’s current position – as an emerging green investment hub, and a voice for climate justice and sustainable development – is a direct result of these pressures, although it has not always been so. To understand modern African climate politics, one must first chart the growth of African climate diplomacy, and the accompanying boom in climate-positive investment across the same period.

9.2.1 Early African Climate Diplomacy

Co-ordinated African climate policy is a relatively recent phenomenon. Its genesis can be traced to the very first international climate summit, the United Nations (UN) Conference on the Human Environment of 1972,Footnote 14 and the UN Environment Programme’s (UNEP) establishment with headquarters in Kenya.Footnote 15 Motivated by a dearth of Africa-focused climate organisations, the UNEP convened a series of ministerial-level meetings between 1983 and 1985 to spur a coherent pan-African climate policy. The resulting African Ministerial Conference on the Environment’s (AMCEN) Cairo Programme institutionalised climate policy co-ordination for the first time, with an agreed platform to halt deleterious land use and achieve sustainable energy and food self-sufficiency.Footnote 16 While earlier initiatives like the 1980 Lagos Plan of Action followed similar lines,Footnote 17 the Cairo Programme was the first to achieve international acclaim and financial support.Footnote 18

The effects of this unity were not immediately felt. Despite promulgating the African Common Position on Environment and Development in 1991, which stressed the importance of channelling sustainable development funding from global North to South,Footnote 19 European and American negotiators at the 1992 Earth Summit overawed petitions from G77 States (largely developing countries, plus the PRC) to commit an exact figure to climate finance.Footnote 20 Galvanised by this experience, a pan-continental African Group of Negotiators on Climate Change (AGN) was created in 1995 for the first UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) Conference of the Parties (COP).Footnote 21 Governed by a rotating two-year chairmanship, AGN members began meeting days prior to each COP to agree on a common position, with occasional AMCEN guidance.Footnote 22

Initial AGN efforts, like their campaign during the 1997 Kyoto Summit to make the Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) more geographically and economically equitable,Footnote 23 were mostly unsuccessful. The combination of prohibitive participation costs for UNFCCC events, inadequate skills and support among delegations, and unclear mandates from delegating governments compromised the AGN early on.Footnote 24 Indeed, as Charles Roger and Satishkumar Belliethathan note, ‘[b]y the mid-2000s, it had become clear how little African negotiators had achieved’.Footnote 25 Despite these setbacks, by COP 12 in Nairobi – ambitiously dubbed ‘the Africa conference’Footnote 26 – there was a growing international appreciation for the effects of climate change on Africa, and an increasingly pan-African approach to climate negotiations.

9.2.2 Committee of African Heads of State and Government on Climate Change: Copenhagen, Durban, and Paris

COP 12 marked a definite turning point for co-ordinated African climate diplomacy. If nothing else, it was the first opportunity for the realities of climate change in the continent to be laid bare. No sooner had delegates been taken to see the drying Lake Naivasha and the dead Lake Nakuru, each besieged by massive drought, was north-western Kenya inundated by flooding rains, threatening the lives of the 160,000 refugees in the Dadaab camp complex.Footnote 27 Despite this powerful display of climate change, COP 12 had only slight successes, marginally accelerating the CDM and promoting adaptation in the developing world.Footnote 28

With the ‘Africa conference’ having fallen flat, the AU took the lead in organising a common African position. At its Thirteenth Assembly in Sirte, alongside electing to join the EU by acceding as a bloc to the UNFCCC, the AU adopted a new ‘common position’ to be advanced by the Committee of African heads of State and Government on Climate Change (CAHOSCC).Footnote 29 Initially agreed to take Africa’s common position only as far as COP 15, the CAHOSCC has since evolved into a regimented mechanism for whole-of-continent climate negotiation. With a rotating chair and guaranteed representation from Africa’s five regions and subsidiary AU organs, it sits above the AGN (which handles on-the-ground COP negotiation) with the AMCEN serving as an intermediary. Sure enough, with this more regimented approach, African efficacy on the international climate stage has grown. Roger and Belliethathan chart this in their 2016 chronology of African climate negotiation, contrasting the fewer than 20 submissions made by African parties at each COP from 1991 to 2006 with the massive volume made thereafter, both by the AGN and by individual African States. Indeed, they note that African/AGN contributions have come to surpass those made by the G77.Footnote 30

Building upon the AU’s 2009 Nairobi Declaration on the African Process for Combating Climate Change, which focused especially on climate finance,Footnote 31 late Ethiopian leader Meles Zenawi used his AGN leadership at COP 15 later that year to advance a US$50 billion finance deal for adaptation in the global South. Although cast by some as a cession to Western demands by an environmentally inconsiderate leader,Footnote 32 it began a succession of COP summits with a strong African presence. Following a fraught COP 16,Footnote 33 the AGN was actively involved in brokering the Durban Platform for Enhanced Action at COP 17, binding parties to the negotiation by 2015 of what would become known as the Paris Agreement. Further (if limited) success was had in Doha with the extension of a second Kyoto Protocol commitment period, as well as in Warsaw with the extension of Green Climate Fund financing, before being tempered by a weak position on adaptation finance in the COP 20 Lima call for climate action. All of this culminated in COP 21, where the AGN joined the EU and United States in advancing that the landmark Paris Agreement should be legally binding.Footnote 34 By contrast to the pre-AMCEN era, they cut an experienced and effective figure on the world stage.

9.2.3 European Union–African Union Co-Operation

Afro-European relations, while deep and long-standing, did not place any real significance on climate change until at least the early 1990s. This was largely structural – between Cold War tension and African decolonisation,Footnote 35 little political will existed to focus on environmental concerns. With the fall of the Berlin Wall, the end of the European Cold War, and the dismantling of Apartheid in swift succession, however, priorities soon shifted.

The groundwork for today’s EU–AU climate relationship was laid before the AU had even come into being, with the 1996 ‘Green Paper on relations between the EU and the Organisation of African, Caribbean and Pacific States (ACP) countries on the eve of the 21st century’ declaring it ‘imperative to reach international agreement on clean technology and how to share the costs of environmental protection between industriali[s]ed and developing countries.’Footnote 36 Locating ‘economy, society and the environment’ as a pillar of Africa–EU relations signalled a departure from the previous interregional agreement, the Lomé Convention, which was chiefly commercial and financial in nature.Footnote 37 This dialogue culminated in mid-2000 with the first Africa–Europe summit, and the Cairo Declaration, in turn laying the basis for an intercontinental comprehensive agreement. Named for Cotonou, the city of its consecration, despite not encompassing the entire African continent,Footnote 38 that agreement underpins today’s broad-based and diverse Afro-European relationship.

Similarly to Lomé before it, the Cotonou Agreement proceeds on a set of fundamental principles, including prioritisation of the ‘environmental aspects of development’.Footnote 39 Later revisions have gone further, placing a much greater emphasis on climate change, sustainability, and the Millennium Development Goals.Footnote 40 One noteworthy example is the original article 32, governing co-operation in renewable energy and sustainable development, which has since been augmented by 32 A to focus significantly on climate change. These provisions, together with those covering economic co-operation, trade, and political dialogue, have spanned a period of exponential growth in AU–EU relations. With the treaty’s inbuilt expiry in March 2020, a provisional extension until November 2021 was granted to facilitate the imminent entry into force of a new ‘EU–[ACP] Partnership Agreement’.Footnote 41 Hopes, and expectations, are high for its arrival. Of course, the Africa–Europe relationship cannot, and should not, be understood from a purely supranational perspective. Cross-continental climate diplomacy has been pursued to an even greater extent on the State-to-State front.

9.3 Standing on African Shoulders: Africa and the European Green Deal

Since the Paris Agreement’s entry into force on 4 November 2016,Footnote 42 climate-positive European investment has steadily accelerated. Spearheading these investments is the Green Deal, ‘a new growth strategy for our economy, people and planet’, which marks Europe’s most concerted attempt to meet Paris Agreement imperatives, reduce emissions by at least 55% by 2030,Footnote 43 and achieve carbon neutrality by 2050.Footnote 44 A complete economic transformation has been envisaged, replete with a €65 billion ‘Just Transition Mechanism’ to pivot fossil-fuel dependent regions towards green energy.Footnote 45 As President von der Leyen stated in her Earth Day 2021 address:

The Paris Agreement is humanity’s life insurance … science tells us it is not too late [to act], but we must hurry up. This is what Europe is doing. 11 days after [I took] office, [the EU] launched the European Green deal for transforming the economy.Footnote 46

Far from keeping ambitions within its own frontiers, however, the EU has also directed its attention – and considerable investments – southwards to Africa. First flagged in 2019, the EU has consistently reiterated the importance of prioritising environmental issues in Cotonou’s successor agreement.Footnote 47 In particular, it has stressed the importance of the Africa–Europe Alliance in ‘[unlocking] Africa’s potential to make rapid progress towards a green and circular economy’.Footnote 48 This has been backed up more recently by what some have called the EU’s new counterweight to the PRC’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI)Footnote 49 – the €300 billion Global Gateway Infrastructure PlanFootnote 50 – which has allocated some €150 billion to Africa to accelerate the continent’s green energy transition.Footnote 51

9.3.1 Africa’s Place in the European Green Deal

While EU investment in green energy is not a new development, the recent shift in focus towards FDI marks a noticeable transition in the EU’s cogitation regarding both the Green Deal and the Paris Agreement. To this end, several significant factors are driving European investment into Africa, chief among them being the EU’s drive to establish mutually renewable (‘circular’) economies.

9.3.1.1 Mutual Benefit? What Africa Offers Europe (and Vice Versa)

As a continent, Africa is unparalleled in its ‘green’ potential. Central to this are two considerations – raw resources and energy potential. On the first count, alongside well-documented hydrocarbon deposits in States like Nigeria, Africa is also home to many of the rare earth elements critical to solar photovoltaic (PV) and other green technologies. Whether cobalt reserves in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) and Madagascar,Footnote 52 lithium in Zimbabwe,Footnote 53 or bauxite in Guinea,Footnote 54 the extraction of such resources will undoubtedly facilitate the transition towards renewable technologies.Footnote 55 As for energy, the EU has identified Africa’s huge potential in the transition to so-called ‘green’ hydrogen flagged in its 2020 hydrogen strategy for a climate-neutral Europe.Footnote 56 Given Europe’s geographical proximity to potentially large-scale hydrogen producers such as Morocco and Tunisia, and their potential to produce such hydrogen relatively cheaply, this situation is uniquely opportune for both sides. Not only does it offer the EU a path to profitably meet its future energy demands and climate targets, especially among those Visegrád Group (Czechia, Poland, Slovakia, and Hungary) States slow to adopt renewables,Footnote 57 but it presents a vision of energy independence and reliable trading prosperity to the Maghreb.Footnote 58 Furthermore, it ostensibly offers Europe an avenue to exporting climate ambition through trade, transitioning African primary industry towards fairer and more sustainable methods and encouraging corollaries like green urbanisation, low-pollution business models, and viable agri-food systems to address African food security.Footnote 59

9.3.2 Member State Motivations behind Investment into Africa

Europe’s motivations for investing in Africa go beyond the Paris Agreement and Green Deal concerns noted above. Although these are arguably the most significant drivers supranationally, there are important – and distinct – considerations operant at the Member State level. The various approaches of Germany, France, and Spain are illustrative of this point.

9.3.2.1 Germany

Alongside its role as the Eurozone’s economic centre of gravity,Footnote 60 Germany has also been one of the major drivers behind European climate ambition, owing to a rich tradition of domestic green politics.Footnote 61 Domestically, its 2045 net zero target (in partial response to a lawsuit compelling stricter climate action),Footnote 62 successful coal phase out,Footnote 63 and high rate of renewable generation place it among the world’s leading green economies.Footnote 64 Although this ambition is a significant motivator for FDI into Africa, pressing energy security concerns are also relevant. As the EU’s largest gas consumer,Footnote 65 but with a local production capacity meeting barely 10% of demand,Footnote 66 Germany was until the onset of the 2022 Russian invasion of Ukraine almost exclusively reliant on Russian natural gas imports. Seeing the consequences of the 2006 Russo-Ukrainian gas conflict, and amid vociferous concerns from allies about the risks of energy dependence, its 2007 Integriertes Energie- und Klimaprogramm (Integrated Energy and Climate Programme) had identified 29 measures to both improve energy efficiency and increase the use of renewable energies, with limited success from a Russian-dependency perspective.Footnote 67 2020’s Nationale Wasserstoffstrategie (National Hydrogen Strategy) refocused this on green hydrogen, mirroring developments at the EU level during Germany’s 2020 Council Presidency with a promised €9 billion in hydrogen funding into the 2030s.Footnote 68 This has translated directly into FDI – Germany having agreed a €571 million renewable energy funding agreement with Morocco in late 2019,Footnote 69 and having since committed another €100 million to the Sustainable Energy Fund for Africa.Footnote 70 Hopes were high that the overwhelming international pressure to divest from Russian energy imports post-February 2022 would compound these efforts, spurring an ambitious Zeitenwende in German renewable energy policy and investment.Footnote 71 The phenomenon of ‘Scholzing’ – named for German Chancellor Olaf Scholz’s perceived recalcitrance – has significantly cooled these hopes, however.Footnote 72 To this end, and similarly to Germany’s dithering foreign and security posture vis-à-vis supporting Ukraine’s armed resistance, the much hoped for wave of German renewable energy investment (both foreign and domestic) under massive pressure for Russian divestment has yet to fully materialise.

9.3.2.2 France

The other half of Europe’s ‘twin engine’ alongside Germany, France has made rapid advances in its domestic renewable energy since hosting the landmark COP 21 in 2015, committing over €6 billion to the industry under 2021’s so-called Budget Vert (‘Green Budget’).Footnote 73 Like Germany it is making efforts to export this ambition, although its motivations lie more in a desire to sustain international influence than in energy security concerns. Cognisant of Africa’s consistent 5% growth rate, and especially the potential of rapidly expanding Francophone economies like Côte d’Ivoire and Benin, France has emerged as the largest single contributor to the Africa Renewable Energy Initiative, increasing financing from €2 billion to €3 billion in January 2017.Footnote 74 Although this has not been wholly seamless – with a 2021 Moroccan hacking scandal against French ministers and the suspension of French energy company Total’s €17 billion investment project in Mozambique following Islamist attacks being recent examplesFootnote 75 – Green Deal investment nonetheless provides a long term framework for regional engagement post-Françafrique.Footnote 76

9.3.2.3 Spain

Another major EU Member State with colonial ties to the continent, Spain’s geographical proximity to Africa – barely 14 km across the Strait of Gibraltar – positions it ideally to benefit from deeper EU–AU co-operation. As with Germany, much of Spain’s investment is tied to the promised hydrogen economy, with two of the four existing Europe-Africa gas pipelines travelling via Spain to Central Europe.Footnote 77 Despite green hydrogen not yet being cost-competitive compared with other production methods, hydrogen could viably be produced using wind and solar power at one euro per kilogram as the market develops.Footnote 78 With plans for a further two interconnections between Spain and France by 2040,Footnote 79 Spain has the potential to fully harness the green hydrogen wave, with North Africa’s rich renewable generation potential central to this. Economic outcomes are not the sole driver of Spanish investment, however. With its North African exclaves on the proverbial front line, Spain sees improving economic and social outcomes in the Maghreb, in part through local energy projects, as a means to stemming migration pathways to Europe.Footnote 80 Practically, as it fails to consider the complex political, economic, and environmental drivers of European migration, this approach has had little impact. Like France, therefore, Spain’s African investments reflect a matrix of domestic and foreign policy concerns.

9.3.3 Case Studies: African Foreign Direct Investment Recipients
9.3.3.1 Morocco

Among the destinations for European climate finance, Morocco is unique both in the scale of its renewable energy production and in its uptake of innovative generation, storage, and transportation technologies. With a 3,500-kilometre coastline offering windspeeds of up to 11 metres per second,Footnote 81 and an average of 3,000 hours of direct sunlight annually,Footnote 82 Morocco’s geography positions it ideally to capitalise on renewable energy. Indeed, it is already doing so, constructing the largest concentrated solar power plant in the world at Ourazazate, which when completed will generate some 580 megawatts of clean electricity.Footnote 83 Given the significant input (between 40 and 50 kilowatt hours) required to produce 1 kilogram of green hydrogen,Footnote 84 the EU and its Member States have taken an especially keen interest in Morocco’s energy transition as a means to fuelling the hydrogen economy.

European investment began to take shape out of 2013 negotiations for the so-called Deep and Comprehensive Free Trade Area (DCFTA). In an EU sustainability impact assessment published in November 2013, it was noted that the DCFTA would be ‘one of several forces that [would] influence the environmental developments in Morocco’,Footnote 85 highlighting how increasing European demand for green products would encourage Morocco’s trend towards economic ‘greening’.Footnote 86 While these negotiations faltered,Footnote 87 they forestalled the sizeable European investment to come.

Following DCFTA, in 2015, a consortium of European development banks established the Morocco Sustainable Energy Financing Facility (MorSEFF).Footnote 88 With a total budget of €110 million, MorSEFF successfully financed 260 energy-efficiency projects, saving approximately 207,289 megawatts hours of energy and 102,725 tons of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2-e) emissions per annum.Footnote 89 This was followed by the Morocco Green Economy Financing Facility,Footnote 90 a €150 million credit line jointly established by the EU and the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development in 2018 to finance small to medium-sized green investment projects, with the aim of fostering a climate-resilient and competitive Moroccan economy.Footnote 91

These investments culminated in 2021–2022 with several major EU–Morocco agreements. The first, a renewed partnership with the EU’s so-called ‘southern neighbourhood’ signed on 26 February, involved European pledges not only to fast track the transition to a circular economy, but to enable Morocco to follow suit by expanding support for indigenous renewable energy targets.Footnote 92 The second, the so-called Green Partnership between the EU and Morocco signed on 28 June 2021, marked an important milestone in EU efforts to export the Green Deal.Footnote 93 Alongside a 12 million euro payment towards the joint Competitiveness and Green Growth Programme, the EU also announced a 20 million euro financing agreement to advance rural development within the Green Partnership.Footnote 94 The third and most impactful agreement came in February 2022, when Morocco was confirmed as the first funding recipient under the Global Gateway Investment Plan, with €1.6 billion allocated to green energy production.Footnote 95 Beyond the strictures of this partnership, Morocco is an important testbed for the very future of EU climate outreach. This is also true at the Member State level, with Morocco serving as the main staging point for German and Spanish hydrogen efforts.Footnote 96

For all this promise, political considerations have strained co-operation. After German disquiet in May 2021 over Moroccan claims to the disputed Western Sahara, Morocco recalled its ambassador and suspended German–Moroccan co-operation.Footnote 97 Despite tensions subsiding in January 2022 with the return of the Moroccan ambassador to Berlin,Footnote 98 as well as Morocco reaffirming its commitment to the Global Gateway Investment Plan in September 2022,Footnote 99 the path ahead remains uncertain, particularly given Rabat’s sensitivity over the subject. Morocco also faces several other issues that threaten to constrain burgeoning renewable technologies, namely resource demands and environmental impacts. With green hydrogen electrolysis requiring 10–15 litres of freshwater per kilogram of hydrogen output,Footnote 100 and given Morocco’s dwindling freshwater reserves,Footnote 101 seawater desalination is increasingly necessary. As this in turn draws on the power grid, a spiral of resource demand ensues. There is also the longer-term risk that producing hydrogen from electrolysis via solar PV could have a net negative environmental impact. In a life-cycle assessment comparing the production of hydrogen via nuclear energy, steam methane reformation, biomass gasification, solar PV and wind electrolysis, it was found that solar PV had the worst environmental effects given high acidification in the manufacturing phase of the PV panels and the comparatively low efficiency of PV systems,Footnote 102 although this technology is advancing.Footnote 103 As such, while Morocco is a promising green hydrogen testbed, teething problems and political hurdles remain.

9.3.3.2 Kenya

Kenya offers a similar window into European climate investment, albeit with the key difference of focusing predominantly on green economic transition rather than energy export. While the motivation for investment has a subtly different focus, it nonetheless serves to further the overarching symbiotic relationship between Europe and East Africa; a relationship that has seen European exports to the region grow on average by just under 4% annually since 2010 (to €3.6 billion in 2020).Footnote 104 To fully understand these investments, it is first important to understand how climate change has affected Kenya’s economy.

In a plight common to many nature-based economies, Kenya is feeling the effects of climate change through a steadily declining resource base. As Katrin Hagemann, acting Head of the EU Delegation to Kenya, observed in a July 2021 editorial:

[Kenya’s] wealth of natural capital, biodiversity, wildlife and marine ecosystems are under increasing strain by population growth and the imbalance between economic growth and environmental sustainability objectives, as seen in land degradation, deforestation, wildlife poaching and overfishing.Footnote 105

The reason why these factors have had such a profound impact on Kenya’s economy lies in the State’s geography. Approximately 80% of Kenya is semi-arid, with only 20% comprising viable agricultural land.Footnote 106 Moreover, the effects of overfishing, temperature increases, irregular precipitation, sea-level rise, and ocean acidification have also combined to gravely threaten Kenya’s marine ecosystems.Footnote 107 These circumstances, together with an all-time high in trade between the East African Community (EAC) and the EU, have been key to promoting climate investments in Kenya.

Since the Kenyan government’s first Paris Agreement nationally determined contribution (NDC) in December 2016,Footnote 108 Kenya has received substantial investments from Europe encouraging energy transition and climate resilience. Between 2014 and 2020, the European Development Fund (EDF) provided some €435 million in tied aid under the Multiannual Indicative Programme (MIP),Footnote 109 with €190 million being diverted towards food security and resilience, and €175 million put towards sustainable infrastructure projects including solar and wind farms.Footnote 110 This funding has helped promote environmentally sustainable initiatives like the AgriFI Kenya Challenge Fund, which since 2018 has created more than 10,000 jobs in environmentally sustainable and climate-smart agriculture.Footnote 111 Kenya also received further technical assistance and investment grants from the EU–Africa Infrastructure Trust Fund in December 2017 towards construction of the Kenya Green Mini-Grid Facility, totalling €5.65 million.Footnote 112 Following on from the EDF’s 2014–2020 MIP, the EU and EAC met in April 2021 to align their priorities for the MIP period 2021–2027.Footnote 113 The draft proposal identified three priorities for Kenya: (1) green transition and resilience, including green jobs and green energy; (2) ensuring that any such transition is equitable; and (3) promoting good governance, security and peace.Footnote 114

Despite these significant achievements, and as with Morocco, there have been some setbacks. The real efficacy of the EDF’s 2014–2020 MIP has been a notable sticking point. In a 2020 European Court of Auditors report it was found that the EDF’s €435 million ‘covered only a small fraction of Kenya’s development needs and was spread across many areas’.Footnote 115 It was also found that the €175 million allocated towards infrastructure was insufficient to implement all the proposed projects; the energy sector alone had an annual infrastructure financing need of €1.69 billion.Footnote 116 Moreover, the report indicated that those funds that had been directed towards energy infrastructure development had been unilaterally so directed as a result of EU policy, rather than at the Kenyan government’s request.Footnote 117 This tension, between climate finance as a diplomatic tool and as a meaningful vehicle for decarbonisation, goes beyond the Kenyan example to the whole Afro-European relationship. As such, the EU has several lessons to learn. Whether it chooses to commit further funding and meaningfully consult with the Kenyan government will ultimately determine the success of not only the 2021–2027 MIP, but future investments into Kenya, the wider EAC, and Africa generally.

9.3.3.3 South Africa

European climate investments into South Africa have not been as successful as efforts in Morocco and Kenya largely thanks to the country’s continued reliance on coal for energy production. Despite ratifying the Paris Agreement,Footnote 118 South Africa remains reliant on fossil fuel energy sources, and was Africa’s largest coal producer (and the world’s seventh largest) in 2020.Footnote 119 Coal is fundamental to the South African energy matrix, totalling nearly 88% of all energy production in 2019 where renewable sources supplied just under 7%.Footnote 120 This reliance means that 80% of the nation’s emissions are traceable to energy use, with 45% coming exclusively from domestic coal-generated electricity.Footnote 121

Despite this, South Africa has made several agreements with the EU, fielding several investments promoting green economic transition. The earliest of these dates to the EU’s 2007 strategic partnership joint action plan, which enshrined broad climate change co-operation and established the Mogôbagôba policy dialogue.Footnote 122 South Africa has also received investments under the EU’s €241 million 2014–2020 MIP allocation,Footnote 123 and most recently benefitted from the EU’s Urban Low Emission Development Strategies (Urban-LEDS) project. Despite receiving just under 18% of an initially allocated €6.7 million budget,Footnote 124 Urban-LEDS succeeded in not only encouraging green municipal infrastructure financing,Footnote 125 but in changing some perceptions of renewable energy usage (if only on a small scale). This was reflected in shifted political will among participating South African mayors regarding energy-efficient living,Footnote 126 and has been exemplary especially for those participating communities that previously had limited electricity access.Footnote 127

9.4 Africa’s Contested Energy Future

Europe is far from alone in identifying Africa’s huge potential as an energy partner. Given the continent’s above-mentioned resource wealth, and the prospects of local investments yielding huge returns as African industrialisation accelerates, its energy future has become subject to something of an international tug-of-war. Central to this contest, alongside Europe, is the PRC. The pressing question is how PRC priorities – both political and economic – will interact with Europe’s climate-positive investment profile and the growing African climate ambition.

9.4.1 People’s Republic of China Investment into Africa

Just as with the recent European diplomatic offensive mounted against African States, the PRC has made no secret of its designs on energy co-operation with the continent. In his opening address to the 2018 Beijing Summit of the Forum on China–Africa Co-operation, PRC Paramount Leader Xi Jinping declared:

[The PRC] will work with Africa to pursue green, low-carbon, circular and sustainable development … We will strengthen exchange and co-operation with Africa on climate change, clean energy, prevention and control of desertification and soil erosion, protection of wildlife and other areas of ecological and environmental preservation. Together, we could make [the PRC] and Africa beautiful places for people to live in harmony with nature.Footnote 128

These are not mere abstractions. Since 2000, FDI from the PRC into Africa has risen from US$149 million to some US$3.1 billion in 2020, with a of total US$53 billion invested in that period and an average annual investment of US$4.6 billion since 2010.Footnote 129 It is easily the continent’s largest source of overall FDI, more than doubling United States investment in 2019.Footnote 130 The truth of Xi’s green sentiments is less resolute, however. As with Europe’s green focus, the targets of PRC investment are demonstrative of similarly longstanding national priorities, chiefly the acceleration of domestic economic growth. From the beginning of Deng Xiaoping’s economic reforms, the PRC’s rapid development has been predicated in large part upon construction and industrialisation. While Australian iron ore and coal have underpinned the bulk of this, Africa’s role as an energy and materiel supplier is not insignificant.

Behind construction (just under 29%), mining (just over 26%) was the largest source of PRC FDI into the continent in 2016, with investments in sectors like information technology making up a mere 5%.Footnote 131 Such is the importance of African extractive industry that when Guinea – a key bauxite supplier – was rocked by a September 2021 coup, the PRC broke with its usually resolute non-interference policy to publicly oppose the interim government,Footnote 132 having already seen regime instability complicate resource deals in West Africa and the Sahel.Footnote 133 Alongside iron ore and bauxite imports, one of the PRC’s main focuses is on controlling those elements essential to digital technology. Building on its rare earth mineral monopoly – controlling some 90% of the world’s supply – it has purchased majority shares in South African lithium holdings, as well as mines representing more than half of the DRC’s cobalt mining output, among other pursuits.Footnote 134 These linkages will be essential as the PRC’s domestic technology industry continues to grow.

The PRC’s investment profile can by no means be attributed solely to self-interest, however. Funding for continental energy capabilities, alongside infrastructural support, has emerged as a central pillar of BRI-era FDI. Although these investments, like those in mining, have not generally prioritised climate change imperatives, this trend is changing. Of the US$24.361 billion invested in African energy since the conclusion of the Paris Agreement, US$15.4 billion has been put into natural gas, coal, and oil projects, whereas only US$8.961 billion has gone towards renewables.Footnote 135 Although only a negligible US$361 million of this has been put towards solar and wind power in that time, the growing stake of hydropower is to be commended, equalling fossil fuel investments between 2000 and 2020 (Figure 9.1).Footnote 136

Figure 9.1 PRC energy finance flows to Africa 2000–2020 (constant US$ billions).

Source: Boston University Global Development Policy Center, China’s global energy finance database (2022). www.bu.edu/cgef.
9.4.2 Comparing Europe and the People’s Republic of China
9.4.2.1 European Motivations

For Europe, almost irrespective of the language of ‘sustainable development’ and ‘energy justice’ (although these do factor into the political calculus), investment in Africa is future-oriented. By committing to renewable capabilities in North Africa in particular but across the continent more widely, Europe and its Member States are creating for themselves a massive energy generation capability directly bordering the continent. Coupled with growing investment in interconnector projects like Elmed,Footnote 137 and European commitments to hydrogen technology, African renewable energy offers a viable path towards energy security. Ongoing concerns – both political and environmental – over reliance upon Russian natural gas and stigmas surrounding civilian nuclear energy only encourage this (Figure 9.2).

Figure 9.2 Renewable energy finance flows to Africa pre-COVID (2010–2019, constant 2019 US$ millions).

Source: Boston University Global Development Policy Center, China’s global energy finance database (2022). www.bu.edu/cgef.

Investing so heavily in African renewable energy also carries major economic potential by ensuring a future supply of ready-made trading partners. As Europe advances the Green Deal and establishes measures like the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM),Footnote 138 African States nurtured in its green image will be ideally placed for deeper trading relationships. This goes beyond energy – more prosperous African middle classes, enriched by domestic renewable generation and European investment, will have a greater appetite for goods and services. An underlying hope in some quarters is that by promoting African socioeconomic growth, State stability will improve, thereby lowering or even eliminating their diplomatic advantage over Mediterranean EU States in relation to immigration controls.Footnote 139 Although African States are not necessarily victimised by this transaction, the long-term benefits for Europe are much greater.

Lastly, green investment in Africa has an important political function, as a major offensive in the EU’s effort to export its climate policy vision. Seeing itself as a norm-entrepreneur, investment incentivises African States to follow Europe’s lead on issues like emissions trading, carbon accounting, and hydrogen certification, in turn drawing momentum away from international alternatives.

9.4.2.2 People’s Republic of China Motivations

PRC investment in Africa is as equally motivated by future prosperity as Europe, if for different reasons. Where Europe has committed itself to the Green Deal and designs on global climate policy leadership, the PRC has, at least in the short to medium term, committed itself to fossil fuels domestically, having until 2030 to reach its peak NDC-enshrined carbon output.Footnote 140 As the world’s largest consumer of coal, and second largest of oil, promises of green transition have given way to increasing usage of both after a dip in the mid 2010s. Diplomatic tensions with historic major supplier Australia have necessitated diversification in supply, with Africa helping to partly redress that difference.Footnote 141 Hydrocarbon deposits exemplify this: whilst only accounting for just over 7% of the world’s proven oil reserves,Footnote 142 predictions of future discovery in Africa have driven greater PRC engagement with States like Angola and South SudanFootnote 143 (18% of the PRC’s oil imports having come from Africa in 2020).Footnote 144

As in Europe, the PRC is also motivated by the economic imperative of building a reliable pool of future trading partners, although one predicated partly upon fossil fuels. Encouraging coal mining and fossil fuel generation has an important advantage in this regard – ease. Where European investment is tied to energy transition, and thereby costly transformative change to things like grid infrastructure, money from the PRC has the benefit of building upon existing systems. This is so even considering the PRC’s 2021 announced cessation of overseas coal-fired power plant funding, which has the potential to vitiate some US$50 billion in global FDI.Footnote 145 Taking its place in the PRC investment profile is hydropower, which integrates into existing power infrastructure much easier than wind and solar,Footnote 146 both of which have received negligible funding (Figure 9.1).Footnote 147 For those African States with low rates of electrification, infrastructural constraints, and limited funding, such ease is hugely appealing.

None of this is to say that claims by figures such as Xi Jinping to ‘promot[ing] the transition to green and low-carbon development’ are totally baseless,Footnote 148 of course. Alongside hydropower, the PRC is the world’s largest supplier of solar PV technology by some distance,Footnote 149 and among the leaders in patent filings for renewables.Footnote 150 Despite the significant environmental and wildlife concerns tied to hydroelectric damming,Footnote 151 projects like the Bui Dam in Ghana have nonetheless complied with environmental and social impact assessments.Footnote 152 But cynicism remains. Partly, this is due to suspicions that the PRC’s green turn has been equally motivated by a desire to capitalise on United States vacillations, set against a longer-lens view of great power contest. Mostly, however, it stems from a perception that PRC climate action is largely tokenistic. Promises of net zero by 2060 and ceasing coal-fired FDI are caveated significantly by domestic inaction and an emissions profile which has shown almost no sign of shrinking.Footnote 153 African natural gas, oil, and extractive coal investments are central to this.

9.4.2.3 Destined for Conflict?

Europe and the PRC are not fundamentally at odds in their pursuits of African climate investment. Both have made significant verbal commitments to green transition domestically and internationally, and demonstrated their intent with funding for major projects across the continent. Where they do diverge is the degree of this commitment, with inevitable consequences for African FDI recipients. On the one hand, Europe is investing on the basis of energy transition and a green future, if more for its own benefit than for that of Africa. On the other hand, the PRC is investing in Africa at least partly to perpetuate fossil fuel supply chains, sustaining its own economic growth while simultaneously nurturing future trading partners. African States are left to choose. Of course, the choice is not wholly balanced – for States like sun- and wind-rich Morocco, or hydrocarbon-rich Nigeria, natural alignment to European or PRC energy philosophies makes choosing easier. It is also by no means mutually exclusive – African States remain equal and sovereign agents, able to freely court investment from both sides as they see fit. But the choice remains.

By choosing to follow the EU’s climate policy philosophy, and accepting investments geared towards energy transition, African States can mitigate the adverse effects of the CBAM on trade and gain increasingly greater access to the common market. This, in turn, disincentivises both fossil fuel energy and – eventually – fossil fuel trading, abstracting these States from deeper PRC engagement in the medium term. Conversely, accepting PRC investments and committing further to fossil fuels makes trade with the EU more difficult, but makes energy and resource trade with the PRC much more lucrative. It also opens the way further for crucial infrastructural support under the BRI, which the EU is unable to match. This divergence is only likely to be exacerbated by growing European climate ambition and the resultant pressure on other international actors to follow suit.

In the result, conflict between the PRC and Europe is not especially concerning as between them. It is in Africa that any adverse effects will be felt, and not just environmentally. As the AGN has repeatedly sought to impress upon the world, climate change is a real and present danger for Africa. The transition to green energy is an inevitable one. As such, those States that choose to meet PRC fossil fuel demands in the short term – that is, before the 2030 NDC emissions cap – stand to suffer the most. In that short term, trade opportunities with Europe and other regions imposing CBAMs will decrease. Continental market integration, which is already relatively weak,Footnote 154 could suffer as the divide between more and less climate-proactive States grows. Assuming the PRC follows through with its NDC and reduces emissions post-2030, these same States will be left doubly disadvantaged, lacking a ready market for fossil fuels while being left some 10 years behind the rest of the continent in their energy transition.

Regardless of a degree of self-interest, European climate investments in Africa are fundamentally motivated by the aim of achieving Paris Agreement goals through energy transition. Investment is therefore a major vehicle for exporting climate policies to the continent. Whether this will be successful will in no small part depend upon the course charted by the PRC. If its current behaviour – defined by inconsistencies between domestic and international action, and caveats to otherwise significant pledges – persists, African FDI recipients will be left at a long-term economic and environmental disadvantage. Conversely, if these gestures are meaningfully actioned, and accompanied by efforts to curb domestic fossil fuel consumption and incentivise energy transition through FDI, an international ‘race to zero’ might truly begin, with Africa involved from the outset.Footnote 155

9.5 Conclusion

Africa has made massive progress in the field of climate policy across the last three decades, perhaps more than any other region. From aspirational declarations and programmes in the late 1980s and early 1990s, set against an otherwise disparate body of continental climate policy and action, the AGN has emerged as a major actor in the global climate regime. Spurred in large part by the Paris Agreement, this diplomatic momentum has given way to focused FDI attention, with Africa now sitting at the centre of a crucible of climate investment.

Europe – both supranationally and in its Member States – has been a leading proponent of this investment drive. In its effort to export the Green Deal, establish a viable international green economy, and pioneer the norms upon which that economy is based, Europe has negotiated an array of agreements with African States. While much of this FDI has been directed towards promoting energy transition, such as in Morocco and Kenya, Europe is also ensuring its future energy security by the same token. The renegotiated Cotonou Agreement is expected to further entrench these green ambitions in the continent-to-continent relationship.

The EU is not the only actor seeking to impress itself upon Africa’s energy transition, however. The PRC has made similar inroads, albeit on a different climate footing. Unlike Europe, which is motivated by a desire to pioneer international climate policy, PRC investments are largely focused on securing supply lines and future prosperity. Despite a growing hydro-energy focus, and promising developments such as the decision to cease overseas coal-fired power plant funding, the PRC’s climate ambition is substantially weaker than that of Europe, as evidenced by ongoing support for Africa’s oil, gas, and extractive industries.

As this chapter has sought to explain, to characterise simultaneous European and PRC investments in Africa as ‘competitive’, or as marked by any significant degree of tension, is misguided. Rather, these investments reflect divergent philosophies of energy transition. Where European investment is predicated upon green energy transition, particularly the transformative change inherent in solar PV, wind, and hydrogen, PRC investment is marked by a short-term support for fossil fuels and an inclination towards less disruptive renewable investments like hydropower. The result, whereby PRC investment feeds into a continued hydrocarbon dependence among some African States, presents a major hurdle to European visions of nurturing a green Africa. In offering itself as a short-term harbour for fossil-fuel dependent and economically vulnerable African economies and extending much-needed infrastructure funding under the BRI, the PRC has firmly established itself in the African market. The consequence is that, as long as the PRC’s ambitious climate rhetoric is belied by practical support for fossil fuels and extractive industry, a division will be perpetuated between those African States transitioning to renewables and those remaining reliant on fossil fuels. This divide will only harm Africa’s continental integration and energy transition.

Europe has made clear that it sees Africa as a key partner towards achieving its Paris Agreement goals. The PRC has, at least in much of its rhetoric, espoused similar sentiments. The difference lies in their actions. As long as this discord persists, the long-term disadvantages for those African States which court fossil fuel investments will mount. It will fall to the PRC, and the sincerity of its climate policy commitments, to determine whether European climate ambition will find a willing partner or a halting adversary in Africa.

Footnotes

1 The Earth’s Climate and Ongoing Global Change

1 Data collected at the Mauna Loa Observatory (Hawaii) of the United States National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA).

2 See, for example, J. M. Wallace and P. V. Hobbs, Atmospheric Science: An Introductory Survey, 2nd ed. (Academic Press, 2006), p. 484; D. L. Hartmann, Global Physical Climatology, 2nd ed. (Elsevier, 2015), p. 470; Summary for Policymakers, in V. Masson-Delmotte et al. (eds.), Climate Change 2021: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC, 2021).

3 M. R. Turetsky, B. W. Abbott, M. C. Jones, et al., Permafrost collapse is accelerating carbon release. Nature 2019, 569: 32–24.

4 H. Hersbach, B. Bell, P. Berrisford, et al., The ERA5 global reanalysis. Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society 2020, 146(730): 19992049.

5 Summary for Policymakers, in Masson-Delmotte et al., Climate Change 2021: The Physical Science Basis.

6 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, opened for signature 17 December 1994, entered into force 16 April 1998; Paris Agreement, opened for signature 22 April 2016, entered into force 4 November 2016.

7 Temperature data taken from the European Union’s Copernicus Climate Change Service, available at https://climate.copernicus.eu.

8 Data from Our World in Data: https://ourworldindata.org.

9 Summary for Policymakers, in Masson-Delmotte et al., Climate Change 2021: The Physical Science Basis.

10 Summary for Policymakers, in Masson-Delmotte et al., Climate Change 2021: The Physical Science Basis.

11 H. O. Pörtner, D. C. Roberts, M. Tignor, et al. (eds.), Climate Change 2022: Impacts, Adaptation, and Vulnerability. Contribution of Working Group II to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (Cambridge University Press, 2022).

12 P. R. Shukla, J. Skea, R. Slade, et al. (eds.), Climate Change 2022: Mitigation of Climate Change. Contribution of Working Group III to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC, 2022).

2 Building Blocks of the European Union’s Strategy for Climate Neutrality

1 Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions, The European Green Deal, COM/2019/640 final, 11 December 2019.

2 L. Hancher, L. Meeus, A. Nouicer, V. Reif (eds.), The EU Green Deal: 2022 Edition (EUI, Technical Report 2022/06, 2022). https://cadmus.eui.eu/handle/1814/75156.

3 S. F. Verde, W. Acworth, C. Kardish, S. Boghesi, Achieving Zero Emissions under a Cap-and-Trade System (EUI, Policy Brief 2020/26, 2020). https://cadmus.eui.eu/handle/1814/67510.

5 Back in the 1990s, this is how Robert Stavins described the U.S. sulphur dioxide (SO2) allowance trading system (R N. Stavins, What can we learn from the grand policy experiment? Lessons from SO2 allowance trading. Journal of Economic Perspectives 1998, 23(3): 6988).

6 The Market Stability Reserve introduced flexibility in allowance supply. It is a rule-based mechanism for addressing the imbalances of the allowance market caused by unanticipated changes in regulated emissions and, therefore, allowance demand.

7 Proposal for a Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council Amending Directive 2003/87/EC Establishing a System for Greenhouse Gas Emission Allowance Trading within the Union, Decision (EU) 2015/1814 Concerning the Establishment and Operation of a Market Stability Reserve for the Union Greenhouse Gas Emission Trading Scheme and Regulation (EU) 2015/757, COM(2021) 551 final, 14 July 2021.

8 International Maritime Organisation, Fourth Greenhouse Gas Study 2020 (2021). www.imo.org/en/OurWork/Environment/Pages/Fourth-IMO-Greenhouse-Gas-Study-2020.aspx.

9 Regulation (EU) 2021/1119 of the European Parliament and of the Council Establishing the Framework for Achieving Climate Neutrality and Amending Regulations (EC) No 401/2009 and (EU) 2018/1999 (‘European Climate Law’), PE/27/2021/REV/1, 30 June 2021. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/1119/oj.

10 C. Böhringer, C. Fischer, K. E. Rosendahl, T. F. Rutherford, Potential impacts and challenges of border carbon adjustments. Nature Climate Change 2022, 12: 2229.

11 C. Kardish, J. Elbrecht, W. Acworth, Carbon Leakage and Competitiveness: California’s Treatment of Imported Electricity and New Zealand’s Synthetic Greenhouse Gas Levy (International Carbon Action Partnership, 2021). https://icapcarbonaction.com/en/publications/carbon-leakage-and-competitiveness-californias-treatment-imported-electricity-and-new.

12 Regulation (EU) 2023/956 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 10 May 2023 Establishing a Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism, OJ L 130/52, 16 May 2023.

13 See, for example, P. Lamy, G. Pons, I. Garzon, L. Kauffmann, GT8 – Domestic and International Aspects of the EU CBAM: Two Sides of the Same Coin (Europe Jacques Delors, 2022), www.europejacquesdelors.eu/publications/domestic-and-international-aspects-of-the-eu-cbam; C. Galiffa and I. G. Bercero, How WTO-consistent tools can ensure the decarbonization of emission-intensive industrial sectors. American Journal of International Law 2022, 116: 196201.

14 A. Cosbey, S. Droege, C. Fischer, C. Munnings, Developing guidance for implementing border carbon adjustments: Lessons, cautions, and research needs from the literature. Review of Environmental Economics and Policy 2019, 13(1): 322.

15 The share of electricity in final energy consumption is normally considered a measure of the electrification of an energy system. For a comprehensive overview of the concept of electrification and its role in the energy transition, see P. Aalto (ed.), Electrification:Accelerating the Energy Transition (Academic Press/Elsevier, 2021). Unless when differently specified, data in this section refer to EU27 and were taken from Eurostat, Shedding Light on Energy – 2023 Edition, available at https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/interactive-publications/energy-2023#.

16 For an overview of the characteristics and potential of renewable energy sources for electricity generation, see N. May, K. Neuhoff, New technologies on the supply side, in J.-M. Glachant, P. Joskow, M. Pollitt (eds.), Handbook on Electricity Markets (Edward Elgar Publishing, 2021), p. 332; and C. Jones, J. Kneebone, A. Piebalgs, Cost-effective Decarbonisation Study (European University Institute, 2022).

17 European Commission, Communication to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions. Powering a climate-neutral economy: An EU Strategy for Energy System Integration, COM(2022) 299 final, Brussels, 8 July 2020.

18 The interested reader may find a comprehensive overview of the relevant European policy framework and the recent legislative proposals in L. Hancher et al., The EU Green Deal: 2022 Edition (EUI, Technical Report 2022/06, 2022). https://cadmus.eui.eu/handle/1814/75156.

19 M. Fajardy, D. Reiner, Electrification of residential and commercial heating, in J.-M. Glachant, P. L. Joskow, M. O. Pollitt (eds.), Handbook on Electricity Markets (Edward Elgar Publishing, 2021), p. 506.

20 B. Clinton, C. Knittel, K. Metaxoglou, Electrifying transport: Issues and opportunities, in J.-M. Glachant, P. L. Joskow, M. O. Pollitt (eds.), Handbook on Electricity Markets (Edward Elgar Publishing, 2021), p. 463.

21 G. Zachmann, F. Holz, A. Roth, et al., Decarbonisation of Energy: Determining a Robust Mix of Energy Carriers for a Carbon-neutral EU, Study Requested by the ITRE Committee (European Parliament, 2021).

22 Additionally, EU companies have an advantage in some of these technologies, one of the most visible examples being offshore wind, where the EU still plays an important role both in terms of manufacturing and deployment. However, this is not true of other technologies, namely solar photovoltaics. See International Energy Agency, Energy Technology Perspective 2023 (IEA, 2023).

23 N. Rossetto, V. Reif, Digitalization of the electricity infrastructure: A key enabler for the decarbonization and decentralization of the power sector, in J. Montero, M. Finger (eds.), A Modern Guide to the Digitalization of Infrastructure (Edward Elgar Publishing, 2021), p. 217.

24 J. Vasconcelos, EU Electricity Reform (NEWES, 2022).

25 For a back-of-the-envelope calculation of the needed expansion of renewable generation see R. Belmans, P. C. dos Reis, P. Viengerhoets, Electrification and Sustainable Fuels: Competing for Wind and Sun (European University Institute, 2021).

26 In addition to Vasconcelos’ work cited above, the interested reader may look at L. Meeus, C. Batlle, J.-M. Glachant, et al., The 5th EU Electricity Market Reform: A Renewable Jackpot for All Europeans Package? (European University Institute, 2022); J.-M. Glachant, Reforming the EU Internal Electricity Market in the Middle of a Huge Energy Crisis: An Absolute Short-Term Emergency or Preparation for the Future? (European University Institute, 2023).

27 Some studies estimate that the ratio between the expected investment by final users and by energy producers is close to 5:1. See G. Zachmann et al., Decarbonisation of Energy: Determining a Robust Mix of Energy Carriers for a Carbon-neutral EU, Study Requested by the ITRE Committee (European Parliament, 2021), pp. 9899.

28 These are the specific renewable and low-carbon gases that are here defined as ‘clean molecules’, regardless of the modalities and feedstock involved in their generation.

29 S. Alberici, W. Grimme, G. Toop, Biomethane, Production Potentials in the EU: Gas for Climate Report 2022 (European Biogas, 2022). www.europeanbiogas.eu/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/GfC_national-biomethane-potentials_070722.pdf.

31 European Commission, Communication to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions, A Hydrogen Strategy for a Climate-Neutral Europe, Brussels, COM(2020) 301 final, 8 July 2020.

32 Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions, Powering a Climate-Neutral Economy: An EU Strategy for Energy System Integration, COM(2020) 299 final, 8 July 2020.

33 Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions, A Hydrogen Strategy for a Climate-Neutral Europe, Brussels, COM(2020) 301 final, 8 July 2020.

34 The EU hydrogen strategy targets for ‘renewable hydrogen’ refer to hydrogen produced via electrolysis. Electrolysis is the process of splitting water into hydrogen and oxygen molecules; if the process is fuelled by renewable electricity, the hydrogen obtained can be considered ‘renewable hydrogen’.

35 Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions, A Hydrogen Strategy for a Climate-Neutral Europe, Brussels, COM(2020) 301 final, 8 July 2020.

37 Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions, ‘Fit for 55’: Delivering the EU’s 2030 Climate Target on the Way to Climate Neutrality, COM(2021) 550 final, 14 July 2021.

38 Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions REpowerEU: Joint European Action for More Affordable, Secure and Sustainable Energy, COM/2022/108 final, 8 March 2022.

39 J. Stones and J. Hamilton, Renewable PPAs and a review of the commodity price spike on renewable hydrogen production costs (2022). https://s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/icis.ada.website.live/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/10183635/Renewable-PPAs-and-a-review-of-the-commodity-price-spike-on-renewable-hydrogen-production-costs.pdf.

41 Belmans et al., Electrification and sustainable fuels: competing for wind and sun (EUI, Energy Working Paper, 2021). https://fsr.eui.eu/publications/?handle=1814/71402.

43 NGEU is covered in further details in a subsequent section.

46 For more details on the complex EU sustainable finance landscape, see European Commission, The European Green Deal Investment Plan and Just Transition Mechanism Explained, 2020. https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/api/files/document/print/en/qanda_20_24/QANDA_20_24_EN.pdf.

47 The six environmental objectives (per article 9) are: ‘climate change mitigation; climate change adaptation; sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources; transition to a circular economy; pollution prevention and control; protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems’.

48 European Commission, Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on European Green Bonds, COM/2021/391 final, 6 July 2021.

49 European Commission, Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 November 2019 on Sustainability‐Related Disclosures in the Financial Services Sector (Text with EEA relevance), PE/87/2019/REV/1, 27 November 2019.

50 Bankinghub.eu, 2022.

51 Bankinghub.eu, 2022; Sustainable Finance Disclosures Regulation article 4.

52 Bankinghub.eu, 2022.

53 CPLC, Report of the High-Level Commission on Carbon Prices. www.carbonpricingleadership.org/report-of-the-highlevel-commission-on-carbon-prices.

3 Environmental Constitutionalism The Implementation Perspective and the Different Souls of the European Green Deal

1 UNHRC, The Human Right to a Safe, Clean, Healthy and Sustainable Environment, Res. A/HRC/48/L.23/Rev.1 (2021).

2 UNHRC, Mandate of the Special Rapporteur on the Promotion and Protection of Human Rights in the Context of Climate Change, Res. A/HRC/48/L.27 (2021).

3 UN General Assembly, The Human Right to a Clean, Healthy and Sustainable Environment, Res A/76/L.75, 26 July 2022.

5 UNHRC, Report of the Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights on the Relationship between Climate Change and Human Rights, A/HRC/10/61 (2009) at p. 7.

7 Footnote Ibid. at para. 45.

8 Footnote Ibid. at para. 96.

9 For a summary, Footnote ibid. at 69.

10 UNHRC, Climate Change and Poverty, A/HRC/41/39 (2019).

11 OHCHR, Frequently Asked Questions on Human Rights and Climate Change, Fact Sheet No. 38 (2021), para. 11.

12 Special Rapporteur on the Right to Development to the Human Rights Council, Climate Change Is a Global Human Rights Threat Multiplier, 17 September 2021. www.ohchr.org/EN/NewsEvents/Pages/DisplayNews.aspx?NewsID=27490&LangID=E.

13 OHCHR, Frequently Asked Questions on Human Rights and Climate Change, Fact Sheet No. 38 (2021).

14 Footnote Ibid. at pp. 2–17.

15 Footnote Ibid. at pp. 19–28.

16 Footnote Ibid. at pp. 29–40.

17 Footnote Ibid. at p. 41.

18 UNHRC, The Right to Development, UN Doc. A/HRC/48/L.18 (2021).

19 OHCHR, Frequently Asked Questions on Human Rights and Climate Change, Fact Sheet No. 38 (2021) at p. 61.

20 UNHRC, The Human Right to a Safe, Clean, Healthy and Sustainable Environment, Res. A/HRC/48/L.23/Rev.1 (2021).

21 UNHRC, Mandate of the Special Rapporteur on the Promotion and Protection of Human Rights in the Context of Climate Change, Res. A/HRC/48/L.27 (2021).

22 Footnote Ibid., preamble.

23 Footnote Ibid., para 1.

24 Footnote Ibid., para. 2(a).

25 Footnote Ibid., para. 2(b).

26 Footnote Ibid., para. 2(c).

27 R. N. Kharasch, The Institutional Imperative (Charterhouse, 1973); J. Pressman, A. Wildavsky, Implementation (University of California Press, 1973).

28 W. F. Baber, R. V. Bartlett, Deliberative Environmental Politics (MIT Press, 2005); W. F. Baber, R. V. Bartlett, Global Democracy and Sustainable Jurisprudence (MIT Press, 2009).

29 D. R. Boyd, The Environmental Rights Revolution (University of British Columbia Press, 2012).

30 For example, the natural experiment to which I refer involves only the decision to entrench a substantive environmental right in a nation’s fundamental law. No level of actual implementation is implied.

31 D. R. Boyd, The Environmental Rights Revolution, p. 58.

32 Footnote Ibid. at p. 68.

33 Footnote Ibid. at pp. 66–67.

34 J. R. May, The case for environmental human rights: recognition, implementation, and outcomes. Cordozo Law Review 2021, 42(3): 9831037.

37 W. F. Baber, R. V. Bartlett, Environmental Human Rights in Earth System Governance (Cambridge University Press, 2020), pp. 5960.

38 P. C. Magalharaes, Explaining the constitutionalization of social rights: Portuguese hypotheses and a cross-national test, in D. J. Galligan, M. Versteeg (eds.), Social and Political Foundations of Constitutions (Cambridge University Press), pp. 432468, at p. 449.

39 Footnote Ibid. at p. 449.

40 W. F. Baber, R. V. Bartlett, Environmental Human Rights in Earth System Governance, p. 60.

41 H. Brunkhorst, Sociological constitutionalism: an evolutionary approach, in P. Blokker, C. Thornhill (eds.), Sociological Constitutionalism (Cambridge University Press), pp. 95133, at p. 114.

42 Footnote Ibid at p. 116.

43 Footnote Ibid at p. 119.

44 K. Kobayashi, Is normative power cosmopolitan: rethinking European unity, norm diffusion, and international political theory. Cooperation and Conflict 2021, 56(2): 181203.

45 Membership in legal traditions is determined by reference to JuriGlobe, the most discriminating such roster. See: www.juriglobe.ca/index-en.html.

46 For a valuable overview, see J. Husa, The Future of Legal Families (2016) at www.doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199935352.013.26.

47 L. B. Orfield, The Growth of Scandinavian Law (University of Pennsylvania Press, 2018), p. 14.

48 Footnote Ibid. at p. 252.

49 F. D. Scott, Sweden: The Nation’s History (Southern Illinois University Press, 1988), p. 61.

50 World Population Review, Most Environmentally Friendly Countries (2023). https://worldpopulationreview.com/country-rankings/most-environmentally-friendly-countries.

51 H. J. Berman, Law and Revolution: The Formation of the Western Legal Tradition (Harvard University Press, 1983).

52 H. J. Berman, Law and Revolution II: The Impact of the Protestant Reformation on the Western Legal Tradition (Harvard University Press, 2003).

53 H. J. Berman, Law and Revolution: The Formation of the Western Legal Tradition (Harvard University Press, 1983), p. 44.

54 Footnote Ibid., especially pp. 545–556.

55 H. J. Berman, Law and Revolution II, pp. 3–54.

56 Footnote Ibid. at p. 57.

57 See R. David, J. E. C. Brierley, Major Legal Systems in the World Today (Stevens & Sons, 1985); J. H. Merryman, R. Perez-Perdomo, The Civil Law Tradition (Stanford University Press, 2007); O. F. Robinson, T. D. Fergus, W. M. Gordon, European Legal History (Butterworths, 1994); A. Watson, The Making of the Civil Law (Harvard University Press, 1981).

58 H. J. Berman, Law and Revolution II, p. 75.

59 Robinson et al., European Legal History, p. 178.

60 Footnote Ibid. at p. 167.

61 David and Brierley, Major Legal Systems in the World Today, p. 67.

62 Merryman and Perez-Perdomo, The Civil Law, p. 33.

63 Watson, The Making of the Civil Law, p. 169.

64 See R. C. Van Caenegem, Judges, Legislators and Professors: Chapters in European Legal History (Cambridge University Press, 1987), especially pp. 50–51.

65 David and Brierley, Major Legal Systems in the World Today, pp. 66–67.

66 For this insight I am indebted to M. R. Damaska, The Faces of Justice and State Authority: A Comparative Approach to the Legal Process (Yale University Press, 1986).

67 G. Golding, ‘A Critical Comparison of the Schemes of the French and German Codes’, Irish Jurist 1971, 6(2): 305322, at p. 311.

68 J. H. Merryman, R. Perez-Perdomo, The Civil Law Tradition (Stanford University Press, 2007), p. 29.

69 Footnote Ibid. at p. 29.

70 Footnote Ibid. at p. 28.

71 David and Brierley, Major Legal Systems in the World Today, p. 92.

72 Robinson et al., European Legal History, p. 268.

73 A. Grab, Napoleon and the Transformation of Europe (Palgrave, 2003), p. 21.

74 See T. T. Arvind, L. Stirton, Explaining the reception of the Code Napoleon in Germany: a fuzzy set qualitative analysis. Legal Studies 2010, 30(1): 129.

75 Footnote Ibid. at p. 5.

76 Damaska, The Faces of Justice and State Authority, p. 183.

77 Robinson et al., European Legal History, p. 165.

78 Watson, The Making of the Civil Law, p. 104.

79 Baber and Bartlett, Environmental Human Rights in Earth System Governance.

80 See C. R. Epp, The Rights Revolution: Lawyers, Activists and the Supreme Court in Comparative Perspective (University of Chicago Press, 1998).

81 Robinson et al., European Legal History, p. 257.

82 Footnote Ibid. at p. 260.

83 S. L. Goren (transl.), The German Civil Code: (as amended to January 1, 1992): And the Introductory Act to the Civil Code of August 15, 1896 (including amendments to January 1, 1992): And the Act on the Liability for Defective Products of December 15, 1989, revised edition (Fred B. Rothman & Co., 1994).

84 P. R. Senn, Why has the German civil code proven so durable? European Journal of Law and Economics 1999, 7(1): 6591.

85 O. W. Holmes Jr., The Common Law (Dover, 1991), p. 1.

86 See Damaska, The Faces of Justice and State Authority, especially chapter 6.

87 C. Gramaglia, Why is there no environmental justice movement in France? Analyze und Kritik 2014, 2: 287313.

88 P. Wenz, Environmental Justice (SUNY Press, 1988).

89 E. L. Rhodes, Environmental Justice in America: A New Paradigm (Indiana University Press, 2003).

90 See Wenz, Environmental Justice, at chapter 6.

91 V. Plumwood, Ecosocial feminism as a general theory of oppression, in C. Merchant (ed.), Key Concepts in Critical Theory: Ecology (Amherst, NY: Humanity Books, 1999).

92 R. Guha, radical environmentalism: a third-world critique, in C. Merchant (ed.), Key Concepts in Critical Theory: Ecology, p. 71.

93 Rhodes, Environmental Justice in America, p. 9.

94 C. Hilson, The visibility of environmental rights in the EU legal order; eurolegalism in action? Journal of European Public Policy 2018, 25(11): 15891609, at p. 1609.

95 See I. Cenevska, A thundering silence: environmental rights in the dialogue between the EU Court of Justice and the European Court of Human Rights. Journal of Environmental Law 2016, 28: 301324.

98 W. F. Baber, R. V. Bartlett, Democracy and climate justice: the unfolding tragedy, in K .K. Bhavnani, J. Foran, P. A. Kurian, D. Munshi (eds.), Climate Futures: Reimaging Global Climate Justice (ZED Publishing, 2019), pp. 143151.

99 M. Bookchin, The Ecology of Freedom: The Emergence and Dissolution of Hierarchy (AK Press, 2005), p. 65.

100 Baber and Bartlett, Environmental Human Rights in Earth System Governance, p. 3.

101 See Baber and Bartlett, Global Democracy and Sustainable Jurisprudence.

102 A. Yildirim, R. Basedow, M. Fiorini, B. Hoekman, EU trade and non-trade objectives: new survey evidence on policy design and effectiveness. Journal of Common Market Studies 2021, 59(3): 556568.

103 L. Christel and R. Gutierrez, Making rights come alive. Journal of Environment & Development 2017, 26(3): 322347.

104 C. Epp, Making Rights Real: Activists, Bureaucrats, and the Creation of the Legalistic State (University of Chicago Press, 2009).

105 L. Zilic, Procedural human rights in environmental cases: principles established in the practice of the European Court of Human Rights. Anali Pravong Fakulteta Univerziteta u Zenici 2019, 12(23): 5367.

4 Avoiding Russia’s Sphere of Influence: The European Union, Energy Supply and Climate Sustainability

1 International Energy Agency, Russia, 2024. www.iea.org/countries/russia.

2 H. Xiao, W. Zhao, Y. Shan, D. Guan, CO2 emission accounts of Russia’s constituent entities 2005–2019. Scientific Data 2021, 8: 172; B. Cooper, Rosneft, Gazprom, and Russia’s Failure to Adopt Green Policies. Policy Note, Foreign Policy Research Institute, 2021.

3 Climate Action Tracker, Russian Federation, 2024. https://climateactiontracker.org/countries/russian-federation.

4 T. Casier, The rise of energy to the top of the EU–Russia agenda: from interdependence to dependence? Geopolitics 2011, 16(3): 536.

5 European Commission to the European Parliament, The European Council, The Council, The European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions, REPowerEU: Joint European Action for More Affordable, Secure and Sustainable Energy, 8.3.2022 COM(2022) 108 final, at p. 1.

7 US Energy Information Administration, Russia, 2024. www.eia.gov/international/analysis/country/RUS.

8 A. Krickovic, When interdependence produces conflict: EU–Russia energy relations as a security dilemma. Contemporary Security Policy 2015, 36(1): 326, at 3–4; O. Lazard, Russia ’s Ukraine invasion and climate change go hand in hand. Commentary, Carnegie Europe. 2022.

9 S. Vakulenko, Shots fired: is an EU–Russia energy war inevitable? 2022. https://carnegieendowment.org/eurasiainsight/87160.

10 European Council, EU Sanctions against Russia Explained. 2024. www.consilium.europa.eu/en/policies/sanctions/restrictive-measures-against-russia-over-ukraine/sanctions-against-russia-explained. On the legality of economic sanctions in international law, see generally A. Z. Marossi and M. R. Bassett (eds.), Economic Sanctions under International Law: Unilateralism, Multilateralism, Legitimacy, and Consequences (TMC Asser Press, 2015).

11 J. F. Adolfsen, F. Kuik, E. M. Lis, T. Schuler, The impact of the war in Ukraine on Euro area energy markets. ECB Economic Bulletin. 2022. www.ecb.europa.eu/pub/economic-bulletin/focus/2022/html/ecb.ebbox202204_01~68ef3c3dc6.en.html.

12 A. Mihailov, Why Bulgaria and Poland can withstand Russia cutting off their gas supply. 17 April 2022. https://theconversation.com/why-bulgaria-and-poland-can-withstand-russia-cutting-off-their-gas-supply-182068.

13 European Commission, A European Green Deal. 2019. https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en.

14 Institute for Energy Economics and Financial Analysis, Accelerating the Transition to a Diverse, Sustainable and Profitable Energy Economy. 2024. https://ieefa.org; I. Bourke, Net zero is the energy answer to Russian aggression. The New Statesman, 24 February 2022; Russian invasion of Ukraine encourages energy transition, self-sufficiency. Oil and Energy Trends 2022, 47(4): 11.

15 A. Godson, King or pawn? Where does REPowerEU leave Europe? 2022. https://eurocities.eu/latest/king-or-pawn-where-does-repowereu-leave-europe.

16 Climate Transparency, Climate Transparency Report: Comparing G20 Climate Action towards Net Zero. 2021.

17 T. Gustafson, Klimat: Russia in the Age of Climate Change (Harvard University Press, 2021).

18 IEA, Russia. 2024. www.iea.org/countries/russia.

19 S. Evans, Analysis: which countries are historically responsible for climate change? Carbon Brief. 2021, www.carbonbrief.org/analysis-which-countries-are-historically-responsible-for-climate-change; H. Ritchie and M. Roser, Russia: CO2 country profile. 2022. https://ourworldindata.org/co2/country/russia.

20 H. A. Conley, C. Newlyn, Climate change will reshape Russia. Centre for Strategic and International Studies. 2021. www.csis.org/analysis/climate-change-will-reshape-russia; Y. Davydova, Record breaking fires in Siberia. 2021. www.greenpeace.org/international/story/49171/russia-record-breaking-fires-siberia.

21 V.-P. Tynkkynen, The Energy of Russia: Hydrocarbon Culture and Climate Change (EE, 2019) at p. 92.

22 N. Sauer, Russia readies to ratify Paris Agreement, warns about renewables ‘absolutism’. 10 July 2019. www.euractiv.com/section/energy/news/russia-readies-to-ratify-paris-agreement-warns-about-renewables-absolutism.

23 Conley and Newlyn, Climate change will reshape Russia.

24 Climate Transparency Report.

25 Climate Action Tracker, Russia.

26 Federal Law No. 296-FZ ‘On Limiting Greenhouse Gas Emissions’, 2 July 2021. Available in English at https://leap.unep.org/countries/ru/national-legislation/federal-law-no-296-fz-limiting-greenhouse-gas-emissions.

27 Climate Action Tracker, Russia.

29 Russia, Law No. N 160-FZ, adopted 1999, lastly amended 2011, UNCTAD Reporter. https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/87/russian-federation-foreign-investment-law.

30 V. Nerets, A. Kazāks, Concerns about investment protection in Russia during its invasion of Ukraine. 18 March 2022. www.sorainen.com/publications/concerns-about-investment-protection-in-russia-during-its-invasion-of-ukraine.

31 Energy Charter Secretariat, Policy Options for the Modernisation of the ECT, CCDEC 2019 08 STR, 6 October 2019, at p. 15.

32 Climate Action Tracker, Russia, 2022.

33 What does Russia’s invasion of Ukraine mean for energy and climate change? Carbon Brief. 25 February 2022, www.carbonbrief.org/qa-what-does-russias-invasion-of-ukraine-mean-for-energy-and-climate-change.

34 M. Jirušek, P. Kuchyňková, The conduct of Gazprom in Central and Eastern Europe: a tool of the Kremlin, or just an adaptable player? East European Politics and Societies 2018, 32(4): 818–844, at p. 819; M. Kofman, A. Fink, D. Gorenburg, et al., Russian military strategy: core tenets and operational concepts. CNA research memorandum, 2021, at p. 26; R. Falkner, B. Buzan, Great Powers, Climate Change, and Global Environmental Responsibilities (Oxford University Press, 2022), p. 174.

35 P. Polak, B. Polakova, Changes in the EU’s geopolitical position and energy doctrine in light of the Ukraine invasion. Society 2022, 59: 254–258, at pp. 254, 256.

36 I. Dreyer, F. Erixon, R. Winkler, The quest for gas market competition fighting Europe’s dependency on Russian gas more effectively. Research Report No. 1/2010, ECIPE Occasional Paper. www.econstor.eu/handle/10419/174707; Krickovic, When interdependence produces conflict, p. 9.

37 P. Wasilewski, Moscow says no decision yet on Lithuania oil link. Reuters. 12 April 2007. www.reuters.com/article/russia-lithuania-refinery-idUKL1231819920070412.

38 Y. Fabrichnaya, Russia says Czech oil supply cut ‘not political’. Reuters. 15 July 2008. www.reuters.com/article/czech-russia-oil-idUSL1451616820080714.

39 S. Pirani, J. Stern, K. Yafimava, The Russo-Ukrainian Gas Dispute of January 2009: A Comprehensive Assessment (Oxford Institute for Energy Studies, 2009).

40 Tynkkynen, The Energy of Russia, p. 77.

41 European Commission, Third Energy Package, 2009; Jirušek and Kuchyňková, The conduct of Gazprom in Central and Eastern Europe, p. 819; R. Korteweg, Energy as a tool of foreign policy of authoritarian states, in particular Russia. European Parliament Paper, 2018, p. 31.

42 Polak and Polakova, Changes in the EU’s geopolitical position, p. 255.

43 IEA, A 10-point plan to reduce the European Union’s reliance on Russian natural gas. 2022, p. 1. www.iea.org/reports/a-10-point-plan-to-reduce-the-european-unions-reliance-on-russian-natural-gas.

45 Russia tensions lead Germany to seek alternative gas supplies. Oil and Energy Trends 2022, 47(4): 6.

46 What does Russia’s invasion of Ukraine mean for energy and climate change? Carbon Brief. 25 February 2022. www.carbonbrief.org/qa-what-does-russias-invasion-of-ukraine-mean-for-energy-and-climate-change.

47 Russian invasion of Ukraine, 11; M. Wijffelaars, E.-J. van Harn, Ukraine war poses a threat to EU industry. 12 April 2022. https://economics.rabobank.com/publications/2022/april/ukraine-war-revives-supply-chain-crisis.

48 Footnote Ibid. at p. 2.

49 Footnote Ibid. at p. 3.

51 Footnote Ibid. at p. 4.

53 European Commission, Communication to the European Parliament et al., REPowerEU: Joint European Action for More Affordable, Secure and Sustainable Energy, COM(2022) 108 final, 2022, at p. 10.

55 Footnote Ibid. at p. 7.

56 Russian invasion of Ukraine, p. 11.

57 Footnote Ibid. at p. 4.

58 Footnote Ibid., p 11.

59 European Council, How Russia’s war in Ukraine has impacted markets: EU leaders agree on oil ban and priorities to strengthen the EU’s energy independence. 2022. www.consilium.europa.eu/en/policies/eu-response-ukraine-invasion/how-russia-s-war-in-ukraine-has-impacted-markets.

60 Russian invasion of Ukraine, p. 11.

62 J. Kneebone, I. Cont, A First Look at REPowerEU: The European Commission’s Plan for Energy Independence from Russia. European University Institute. 2022.

63 Polak and Polakova, Changes in the EU’s geopolitical position, p. 255; K. Abnett, EU Energy Chief tells companies not to sign new Russian LNG deals. Reuters. 9 March 2023. www.reuters.com/business/energy/eu-energy-chief-tells-companies-not-sign-new-russian-lng-deals-2023-03-09.

64 M. Grinberg, Wartime commercial policy and trade between enemies. International Security 2021, 46(1): 952.

65 Russian invasion of Ukraine, p. 11; Impact of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine on oil and gas sector. Oil and Energy Trends 2022, 47(4), at pp. 3 and 5.

66 Korteweg, Energy as a tool of foreign policy of authoritarian states, in particular Russia, p. 4; see also Jirušek and Kuchyňková, The conduct of Gazprom in Central and Eastern Europe, p. 834.

67 Taylor v Caldwell [1863] 3 B & S 826.

68 Opened for signature 11 April 1980, entered into force 1 January 1988.

69 Fibrosa Spolka Akcyjna v. Fairbairn Lawson Combe Barbour Ltd [1943] AC 32; Ertel Bieber & Co v. Rio Tinto Co Ltd [1918] AC 260.

70 UN Security Council Resolution 687/1991 of 3 April 1991.

71 UN General Assembly, Humanitarian Consequences of the Aggression against Ukraine, Doc. A/RES/ES-11/2, 8 March 2022; European Council, Conclusions on the Russian Military Aggression against Ukraine, 24 March 2022.

72 J.-F. Lalive, International organization and neutrality. British Yearbook of International Law 1947, 24: 72.

73 European Council, EU response to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. 2022. www.consilium.europa.eu/en/policies/eu-response-ukraine-invasion.

74 Impact of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine on oil and gas sector, p. 5.

75 N. Ronzitti, Italy’s non-belligerency during the Iraqi war, in M. Ragazzi (ed.), International Responsibility Today (Brill, 2005), p. 198.

76 F. R. Coudert, Non-belligerency in international law. Virginia Law Review 1942, 29(2): 143151, at p. 143; Ronzitti, Italy’s non-belligerency during the Iraqi war, pp. 198–200.

77 J. Crawford, Second Report on State Responsibility. UN Doc. A/ CN.4/ 498 and Add. 1–4 (1999) II(1) Yearbook of the International Law Commission 3, at pp. 58–59, para. 223.

78 Payment of Various Serbian Loans Issued in France (France v. Serbia) (Judgment) [1929] PCIJ Series A No 20, 3, at pp. 39–40; Brazilian Loans (France v. Brazil) (Judgment) [1929] PCIJ Series A No 21 94, at 120.

79 Despite limited practice, the International Law Commission considers that not only States, but also international organisations – and thus the EU ― can can invoke necessity as a circumstance precluding wrongfulness under international law (see, in particular, G. Gaja, Fourth Report on the Responsibility of International Organisations. UN Doc. A/CN.4/564, p. 111 at para. 35).

80 See F. Birol, What does the current global energy crisis mean for energy investment? 13 May 2022. www.iea.org/commentaries/what-does-the-current-global-energy-crisis-mean-for-energy-investment; A. Vaughan, The first global energy crisis. New Scientist, 2022, 253(3379): 18. ICSID tribunals have considered that economic and social stability, as well as the provision of essential services, in times of economic crisis amount to an ‘essential interest’ under DASR article 25 (LG & E Energy Corp., LG & E Capital Corp. and LG & E International Inc. v. Argentine Republic, ICSID Case No. ARB/02/1, Award of 3 October 2006, at para. 257; Total SA v. Argentine Republic (Decision on Liability of 27 December 2010), ICSID Case No ARB/04/1, at paras. 345 and 484.

81 G.-E. Karagianni, A Greek initiative for an EU energy crisis solidarity facility. 28 February 2022. https://eu-sysflex.com/a-greek-initiative-for-an-eu-energy-crisis-solidarity-facility. This approach may be reinforced by consistent arguments, such as the ‘essential elements’ human rights clause that the EU invokes in the negotiation of its most recent international trade agreements, whereby the possibility of opening up cross-border trade and investment is increasingly linked to respect for fundamental rights (see J. Zamfir, Human Rights in EU Trade Agreements: The Human Rights Clause and Its Application, Doc. PE 637.975, 2019).

82 Conley and Newlyn, Climate change will reshape Russia.

5 The USA and Climate Policies Patterns and Progress in Compounded Muddling

1 Although Churchill apparently never said it, the sentiments seem Churchillian. The original version, which did not single out Americans, can be found in a speech by Abba Eban at the United Nations in June 1967: ‘Men and nations do act wisely when they have exhausted all the other possibilities.’

2 A. de Tocqueville, trans. H. Reeve, Democracy in America (Schocken Books, 1961).

3 J. Boswell, The Life of Samuel Johnson (1791), entry for 19 September 1777: ‘When a man knows he is to be hanged in a fortnight, it concentrates his mind wonderfully.’

4 Many other nations will provide it company, of course – the United States is failing, but so is nearly every other country to greater and lesser degrees.

5 W. F. Baber, R. V. Bartlett, Consensus and Global Environmental Governance: Deliberative Democracy in Nature’s Regime (MIT Press, 2015).

6 A. Clark, F. Justwan, J. E. Carlisle, M. Clark, Polarization politics and hopes for a green agenda in the United States. Environmental Politics 2020, 29(4): 719745.

7 M. C. Abraham-Dukuma, M. O. Dioha, F. N. Okpaleke, N. Bogado, Improving the climate change mitigation regime of major emitting countries: the case of South Africa, China, Germany, and the United States of America. Environmental Policy and Governance 2022, 32(1): 4355.

8 See Chapter 17 by Alogna, Arnould and Holzhausen in this volume.

9 S. K. Fairfax, L. Gwin, M. A. King, L. Raymond, L. A. Watt, Buying Nature: The Limits of Land Acquisition as a Conservation Strategy, 1780–2004 (MIT Press, 2005); R. Brewer, Conservancy: The Land Trust Movement in America (Dartmouth College Press, 2004).

10 The word ‘smog’, originally a portmanteau of ‘smoke’ and ‘fog’, became scientifically understood as something hardly involving fog at all, but rather as consisting of photochemical haze resulting from the action of ultraviolet sunlight on hydrocarbons and nitrous oxides in the air.

11 42 USC ch. 85.

12 These long-term trends did waver up and down during and after recessions, but were minimally affected by shifts in control of the national government from one party to another, or divided control.

13 After 1990, and especially after 2009, efficiency policy adoption and revisions were increasingly motivated by the dual goals of energy independence and greenhouse gas emission reduction.

14 M. Mildenberger, Development of climate institutions in the United States. Environmental Politics 2021, 30(1–2): 7192.

15 Pub L. 94–163, 89 Stat. 871.

16 Many additional reversals and rollbacks were proposed but rejected by the courts because of procedural deficiencies in the way they were adopted, and many were adopted in the latter days of the administration and were duly abandoned by the incoming Biden administration before they could go into force.

17 See Chapter 3 by Baber in this volume.

18 And just as implementation of ratified treaties by the United States has been. The United States has a record of not ratifying many multilateral international treaties, including some environmental ones for which it took the lead in negotiations, because ratification requires a super-majority of the U.S. Senate. But, at the same time, the United States also has one of the best records of all countries in implementing treaties once it ratifies them.

19 E. Bomberg, The 2020 US election and its climate consequences. Environmental Politics 2021, 20(5): 854862.

20 United States of America, The United States’ Nationally Determined Contribution—Reducing Greenhouse Gases in the United States: A 2030 Emissions Target, 22 November 2021 (United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change website, NDC Registry. www4.unfccc.int/sites/NDCStaging/Pages/All.aspx).

21 Footnote Ibid. at p. 2.

22 Introduced by Peter DeFazio (D-OR) as H.R. 3684 of 2021–2022; Introduced by John Yarmuth (D-KY) as H.R. 5376 of 2021–2022.

23 Pub L. 117–58, 135 Stat. 429.

24 J. D. Jenkins, E. N. Mayfield, R. Jones, et al., Summary Report: The Climate Impacts of Congressional Infrastructure and Budget Bills. REPEAT Project, Princeton, NJ. 28 February 2022. doi:10.5281/zenodo.6311986.

26 Pub L. 117–169, 136 Stat. 1818.

27 J. D. Jenkins, E. N. Mayfield, J. Farbes, et al., Preliminary Report: The Climate and Energy Impacts of the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022. REPEAT Project, Princeton, NJ, 12 August 2022.

28 S. Osaka, Why the Climate Bill’s impact might not match what many expect: models could be over- (or under-!) estimating the climate impact of the Inflation Reduction Act. Washington Post, 12 August 2022.

29 S. Sengupta, What the US Climate Law means for the world. New York Times, 19 August 2022.

30 J. Eilperin, B. Dennis, J. Muyskens, Tracking Biden’s environmental actions. Washington Post, 26 May 2022.

31 L. Friedman, J. Tankersley, After signing Climate Bill, Biden plans more actions to cut emissions. New York Times, 19 August 2022.

32 E. Flitter, There’s a new cop on the banking beat: Chief Climate Risk Officer. New York Times, 12 September 2022.

33 A. Chiu, Massachusetts just passed a massive climate and clean energy bill. Washington Post, 11 August 2022.

34 L. Stokes, Short Circuiting Policy: Interest Groups and the Battle over Clean Energy and Climate Policy in the American States (Oxford University Press, 2020).

35 W. F. Baber, R. V. Bartlett. Democratic Norms of Earth System Governance: Deliberative Politics in the Anthropocene (Cambridge University Press, 2021).

36 S. Park, The politics of 21st century environmental disaster. Environmental Politics 2022, 31(1): 17.

37 J. W. Kingdon, Agendas, Alternatives, and Public Policies, updated edition (Pearson, 2010).

38 I. Bremmer, The Power of Crisis (Simon and Schuster, 2022).

39 Published by Orbit, 2020.

40 C. F. Sabel, D. G. Victor, Fixing the Climate: Strategies for an Uncertain World (Princeton University Press, 2022).

41 Baber and Bartlett. Democratic Norms of Earth System Governance.

6 Great Expectations Challenges to the Implementation of Climate Policies in Latin America and the Caribbean

Note: GHG, greenhouse gas; NDC, nationally determined contributions.

1 The World Bank, Land area (sq. km) – Latin America & Caribbean, 2022. https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/AG.LND.TOTL.K2?end=2020&locations=ZJ&start=1961&view=chart.

2 L. Baumgartner, R. Carman, Y. Jo, Latin America and the Caribbean – The State of Climate Ambition. June 2022, United Nations Development Programme. https://climatepromise.undp.org/sites/default/files/research_report_document/Climate%20Ambition-LAC-ENG_v6.pdf.

3 Statista Research Department, América Latina y el Caribe – Datos estadísticos. 10 July 2022. https://es.statista.com/temas/5605/america-latina-y-el-caribe.

4 Given the different approaches to defining the LAC, certain inconsistencies may appear between figures relating to the area depending on how the source defines the LAC.

5 Or 640 million for Statista (Statista Research Department, América Latina y el Caribe – Datos estadísticos. 10 July 2022), and 652 for the World Bank (World Bank, Latin America & Caribbean, 2022).

6 US$5.49 trillion, according to the World Bank (World Bank, Latin America & Caribbean, 2022) and US$4.8 trillion for Statista (Statista Research Department, América Latina y el Caribe – Datos estadísticos. 10 July 2022).

7 CEPALSTAT, Perfil Regional Económico – CEPALSTAT Bases de Datos Y Publicaciones Estadísticas. (2021). https://statistics.cepal.org/portal/cepalstat/perfil-regional.html?theme=2&lang=es. Or $8,340 for Statista (Statista Research Department, América Latina y el Caribe – Datos estadísticos. 10 July 2022) and the World Bank (World Bank, Latin America & Caribbean, 2022).

8 Latin American Network Information Center, Countries in Latin America & the Caribbean. 2015. http://lanic.utexas.edu/subject/countries/index.html.

9 World Bank, Latin America & Caribbean, 2022.

10 United Nations Statistics Division, Regional Groupings Used in Report and Statistical Annex. 2022. https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/indicators/regional-groups.

11 Anguilla, Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Bonaire, Sint Eustatius and Saba, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Cuba, Curaçao, Dominica, Dominican Republic, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Haiti, Jamaica, Martinique, Montserrat, Puerto Rico, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, Sint Maarten, Trinidad and Tobago, Turks and Caicos Islands, and United States Virgin Islands.

12 Belize, Honduras, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Mexico, Nicaragua, and Panama.

13 Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, French Guiana, Malvinas or Falkland Islands, South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands, Guyana, Paraguay, Peru, Suriname, Uruguay, and Venezuela.

14 Under President Jair Bolsonaro, in 2020 Brazil pulled out of CELAC. Ahead of the elections that took place in October 2022, presidential candidate Luiz Inácio Lula Da Silva had indicated that, if elected – polls at that point put him ahead by a margin (Harrison 2022) that turned out to be much smaller – he would reintegrate Brazil into CELAC and other regional and international initiatives (Revista Fórum, Leia a íntegra do discurso de Lula no lançamento da chapa com Alckmin. Brasil de Fato, 7 May 2022. www.brasildefato.com.br/2022/05/07/leia-a-integra-do-discurso-de-lula-no-lancamento-da-chapa-com-alckmi). Later in this chapter, we draw on his post-victory speech which is consistent with these election promises.

15 SELA, CELAC – Estados Miembros. The UN Development Programme follows this exact definition. See, for instance, United Nations Development Programme, Country insights. Human Development Reports, 2022. https://hdr.undp.org/data-center/country-insights#/ranks. United Nations Development Programme, Regional snapshot: Latin America and the Caribbean. 19 July 2022. https://climatepromise.undp.org/research-and-reports/regional-snapshot-latin-america-and-caribbean.

16 Agencia EFE, La UE estudia cómo celebrar cumbre con A. Latina al faltar Brasil en CELAC. SwissInfo. 1 October 2021. www.swissinfo.ch/spa/ue-latinoam%C3%A9rica_la-ue-estudia-c%C3%B3mo-celebrar-cumbre-con-a-latina-al-faltar-brasil-en-celac/46995970.

17 A. Ayuso, CIDOB – Claves para Reactivar la Asociación UE-CELAC y Encauzar la Globalización del Futuro. March 2021. www.cidob.org/ca/publicacions/series_de_publicacio/notes_internacionals/247/claves_para_reactivar_la_asociacion_ue_celac_y_encauzar_la_globalizacion_del_futuro.

18 Our World in Data, Income inequality. October 2021. https://ourworldindata.org/income-inequality.

19 Department of Economic and Social Affairs, World Social Report 2020: Inequality in a Rapidly Changing World (United Nations, 2020).

20 UNDP, Regional Human Development Report 2021. 22 June 2021. www.undp.org/latin-america/publications/regional-human-development-report-2021-trapped-high-inequality-and-low-growth-latin-america-and-caribbean. According to other sources, LAC has the highest income inequality rate. Unfortunately, LAC shares the highest place in income inequality, with two of the biggest countries by GDP and population, Mexico and Brazil, among the world’s most unequal, with 10% of their respective populations holding close to 60% of the income.

21 World Bank, Global Economic Prospects. 7 June 2022. www.worldbank.org/en/publication/global-economic-prospects

22 The Gini index, as defined in the OECD glossary, ‘measures the extent to which the distribution of income (or, in some cases, consumption expenditure) among individuals or households within an economy deviates from a perfectly equal distribution’, with a Gini index of zero representing perfect equality (Directorate, OECD Statistics, Gini index. OECD Glossary of Statistical Terms. 16 February 2006. https://stats.oecd.org/glossary/detail.asp?ID=4842).

23 CEPAL, Población en Situación de Pobreza Extrema y Pobreza Según área Geográfica. 1 April 2022. https://statistics.cepal.org/portal/cepalstat/dashboard.html?indicator_id=3328&area_id=927&lang=es.

24 CEPAL, Economía del cambio climático en América Latina y el Caribe. 23 May 2019. www.cepal.org/es/infografias/economia-cambio-climatico-america-latina-caribe.

25 EPA, Climate change indicators: global greenhouse gas emissions. 1 August 2022. www.epa.gov/climate-indicators/climate-change-indicators-global-greenhouse-gas-emissions.

26 Climate Watch, Latin America and the Caribbean. 2022. www.climatewatchdata.org/ghg-emissions?end_year=2019&regions=LAC&start_year=1990.

27 IPCC, Climate Change 2022: mitigation of climate change. IPCC Sixth Assessment Report. 2022. www.ipcc.ch/report/ar6/wg3.

28 The UN Development Programme calculates that the region accounts for 8.1% of global greenhouse gas emissions, including from the land use, land-use change, and forestry (LULUCF) sector.

29 Organización Meteorológica Mundial, El estado del clima en América Latina y el Caribe 2020. 17 August 2021. https://public.wmo.int/es/resources/library/el-estado-del-clima-en-am%C3%A9rica-latina-y-el-caribe-2020.

31 D. Mora Díaz, Cambio climático: América Latina será una de las regiones más afectadas. Noticias ONU. 17 August 2021. https://news.un.org/es/story/2021/08/1495582.

32 UNFCCC Secretariat, La megasequía, el deshielo de los glaciares, las precipitaciones extremas y la deforestación acarrean graves efectos en América Latina y el Caribe. 22 July 2022. https://unfccc.int/es/news/la-megasequia-el-deshielo-de-los-glaciares-las-precipitaciones-extremas-y-la-deforestacion-acarrean.

33 Created to enact Article 4, paragraph 12 of the Paris Agreement.

34 J. L. Samaniego, Panorama de las actualizaciones de las contribuciones determinadas a nivel nacional de cara a la COP 26. Comisión Económica para América Latina y el Caribe.

35 UN Climate Change, Nationally Determined Contributions Registry. 2022. https://unfccc.int/NDCREG.

36 This is not to imply or suggest that Costa Rica is not worth attending to. The country showcases some of the best practices in the region. However, our focus in this chapter seeks to be comprehensive of the largest emitters, as good climate policies coming from them will have a greater net impact.

37 Climate Watch, Latin America and the Caribbean.

38 Crippa et al., GHG Emissions of All World Countries.

39 P. Schechter, J. Cortiñas, Will Latin America listen to climate change warnings? BRINK – Conversations and Insights on Global Business. 6 September 2021. www.brinknews.com/will-latin-america-listen-to-the-climate-change-warnings.

40 J. M. Cullell, El programa electoral de Lula da Silva: subidas de impuestos a los ricos y protección a las minorías. El País, 30 October 2022. https://elpais.com/internacional/2022-10-30/el-programa-electoral-de-lula-da-silva-subidas-de-impuestos-a-los-ricos-y-proteccion-a-las-minorias.html.

41 I. Tiseo, Largest emitters of CO2 worldwide 2020. Statista. 27 July 2022. www.statista.com/statistics/271748/the-largest-emitters-of-co2-in-the-world.

42 M. Schreiber, Pressionado, Bolsonaro promete na Cúpula do Clima dobrar recursos para repressão ao desmatamento. BBC News Brasil. 22 April 2021. www.bbc.com/portuguese/internacional-56848474.

43 S. Branford, M. Torres, ‘As climate summit unfolds, no Biden–Bolsonaro Amazon deal forthcoming. Mongabay News. 22 April 2021. https://news.mongabay.com/2021/04/as-climate-summit-unfolds-no-biden-bolsonaro-amazon-deal-forthcoming.

44 C. Herrera, M. Martinez, A. Maxwell, Latin America at the Leaders Summit on Climate. NRDC. 23 April 2021. www.nrdc.org/experts/carolina-herrera/latin-america-leaders-summit-climate.

45 K. Baragwanath, Lula’s victory in Brazil comes just in time to save the Amazon – can he do it?’ The Conversation. 2 November 2022, Australia and New Zealand edition. https://theconversation.com/lulas-victory-in-brazil-comes-just-in-time-to-save-the-amazon-can-he-do-it-193618.

46 Concretely, Colombia has descended from being the fourth to the sixth largest emitter.

47 UN Climate Change, COP26: Update to the NDC Synthesis Report. 4 November 2021. https://unfccc.int/news/cop26-update-to-the-ndc-synthesis-report.

48 A direct reading of the NDC Registry reveals that the only commitment Venezuela made in November 2021 was to reduce emissions by 20% by 2030 with respect to a business as usual (that is, were it to take no action) scenario. This same pledge was present in the country’s initial NDC from 2015, and thus there is no improvement.

49 Miranda, Tania, Nationally Determined Contributions Across the Americas: A Comparative Hemispheric Analysis. Full information at https://iamericas.org/nationally-determined-contributions-across-the-americas-a-comparative-hemispheric-analysis.

51 Baumgartner et al., Latin America and the Caribbean.

52 Miranda, Nationally determined contributions.

53 Baumgartner et al., Latin America and the Caribbean.

54 United Nations Development Programme, Country insights. Human Development Reports. 2022. https://hdr.undp.org/data-center/country-insights#/ranks. United Nations Development Programme, Regional snapshot: Latin America and the Caribbean. 19 July 2022.

55 ‘Pre-industrial’ is understood as ‘the multi-century period prior to the onset of large-scale industrial activity around 1750’. The reference period between 1850 and 1900 is used to approximate the pre-industrial global mean surface temperature (IPCC, Global Warming of 1.5°C Special Report– Summary for Policymakers (2018)); UNFCCC. 2022. Paris Agreement, opened for signature 22 April 2016, entered into force 4 November 2016.

56 CEPAL, América Latina y el Caribe 2022.

57 Which is expected to host some 40% of the total world population by around 2100.

58 Banco Mundial, Población Entre 0 y 14 Años de Edad (% Del Total) – Latin America & Caribbean. 2022. https://datos.bancomundial.org/indicador/SP.POP.0014.TO.ZS?end=2021&locations=ZJ&name_desc=false&start=2021&type=shaded&view=map.

59 World Meteorological Organization, State of the climate in Latin America and the Caribbean 2020. 13 August 2021. https://public.wmo.int/en/resources/library/state-of-climate-latin-america-and-caribbean-2020.

60 CEPAL, Forest loss in Latin America and the Caribbean from 1990 to 2020: the statistical evidence. 9 August 2021. www.cepal.org/en/publications/47152-forest-loss-latin-america-and-caribbean-1990-2020-statistical-evidence.

61 Asociación Latinoamericana de Integración, Asociación latinoamericana de libre comercio (ALALC). 2021. www.aladi.org/sitioaladi/alalc.

62 Secretaría General de la Comunidad Andina, ¿Quiénes somos? 2021. www.comunidadandina.org/quienes-somos.

63 Secretaría Permanente, Sistema Económico Latinoamericano y del Caribe, ¿Qué es el SELA? 2022). www.sela.org/es/que-es-el-sela.

64 Secretaría General, Asociación Latinoamericana de Integración, ¿Quiénes somos? 20 August 2021. www.aladi.org/sitioaladi/quienes-somos-2.

65 Secretaria do MERCOSUL, Objetivos do MERCOSUL. 2022. www.mercosur.int/pt-br/quem-somos/objetivos-do-mercosul.

66 Alianza Bolivariana para los pueblos de nuestra América – Tratado de comercio de los pueblos, Historia del ALBA-TCP. 2022. www.albatcp.org/historia.

67 Secretaría Permanente – Sistema económico latinoamericano y Del Caribe, Cumbres regionales – UNASUR. 2015. http://s017.sela.org/es/cumbres-regionales/unasur.

68 Foro para el Progreso e Integración de América del Sur, Sobre PROSUR. 2022. https://foroprosur.org/sobre-prosur.

69 Secretaría Permanente, Sistema Económico Latinoamericano y del Caribe.

70 UNEP, Our work in Latin America and the Caribbean. 24 October 2017. www.unep.org/regions/latin-america-and-caribbean/our-work-latin-america-and-caribbean.

71 In 2021, LAC suffered the sharpest year-on-year decline of any region since the Democracy Index began recording data (2006), especially in the ‘political culture’ category. There is ‘growing scepticism about the ability of democratic governments to address the region’s problems and about growing tolerance for authoritarian governance’ and a weakening commitment to democratic political culture which has permitted ‘the growth of illiberal populists such as … Bolsonaro in Brazil … Lopez Obrador in Mexico or … Bukele in El Salvador, as well as fostering authoritarian regimes in Nicaragua and Venezuela’ (Economist Intelligence Unit, Democracy Index 2021: the China challenge. 9 February 2022. www.eiu.com/n/campaigns/democracy-index-2021).

72 Only two LAC States appear in the list of ‘fully democratic’ countries, while 11 are classified as ‘flawed democracies’, 7 as ‘hybrid regimes’, and 3 as ‘authoritarian regimes’. Under this perspective, in a full democracy ‘not only basic political freedoms and civil liberties are respected, but also tend to be underpinned by a political culture conducive to the flourishing of democracy. The functioning of government is satisfactory. Media are independent and diverse. There is an effective system of checks and balances. The judiciary is independent and judicial decisions are enforced. There are only limited problems in the functioning of democracies’ (Economist Intelligence Unit, Democracy Index 2021: the China challenge).

73 T. Fonfara, B. Storino, A. Fochesatto, A. Rosetto, La disolución de la unasur: un análisis desde el realismo. Córdoba Global – Centro de Estudios Internacionales. 9 September 2019. https://cbaglobal.com.ar/la-disolucion-de-la-unasur-un-analisis-desde-el-realismo.

74 Secretaría de Relaciones Exteriores, Gobierno de México, La presidencia pro tempore de México en la CELAC. 27 December 2021.

75 Argentina asume el liderazgo de la CELAC, en medio de tensión, El Universal. 8 January 2022. www.eluniversal.com.mx/mundo/argentina-asume-el-liderazgo-de-la-celac-en-medio-de-tension.

76 Agencia EFE, La UE estudia cómo celebrar cumbre con A.Latina al faltar Brasil en CELAC. SwissInfo. 1 October 2021. www.swissinfo.ch/spa/ue-latinoam%C3%A9rica_la-ue-estudia-c%C3%B3mo-celebrar-cumbre-con-a-latina-al-faltar-brasil-en-celac/46995970.

77 P. Silva Barros, Brasil: un extraño en su propio continente – Latinoamérica 21. Latinoamérica 21. 18 September 2021. https://latinoamerica21.com/es/brasil-un-extrano-en-su-propio-continente.

78 A. Taglioni, Lula y AMLO acordaron potenciar la Celac y construir una agenda regional en el G20. La Política Online. 3 March 2022. www.lapoliticaonline.com/mexico/internacionales-mx/lula-y-amlo-acordaron-potenciar-la-cela-y-construir-una-agenda-regional-en-el-g20.

79 C. Molina, Sánchez anuncia una cumbre entre la Unión Europea y América Latina para 2023. Público. 24 August 2022. www.publico.es/politica/sanchez-anuncia-cumbre-union-europea-y-america-latina-2023.html.

80 R. García, ‘Argentina asume liderazgo de Celac en medio de tensión por DD.HH en la region. SwissInfo. 7 January 2022. www.swissinfo.ch/spa/celac-reuni%C3%B3n_argentina-asume-liderazgo-de-celac-en-medio-de-tensi%C3%B3n-por-dd-hh-en-la-regi%C3%B3n/47246072.

81 O. Rosales, La convergencia entre Alianza del Pacífico y MERCOSUR: potencial y conflictos. Real Instituto Elcano. 6 February 2020. www.realinstitutoelcano.org/documento-de-trabajo/la-convergencia-entre-alianza-del-pacifico-y-mercosur-potencial-y-conflictos.

82 Council of the European Union, EU–CELAC Action Plan 2015. 11 June 2015. www.consilium.europa.eu/media/23757/eu-celac-action-plan.pdf.

83 European Economic and Social Committee Press Unit, Civil society strengthens dialogue between the European Union, Latin America and the Caribbean despite the Postponement of the EU–CELAC Summit. 5 October 2017. www.eesc.europa.eu/en/news-media/press-releases/civil-society-strengthens-dialogue-between-european-union-latin-america-and-caribbean-despite-postponement-eu-celac.

84 European External Action Service, EU–CELAC relations. 16 July 2018. www.eeas.europa.eu/node/13042_en.

85 General Secretariat of the Council of the European Union, EU–Latin America and Caribbean Leaders’ Meeting via Video Conference, 2 December 2021. European Council – Council of the European Union. 2 December 2021. www.consilium.europa.eu/en/meetings/international-summit/2021/12/02.

86 M. D. Lenzu, Reunión ministerial UE–CELAC, 27 de Octubre de 2022. Consejo de La Unión Europea. 27 October 2022. www.consilium.europa.eu/es/meetings/international-ministerial-meetings/2022/10/27.

87 AFP, La UE plantea cumbre con América Latina y Caribe para 2023. France 24. 4 May 2022. www.france24.com/es/minuto-a-minuto/20220504-la-ue-plantea-cumbre-con-am%C3%A9rica-latina-y-caribe-para-2023.

88 Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Comercio Internacional y Culto, Cafiero con miembros de Eurolat: ‘Desde la CELAC, Argentina quiere ampliar y fortalecer lazos con la Unión Europea’. Cancillería, Gobierno Argentino. 13 April 2022. www.cancilleria.gob.ar/es/actualidad/noticias/cafiero-con-miembros-de-eurolat-desde-la-celac-argentina-quiere-ampliar-y.

89 Molina, Sánchez anuncia una cumbre entre la Unión Europea y América Latina para 2023.

90 Euroclimaplus Secretariat, A flagship programme of the European Union in Latin America. 2020. www.euroclima.org/en/home-en/about-the-programme.

91 Secretariado de Euroclima+2022, 1.2. ¿Qué es EUROCLIMA+? Informe Anual Euroclima+ 2022. 2022. https://informeanual2022.euroclima.org/1-euroclima-en-el-periodo-2021-2022/que-es-euroclima.

92 Secretariado de Euroclima, 1.3. El Programa en la actualidad. Euroclima, Informe Anual 2022. 2022. https://informeanual2022.euroclima.org/1-euroclima-en-el-periodo-2021-2022/el-programa-en-la-actualidad.

93 Secretariado de Euroclima+, Acerca del Programa. 2021. www.euroclima.org/inicio-es/quienes-somos.

94 D. Stubbs, The climate opportunity: getting ahead of Latin America’s net-zero transition. JP Morgan Insights. 15 April 2022. https://privatebank.jpmorgan.com/gl/en/insights/investing/the-climate-opportunity-getting-ahead-of-latin-americas-net-zero-transition.

95 Unfortunately, the same cannot be said of the second largest country in the region, Mexico, which will be muddled in inaction at least until 2024 (while López Obrador is president), notwithstanding efforts by the Biden administration to encourage greater climate ambition from the United States’ southern neighbor (S. Lewis, K. Madry, A. Ellis, COP 27-Mexico to make major climate commitment, says John Kerry. Reuters. 2 November 2022. www.reuters.com/business/cop/cop-27-mexico-make-major-climate-commitment-says-john-kerry-2022-11-02).

7 What Does ‘Green’ Mean for a Green Belt and Road?

1 C. Nedopil, Countries of the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) (Shanghai, Green Finance & Development Center, FISF Fudan University, 2024). https://greenfdc.org/countries-of-the-belt-and-road-initiative-bri.

2 H. Yu, Motivation behind China’s ‘One Belt, One Road’ initiatives and establishment of the Asian infrastructure investment bank. Journal of Contemporary China 2017, 26: 353.

3 A. C. Hughes, A. M. Lechner, A. Chitov, et al., Horizon scan of the Belt and Road Initiative. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 2020, 35: 583593.

4 J. Ma and S. Zadek, Decarbonizing the Belt and Road: a green finance roadmap. 2019. www.vivideconomics.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/BRI_Exec_Summary_v13-screen_hi.pdf.

5 K. C. Seto, S. J. Davis, R. B. Mitchell, et al., Carbon lock-in: types, causes, and policy implications. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 2016, 41: 425452.

6 A. C. Hughes, Understanding and minimizing environmental impacts of the Belt and Road Initiative. Conservation Biology 2019, 33: 883894.

7 F. Ascensão, L. Fahrig, A. P. Clevenger, et al., Environmental Challenges for the Belt and Road Initiative. Nature Sustainability 2018, 1: 206209; Hughes et al., Horizon scan of the Belt and Road Initiative, p. 583.

8 Hughes, Understanding and minimizing environmental impacts, p. 883.

9 Ministry of Commerce and Ministry of Environmental Protection of China, Guidelines for Environmental Protection in Overseas Investment and Co-operation 《对外投资合作环境保护指南》. 2013. www.mofcom.gov.cn/article/b/bf/201302/20130200039930.shtml.

10 Ministry of Commerce, Interpretation of the Guidance on Environmental Protection in Foreign Investment and Co-operation. 2013. http://english.mofcom.gov.cn/article/policyrelease/Cocoon/201401/20140100453042.shtml.

11 D. S. W. Chan, Asymmetric bargaining between Myanmar and China in the Myitsone Dam controversy: social opposition akin to David’s stone against Goliath. Pacific Review 2017, 30: 674691.

12 Notably, there are other interpretations that environmental impact was not the major cause for the suspension, but it was caused by the Chinese enterprise’s anti-political and State-centric paradigm when facing foreign social worlds.

13 A. H. Tun, Myanmar shelves $3.6 billion mega dam, officials say. Reuters. www.reuters.com/article/us-myanmar-dam-idUSTRE78T10H20110930.

14 R. Zhang, To suspend or not to suspend: a cost–benefit analysis of three Chinese mega-projects in Myanmar. Pacific Review 2021, 34: 946972.

15 National Development and Reform Commission, Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Ministry of Commerce of China, Vision and Actions on Jointly Building Silk Road Economic Belt and 21st-Century Maritime Silk Road 《推动共建 “一带一路” 的愿景与行动》. 2015. www.beltandroad.gov.hk/visionandactions.html.

16 Ministry of Environmental Protection, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, the National Development and Reform Commission, and Ministry of Commerce of China, Guidance on Promoting a Green Belt and Road《关于推进绿色 “一带一路” 建设的指导意见》. 2017. http://english.mee.gov.cn/Resources/Policies/policies/Frameworkp1/201706/t20170628_416864.shtml.

17 T. Harlan, Green development or greenwashing? A political ecology perspective on China’s green Belt and Road. Eurasian Geography and Economics 2020, 62: 202226.

18 Finance Ministers of Argentina, Belarus, Cambodia, Chile, China, Czechia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Georgia, Greece, Hungary, Indonesia, Iran, Kenya, Laos, Malaysia, Mongolia, Myanmar, Pakistan, Qatar, Russia, Serbia, the Republic of the Sudan, Switzerland, Thailand, Turkey, and the United Kingdom, Guiding Principles on Financing the Development of the Belt and Road. 2017. http://m.mof.gov.cn/czxw/201705/P020170515761133537061.pdf.

19 Ministry of Environmental Protection of China, Belt and Road Ecological and Environmental Protection Co-operation Plan 《 “一带一路” 生态环境保护合作规划》. 2017. www.scio.gov.cn/xwfbh/xwbfbh/wqfbh/39595/40298/xgzc40304/Document/1652434/1652434.htm.

20 The National Development and Reform Commission, and the State Oceanic Administration of China, Vision for Maritime Co-Operation under the Belt and Road Initiative. 2017. http://english.www.gov.cn/archive/publications/2017/06/20/content_281475691873460.htm.

21 C. N. Wang, China Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) Investment Report H1 2021. 2021. https://greenfdc.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/21_07_22_BRI-Investment-Report-H1-2021.pdf.

22 J. Coenen, S. Bager, P. Meyfroidt, J. Newig, E. Challies, Environmental governance of China’s Belt and Road Initiative. Environmental Policy and Governance 2021, 31: 317, at p. 11.

23 N. Gunningham, A quiet revolution: central banks, financial regulators, and climate finance. Sustainability (Switzerland) 2020, 12: 9596.

24 C. Nedopil, Green finance for soft power: an analysis of China’s green policy signals and investments in the Belt and Road Initiative. Environmental Policy and Governance 2022, 32(2): 8597

25 J. Ma and S. Zadek, Decarbonizing the Belt and Road: a green finance roadmap. 2019. www.vivideconomics.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/BRI_Exec_Summary_v13-screen_hi.pdf.

26 GIP Steering Committee, Statement by the GIP Steering Committee in Support of COP26. 2021. https://gipbr.net/Content.aspx?id=339&type=21&m=8.

27 GIP, Work Plan for GIP WG2 – Environmental & Climate Information Disclosure. 2020. https://gipbr.net/upload/file/20200103/6371366753051636078225987.pdf.

28 W. Cheng, The green investment principles: from a nodal governance perspective. International Environmental Agreements: Politics, Law and Economics. 2023, 23: 373393. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10784-023-09595-w.

29 P. Drahos, Survival Governance: Energy and Climate in the Chinese Century (Oxford University Press, 2021).

30 J. Xi, Speech at the General Debate of the 75th Session of the United Nations General Assembly. CGTN. 2020. https://news.cgtn.com/news/2020-09-23/Full-text-Xi-Jinping-s-speech-at-General-Debate-of-UNGA-U07X2dn8Ag/index.html.

31 J. Xi, Statement at the General Debate of the 76th Session of the United Nations General Assembly. 2021. www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/202109/22/WS614a8126a310cdd39bc6a935.html.

32 Zhenhua Xie, Explanation of the Timetable and Roadmap for the “1+N” Policy System to Realize the Dual Carbon Goals 《解振华详解制定1+N政策体系作为实现双碳目标的时间表、路线图. 2021. www.ncsc.org.cn/xwdt/gnxw/202107/t20210727_851433.shtml.

33 Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the State Council, Working Guidance for Carbon Emissions Peaking and Carbon Neutrality in Full and Faithful Implementation of the New Development Philosophy. 2021. http://english.www.gov.cn/policies/latestreleases/202110/25/content_WS61760047c6d0df57f98e3c21.html.

34 State Council of China, Action Plan for Carbon Emissions Peaking before 2030《关于印发2030年前碳达峰行动方案的通知》. 2021. ww.gov.cn/zhengce/content/2021-10/26/content_5644984.htm.

35 Ministry of Ecology and Environment, National Development and Reform Commission, People’s Bank of China, China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission, and China Securities Regulatory Commission Ministry of Commerce and Ministry of Ecology and Environment of China, Guidance to Promote Climate Investment and Finance 《关于促进应对气候变化投融资的指导意见》 2020). www.mee.gov.cn/xxgk2018/xxgk/xxgk03/202010/t20201026_804792.html.

36 Ministry of Commerce and the Ministry of Ecology and Environment, Guidelines for the Green Development of Foreign Investment and Co-operation《对外投资合作绿色发展工作指引 》. 2021. http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/hzs/202107/20210716144040753.pdf.

37 China’s Dual Circulation Development Paradigm is to ‘shift the focus from foreign to domestic circulation as the major driving force for China’s sustainable development, and to emphasize the importance of a positive reciprocal relationship between domestic and international economic circulations’. See J. Y. Lin and X. Wang, Dual circulation: a new structural economics view of development. Journal of Chinese Economic and Business Studies 2022, 20: 303322.

38 M. Mani, D. Wheeler, In search of pollution havens? Dirty industry in the world economy, 1960 to 1995. Journal of Environment and Development 1998, 7(3): 215247.

39 L. A. Cave, G. C. Blomquist, Environmental policy in the European Union: fostering the development of pollution havens? Ecological Economics 2008, 65: 253261.

40 See Chapter 10 on investment by Quirico.

41 A. Bradford, The Brussels effect. Northwestern University Law Review 2012, 107: 1.

42 Free Trade Agreement between the European Union and Its Member States, of the One Part, and the Republic of Korea, of the Other Part, 2011 OJ L 127/1. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=OJ:L:2011:127:FULL&from=EN.

43 J. Xi, Statement at the General Debate of the 76th Session of the United Nations General Assembly. 2021. www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/202109/22/WS614a8126a310cdd39bc6a935.html.

44 N. Banya, H. Reid, In Zimbabwe, coal power project seeks other backing after China’s U-turn. Reuters. 2022. www.reuters.com/business/energy/zimbabwe-coal-power-project-seeks-other-backing-after-chinas-u-turn-2022-03-30.

45 Ministry of Commerce, and Ministry of Ecology and Environment, Guidance for Ecological Environmental Protection of Foreign Investment Co-Operation and Construction Projects 《对外投资合作建设项目生态环境保护指南》. 2022. www.mee.gov.cn/xxgk2018/xxgk/xxgk05/202201/t20220110_966571.html.

46 C. Nedopil, D. De Boer, D. Fan, Understanding China’s latest guidelines for greening the Belt and Road. China Dialogue. 2022. https://chinadialogue.net/en/business/understanding-chinas-latest-guidelines-for-greening-the-belt-and-road.

47 National Development and Reform Commission, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Ministry of Ecology and Environment, and Ministry of Commerce of China, Opinions on Jointly Promoting the Green Development of the Belt and Road Initiative《关于推进共建 “一带一路”绿色发展的意见》. 2022. www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/tz/202203/t20220328_1320629.html?code=&state=123.

48 N. Mabey, R. McNally, Foreign Direct Investment and the Environment: From Pollution Havens to Sustainable Development (OECD, 1999). www.oecd.org/investment/mne/2089912.pdf.

49 Banya and Reid, In Zimbabwe, coal power project seeks other backing after China’s U-turn.

50 National Development and Reform Commission, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Ministry of Ecology and Environment, and Ministry of Commerce of China, Opinions on Jointly Promoting the Green Development of the Belt and Road Initiative《关于推进共建 “一带一路”绿色发展的意见》. 2022, paragraph 14. www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/tz/202203/t20220328_1320629.html?code=&state=123.

51 C. Shepherd, China turns its back on Bangladesh BRI coal projects. Financial Times. 2021.

52 Just Finance International, NGOs hail Chinese banks’ exit from Bosnia’s controversial Ugljevik III coal plant project. 2022. https://justfinanceinternational.org/2022/01/18/ngos-hail-chinese-banks-exit-from-bosnias-controversial-ugljevik-iii-coal-plant-project.

53 L. Liu, China Exim says bank no longer finances new overseas coal power projects and remains committed to supporting emission reduction upgrades for completed projects. Business & Human rights Resource Centre. 2022. www.business-humanrights.org/en/latest-news/china-exim-says-bank-no-longer-finances-new-overseas-coal-power-projects-and-remains-committed-to-supporting-emission-reduction-upgrades-for-completed-projects.

54 Nedopil et al., Understanding China’s latest guidelines.

8 Embracing Complexity: Water and Climate Policy in the Middle East and North Africa

1 This chapter was drafted before the events of the 2023 Israel–Hamas conflict.

2 A. Rieu-Clarke, R. Moynihan, B.-O. Magsig, Transboundary Water Governance and Climate Change Adaptation: International Law, Policy Guidelines and Best Practice Application (United Nations Education, Scientific and Cultural Organization, 2015), p. 35.

3 H. Elshirbiny, W. Abrahamse, Public risk perception of climate change in Egypt: a mixed methods study of predictors and implications. Journal of Environmental Studies and Sciences 2020, 10(3): 242254.

4 O. Chen, A. Abdelhalim, Y. Liu, M. Rico-Ramirez, D. Han, Climate change adaptations for food security in vulnerable areas of the Egyptian Nile – For tackling the overlooked nexus hazards of hydrological extremes and waste pollutions. Water 2021, 13(4): 412.

5 Al Haq, Climate Oppression: Submission to the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR), pursuant to Human Rights Council Resolution 47/24 (30 November 2021).

6 O. Varis, C. Tortajada, Water governance in the Mena region: policies and institutions. Federal Ministry of Economic Cooperation and Development, policy brief. 2009; F. Roudi-Fahimi, L. Creel, R.-M. De Souza, Finding the Balance: Population and Water Scarcity in the Middle East and North Africa (Population Resource Bureau, 2000).

7 B. R. Cook, M. de Lourdes Melo Zurita, Fulfilling the promise of participation by not resuscitating the deficit model. Global Environmental Change 2019, 56: 5665.

8 A. Swain, The Nile River Basin Initiative: too many cooks, too little broth. SAIS Review 2003, 22(2): 293.

9 Egypt | UNDP Climate Change Adaptation (2021). www.adaptation-undp.org/explore/northern-africa/egypt.

10 I. Ahmad, The new hydro-political situation in Africa: challenges for Nile River Basin countries. World Affairs: The Journal of International Issues 2018, 22(4): 6075.

11 Hydro-hegemony refers to strategic efforts of States to control water resources and gain regional control and dominance.

12 Swain, The Nile River Basin Initiative, p. 293.

13 Egyptian exceptionalism in a Chinese-led world. Chatham House. 10 February 2021. www.chathamhouse.org/2021/02/egyptian-exceptionalism-chinese-led-world; A. Swain, Challenges for water sharing in the Nile Basin: changing geo-politics and changing climate. Hydrological Sciences Journal 2011, 56(4): 687702.

14 Swain, The Nile River Basin Initiative, p. 293.

15 S. M. A. Salman, The Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam: the road to the Declaration of Principles and the Khartoum Document. Water International 2016, 41(4): 512527.

16 Swain, The Nile River Basin Initiative, p. 293.

17 R. Clarke, Water: The International Crisis (Earthscan, 1991); P. H. Gleick, Water and conflict: fresh water resources and international security. International Security 1993, 18(1): 79112.

18 Z. Yihdego, A. Rieu-Clarke, A. E. Cascão, How has the Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam changed the legal, political, economic and scientific dynamics in the Nile Basin? Water International 2016, 41(4): 503511.

19 A. Swain, Challenges for water sharing in the Nile Basin, p. 687.

21 A. Swain, The Nile River Basin Initiative, p. 293.

22 Swain, Challenges for water sharing, p. 687.

23 H. Nasr, A. Neef, Ethiopia’s challenge to Egyptian hegemony in the Nile River Basin: the case of the Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam. Geopolitics 2016, 21(4): 969989.

24 Swain, Challenges for water sharing, p. 687.

25 A. E. Cascão, A. Nicol, GERD: new norms of cooperation in the Nile Basin? Water 2016, 41(4): 550573.

26 Swain, Challenges for water sharing, p. 687. Emphasis added.

27 K. Demerew, From Red Sea to the Nile: water, power, and politics in Northeast Africa. Third World Quarterly 2021, 42(12): 28832901.

28 M. Zeitoun, N. Mirumachi, J. Warner, Transboundary water interaction II: the influence of ‘soft’ power. International Environmental Agreements: Politics, Law and Economics 2011, 11(2): 159178.

29 Ethiopia’s massive Nile dam explained. Explainer News, Al Jazeera. 2021. www.aljazeera.com/news/2021/7/8/explainer-ethiopias-massive-nile-dam.

30 R. Tawfik, Revisiting hydro-hegemony from a benefit-sharing perspective: the case of the Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam (Deutsches Institut für Entwicklungspolitik, Discussion Paper 5/2015, 2015).

31 Yihdego et al., How has the Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam changed the changed the legal, political, economic and scientific dynamics in the Nile Basin?, p. 505.

32 Cascão and Nicol, GERD: new norms of cooperation, p. 550.

33 Ethiopia’s massive Nile dam explained. Explainer News.

34 Ahmad, The new hydro-political situation in Africa, p. 62.

35 I. Fischhendler, The securitization of water discourse: theoretical foundations, research gaps and objectives of the special issue. International Environmental Agreements: Politics, Law and Economics 2015, 15(3): 245255.

36 Salman, The Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam, p. 512.

37 Yihdego et al., How has the Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam changed the legal, political, economic and scientific dynamics in the Nile Basin?, p. 505.

38 Gleick, Water and conflict, p. 79.

39 F. Gebresenbet, D. Y. Wondemagegnehu, New dimensions in the Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam negotiations: ontological security in Egypt and Ethiopia. African Security 2021, 14(1): 80106.

40 Tawfik, Revisiting hydro-hegemony from a benefit-sharing perspective.

41 Demerew, From Red Sea to the Nile, p. 2883.

42 Tawfik, Revisiting hydro-hegemony from a benefit-sharing perspective.

43 Disabled South Sudanese soldiers stage protest over unpaid salaries. Sudan Tribune (blog, 25 March 2014). https://sudantribune.com/article49269/; A. Melhem, New chapter begins in Israel–Palestine water dispute. Al-Monitor. 2017. www.al-monitor.com/originals/2017/06/palestine-israel-joint-water-committee-dispute-meeting.html.

44 Tawfik, Revisiting hydro-hegemony from a benefit-sharing Perspective.

45 S. M. A. Salman, Agreement on the Declaration of Principles on the GERD: levelling the Nile Basin playing field, in Z. Yihdego, A. Rieu-Clarke, A. E. Cascão (eds.), The Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam and the Nile Basin: Implications for Transboundary Water Cooperation (Taylor & Francis Group, 2017), p. 65.

46 Yihdego et al., How has the Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam changed the legal, political, economic and scientific dynamics in the Nile Basin?, p. 505.

47 Salman, The Grand Ethiopian renaissance, p. 512.

48 M. Mason, M. Zeitoun, R. El Sheikh, Conflict and social vulnerability to climate change: lessons from Gaza. Climate and Development 2011, 3(4): 285297.

49 Al Haq, Climate oppression: submission to the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR), pursuant to Human Rights Council Resolution 47/24 (30 November 2021).

50 H. S. Salem, Z. Yihdego, H. H. Muhammed, The status of freshwater and reused treated wastewater for agricultural irrigation in the Occupied Palestinian Territories. Journal of Water and Health 2021, 19(1): 120158.

51 G. Joffé, The impending water crisis in the MENA region. The International Spectator 2016, 51(3): 5566; F. J. Khouri, The Jordan River controversy. The Review of Politics 1965, 27(1): 3257; D. M. Wishart, The breakdown of the Johnston negotiations over the Jordan waters. Middle Eastern Studies 1990, 26(4): 536546.

52 Fischhendler, The securitization of water discourse, p. 245.

53 D. Helbing, Globally networked risks and how to respond. Nature 2013, 497(7447), 5159.

54 A. Beshtawi, The Human Right to Water and the Realisation of Water Rights in the Occupied Palestinian Territory. Utrecht Law Review 2020, 16(2): 137149.

55 M. K. El-Sayed, R. S. Mansour, Water scarcity as a non-traditional threat to security in the Middle East. India Quarterly 2017, 73(2): 227240.

56 E. Rached, D. B. Brooks, Water governance in the Middle East and North Africa: an unfinished agenda. International Journal of Water Resources Development 2010, 26(2): 141155.

57 Joffé, The impending water crisis, p. 55.

58 Adaptation to climate change induced stress in the Nile Basin. United Nations Environment Program. www.unep.org/news-and-stories/story/adaptation-climate-change-induced-stress-nile-basin.

59 S. Efron, J. R. Fischbach, I. Blum, R. I. Karimov, M. Moore, The Public Health Impacts of Gaza’s Water Crisis: Analysis and Policy Options (RAND Corporation, 2018).

60 Mason et al., Conflict and social vulnerability to climate change, p. 285.

61 Can soil help combat climate change? State of the Planet (blog, 21 February 2018). https://news.climate.columbia.edu/2018/02/21/can-soil-help-combat-climate-change.

63 H.S. Salem, Geopolitical challenges, complexities, and future uncertainties in the Occupied Palestinian Territories: land and population’s perspectives. New Middle Eastern Studies 2020, 10(1): 4582.

64 Herbicidal Warfare in Gaza. Forensic Architecture. 2021. https://forensic-architecture.org/investigation/herbicidal-warfare-in-gaza.

65 Egypt, UNDP Climate Change Adaptation. 2023. www.adaptation-undp.org/explore/northern-africa/egypt.

66 R. Cho, Can soil help combat climate change? Columbia University News. 2018. https://news.climate.columbia.edu/2018/02/21/can-soil-help-combat-climate-change.

67 B. Minasny, B. P. Malone, A. B. McBratney, et al., Soil carbon 4 per mille. Geoderma 2017, 292: 5986.

69 M. Zeitoun, N. Mirumachi, Transboundary water interaction I: reconsidering conflict and cooperation. International Environmental Agreements: Politics, Law and Economics 2008, 8(4): 297316.

70 Zeitoun et al., Transboundary water interaction II, p. 159.

71 O. Barak, The failure of the Israeli–Palestinian peace process, 1993–2000. Journal of Peace Research 2005, 42(6): 719736.

72 J. A. Weiner, Israel, Palestine, and the Oslo Accords. Fordham International Law Journal 1999, 23(1) 230; Y. Sayigh, Arafat and the anatomy of a revolt. Survival 2001, 43(3): 4760.

73 J. Selby, Dressing up domination as ‘cooperation’: the case of Israeli–Palestinian water relations. Review of International Studies 2003, 29(1): 121–138. It is widely cited that Oslo II directly partitions water along percentage allocations. Al Jazeera, for instance, cites a 71:17 allocation from Oslo II. Rather, schedule 10 of Oslo II estimated existing extractions and potentials (per mm3), with Selby (Footnote ibid.) putting forward an 87:13 estimate. This estimate has become widely used to describe Oslo II commitments. For clarity, it is worth in the future differentiating between Oslo II commitments themselves and the ex-post percentage estimates of policy analysts.

74 S. Klawitter, Water resources at stake: the mountain aquifer beneath the Occupied West Bank, Palestinian Territories (2006). https://hdr.undp.org/en/content/water-resources-stake.

75 Selby, Dressing up domination as ‘cooperation’.

76 A. Abu-Baker, Water-deprived. Sur — International Journal on Human Rights 2017, 25: 3755.

77 Melhem, New chapter begins in Israel–Palestine water dispute.

78 R. Sarsak, M. N. Almasri, Health of Palestinians, water and coastal aquifer in Gaza – authors’ reply. The Lancet 2014, 383(9924): 12071208.

79 A. Butmeh, Palestine is a climate justice issue. 2019. www.aljazeera.com/opinions/2019/11/28/palestine-is-a-climate-justice-issue.

80 M. Najib, Palestine runs dry: ‘our water they steal and sell to us’. 2021. www.aljazeera.com/news/2021/7/15/water-war-palestinians-demand-more-water-access-from-israel.

81 Selby, Dressing up domination as ‘cooperation’.

82 J. Gupta, The Watercourses Convention, hydro-hegemony and transboundary water issues. The International Spectator 2016, 51(3): 118131.

83 C. A. Krakow, The international law and politics of water access: experiences of displacement, statelessness, and armed conflict. Water2020, 12(2): 340.

84 Cascão, Nicol, GERD: new norms of cooperation, p. 550.

85 J. B. Alterman, N. Hall, W. Todman, Sustainable States (Center for Strategic and International Studies: 2021).

86 M. Zeitoun, B. Lankford, T. Krueger, et al., Reductionist and integrative research approaches to complex water security policy challenges. Global Environmental Change 2016, 39: 143154.

87 Commonwealth of Australia, Parliamentary Debates, House of Representatives, 14 August 2007, 5 (Anthony Albanese, Shadow Minister for Water and Infrastructure).

88 R. Q. Grafton, Policy review of water reform in the Murray–Darling Basin, Australia: the ‘do’s’ and ‘do’nots’. Australian Journal of Agricultural and Resource Economics 2019, 63(1): 116141.

89 Y. Chen, M. J. Colloff, A. Lukasiewicz, J. Pittock, A trickle, not a flood: environmental watering in the Murray–Darling Basin, Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research 2021, 72(5): 601609.

90 European Commission, Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2000 Establishing a Framework for Community Action in the Field of Water Policy, [2000] OJ L 327.

91 T. Giakoumis, N. Voulvoulis, The transition of EU water policy towards the Water Framework Directive’s Integrated River Basin Management Paradigm. Environmental Management 2018, 62(5): 819831.

92 L. Kemp, Bypassing the ‘ratification straitjacket’: reviewing US legal participation in a climate agreement. Climate Policy 2016, 16(8): 10111028. See also, for example, the Senate rejection of the Treaty of VersaillesAppendix and Index to Parts 1 to 9 of the Proceedings and Debates of the Second Session of the Sixty-Sixth Congress (Government Printing Office, vol. LIX, pt. 9, 1929), pp. 8979–8980.

93 J. Hovi, D. F. Sprinz, G. Bang, Why the United States did not become a party to the Kyoto Protocol: German, Norwegian, and US perspectives. European Journal of International Relations 2012, 18(1): 129150.

94 Q. Schiermeier, The Kyoto Protocol: hot air. Nature 2012, 491(7426): 656658.

95 A. Closas, K. G. Villholth, Groundwater governance: addressing core concepts and challenges. WIREs Water 2020, 7(1): e1392.

96 Zeitoun et al., Reductionist and integrative research approaches to complex water security policy challenges, p. 143.

97 R. Mills, A fine balance: the geopolitics of the global energy transition in MENA, in M. Hafner, S. Tagliapietra (eds.), The Geopolitics of the Global Energy Transition (Springer International Publishing, vol. 73, 2020), pp. 115–150; D. Manley, J. F. Cust, G. Cecchinato, Stranded nations? The Climate policy implications for fossil fuel-rich developing countries. OxCarre Policy Paper 34. 2017. http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3264765.

98 B. K. Sovacool, Diversity: energy studies need social science. Nature 2014, 511(7511): 529530.

99 D. C. Rose, N. Mukherjee, B. I. Simmons, et al., Policy windows for the environment: tips for improving the uptake of scientific knowledge. Environmental Science & Policy 2020, 113: 4754.

100 D. Conway, R. J. Nicholls, S. Brown, et al., The need for bottom-up assessments of climate risks and adaptation in climate-sensitive regions. Nature Climate Change 2019, 9(7): 503511.

101 N. Faulkner, Empire and Jihad: The Anglo-Arab Wars of 1870–1920 (Yale University Press, 2021); D. Freeman-Maloy, Remembering Balfour: empire, race and propaganda. Race & Class 2018, 59(3): 319.

102 United Nations Environment Program, Adaptation Gap Report 2022 (United Nations Environment Programme, 2022). www.unep.org/resources/adaptation-gap-report-2022.

9 Between Europe and the People’s Republic of China: Understanding Africa’s Energy Transition

1 U. von der Leyen, Remarks by President von der Leyen at the joint press statement with Moussa Faki, Chairperson of the African Union Commission (speech, African Union, 7 December 2019). https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/SPEECH_19_6697.

2 For the purposes of this chapter, ‘Africa’ will be taken as contiguous with membership of the African Union (AU).

3 Thabo Mbeki’s Victory Speech, BBC News World Mediawatch (3 June 1999). http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/world/monitoring/360349.stm.

4 According to World Bank, Global Economic Prospects (World Bank, June 2021), pp. 185188. https://openknowledge.worldbank.org/bitstream/handle/10986/35647/9781464816659.pdf?sequence=10&isAllowed=y.

5 United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs, World Population Prospects 2019: Highlights, ST/ESA/SER.A/423 (2019), pp. 67, https://population.un.org/wpp/Publications/Files/WPP2019_Highlights.pdf.

6 See M. Hafner, S. Tagliapietra, L. de Strasser, Prospects for renewable energy in Africa, in M. Hafner, S. Tagliapietra, L. de Strasser (eds.), Energy in Africa: Challenges and Opportunities (Springer, 2018), pp. 4775.

7 See generally B. Trewin, J.-P. Adam, J. Alvar-Beltrán, et al, State of the Climate in Africa 2019. WMO-No. 1253, World Meteorological Organisation (2020). https://library.wmo.int/records/item/57196-state-of-the-climate-in-africa-2019?offset=.

8 International Energy Agency, Africa Energy Outlook 2019 (IEA, 2019), p. 27.

9 Footnote Ibid. at p. 34.

10 European Commission, Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: The European Green Deal (11 December 2019). COM(2019) 640 final (‘Green Deal’). https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/european-green-deal-communication_en.pdf.

11 See, for example, M. Giordano, E. Bassini, Climate change and Africa’s future. Governance in an Emerging World [Winter Series 2019], no. 119, at pp. 3041. Hoover Institution. www.hoover.org/research/climate-change-and-africas-future.

12 ‘Climate Change in Africa. African Development Bank Group (AfDB), 2021. www.afdb.org/en/cop25/climate-change-africa.

13 M. Schaeffer, F. Baarsch, G. Balo, et al., Africa’s Adaptation Gap 2. Technical Report. UNEP, 2014, pp. 44–45. https://climateanalytics.org/media/africa_adaptation_gap_2014_1.pdf.

14 S. Toure, P. Acquah (eds.), History of the African Ministerial Conference on the Environment: 1985–2005 (AMCEN, 2005), p. 7. https://wedocs.unep.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.11822/8876/AMCEN_History.pdf?sequence=3&isAllowed=y.

16 Cairo Programme for African Co-Operation, UNEP/AEC 1/2, annex I. https://wedocs.unep.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.11822/20526/Amcen_1_decision.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y.

17 Toure and Acquah, History of the African Ministerial Conference on the Environment, p. 13.

18 See, for example, UN ESCOR, Provisional Summary Record of the 39th Meeting. UN Doc. E/1995/SR.39, 24 July 1995. https://digitallibrary.un.org/record/189048.

19 African Common Position on Environment and Development. UN Doc. ECA/ENV.UNCED/AFRICOM/1, October 1991. https://repository.uneca.org/bitstream/handle/10855/21853/Bib-69643.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y.

20 P. Lewis, The Earth Summit: negotiators in Rio agree to increase aid to third world. New York Times, 14 June 1992. www.nytimes.com/1992/06/14/world/the-earth-summit-negotiators-in-rio-agree-to-increase-aid-to-third-world.html.

21 Home. African Group of Negotiators on Climate Change. 2021. https://africangroupofnegotiators.org.

22 C. Roger, S. Belliethathan, Africa in the global climate change negotiations. International Environmental Agreements: Politics, Law and Economics 2016, 16: 91108, at p. 95. See also AMCEN, African Ministers of Environment at UNEP: African ministers to review ratification of environment conventions and agreements. Press release. www.africa.upenn.edu/Govern_Political/unep_afr_env.html.

23 Roger and Belliethathan, Africa in the global climate change negotiations, pp. 96–98.

24 Footnote Ibid. at pp. 97–98.

25 Footnote Ibid. at p. 98.

26 W. Sterk, R. Watanabe, H. E. Ott, B. Wittneben, The Nairobi Climate Change Summit (COP 12 – MOP 2): taking a deep breath before negotiating post-2012 targets? Journal for European Environmental & Planning Law 2007, 4(2): 139148, at p. 140.

27 Footnote Ibid.; UNEP, Kenya: airlift to flood-affected refugee camps in Dadaab. 28 November 2006. www.unhcr.org/news/briefing/2006/11/456c15f42/kenya-airlift-flood-affected-refugee-camps-dadaab.html.

28 UNFCCC, Decisions adopted by the Conference of the Parties serving as the meeting of the Parties to the Kyoto Protocol, 1/CMP.2, 2nd sess., 10th plen. Mtg. UN Doc. FCCC/KP/COM/2006/10/Add.1. 17 November 2006. https://unfccc.int/resource/docs/2006/cmp2/eng/10a01.pdf.

29 African Union, Decision on the African Common Position on Climate Change Including the Modalities of the Representation of Africa to the World Summit on Climate Change, Doc EX.CL/525(XV), 13th sess., detail. Assembly/AU/Dec.257(XIII) Rev. 1. 3 July 2009. https://au.int/sites/default/files/decisions/9560-assembly_en_1_3_july_2009_auc_thirteenth_ordinary_session_decisions_declarations_message_congratulations_motion_0.pdf .

30 Roger and Belliethathan, Africa in the global climate change negotiations, p. 115.

31 Nairobi Declaration on the African Process for Combating Climate Change, 29 May 2009. https://allafrica.com/view/resource/main/main/id/00011975.html.

32 S. Beyene, Ethiopia: Meles Zanawi’s ploy for Copenhagen Conference. Ethiopian Review. 23 November 2009. www.ethiopianreview.com/index/11401.

33 J. Vidal, J. Tuckman, Cancún Climate Summit: rich accused of ‘holding humanity hostage’. The Guardian, 26 November 2010. www.theguardian.com/environment/2010/nov/26/cancun-climate-summit-humantiy-hostage.

34 AfDB, African Environment Ministers reiterate call for binding agreement or nothing at all at Paris climate talks. 10 December 2015. www.afdb.org/en/news-and-events/african-environment-ministers-reiterate-call-for-binding-agreement-or-nothing-at-all-at-paris-climate-talks-15197.

35 The exact ‘end’ of colonization in Africa – and indeed whether it has ended – is disputed; see, for example, D. Mwambari, Africa’s next decolonisation battle should be about knowledge. Aljazeera. 6 September 2019. www.aljazeera.com/opinions/2019/9/6/africas-next-decolonisation-battle-should-be-about-knowledge/.

36 Commission of the European Communities, Green Paper on Relations between the European Union and the ACP Countries on the Eve of the 21st Century: Challenges and Options for a New Partnership. COM(96) 570 final, p. 2. http://aei.pitt.edu/1206/1/ACP_21st_gp_COM_96_570.pdf.

37 Footnote Ibid. at p. x.

38 None of the Maghreb States (Egypt, Libya, Tunisia, Algeria, Morocco, and the Sahrawhi Arab Democratic Republic) are ACP members.

39 Cotonou Agreement, EU-ACP, signed 23 June 2000, OJ L 287, entered into force 1 April 2003, art. 1.

40 Footnote Ibid., preamble.

41 European Commission, Post-Cotonou Negotiations on New EU/Africa–Caribbean–Pacific Partnership Agreement Concluded. 15 April 2021. https://ec.europa.eu/international-partnerships/news/post-cotonou-negotiations-new-euafrica-caribbean-pacific-partnership-agreement-concluded_en.

42 S. Yeo, Explainer: Paris Agreement on climate change to ‘enter into force’. Carbon Brief. 6 October 2016. www.carbonbrief.org/explainer-paris-agreement-to-enter-into-force.

43 S. Braun, Opinion: EU Green Deal can spark a decarbonization revolution. Deutsche Welle. 11 December 2019. www.dw.com/en/opinion-eu-green-deal-can-spark-a-decarbonization-revolution/a-51623313.

44 U. von der Leyen, Earth Day Speech at the Global Leader’s Summit (Speech, Global Leader’s Summit, 22 April 2021). https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/speech_21_1882.

45 European Commission, The Just Transition Mechanism: making sure no one is left behind. 2021. https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal/actions-being-taken-eu/just-transition-mechanism_en.

46 Von der Leyen, ‘Earth Day Speech at the Global Leader’s Summit’.

47 European Commission, Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: The European Green Deal. 11 December 2019. COM(2019) 640 final (‘Green Deal’), pp. 20–21. https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/european-green-deal-communication_en.pdf.

48 Footnote Ibid. at p. 21.

49 B. Riegert, EU will mit Chinas “Neuer Seidenstraße” konkurrieren. Deutsche Welle. 1 December 2021. www.dw.com/de/eu-will-mit-chinas-neuer-seidenstra%C3%9Fe-konkurrieren/a-59980143.

50 European Commission, Joint Communication to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee, the Committee of the Regions and the European Investment Bank: The Global Gateway. 1 December 2021. JOIN(2021) 30 final, p. 2. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52021JC0030&from=EN.

51 M. P. Goodman, A. Thandani, M. Wayland, Global Gateway’s infrastructure plan for Africa announced at EU–AU Summit. Center for Strategic and International Studies. 28 February 2022. www.csis.org/analysis/global-gateways-infrastructure-plan-africa-announced-eu-au-summit.

52 M. Garside, Global cobalt reserves by country 2020. Statista. 16 February 2021. www.statista.com/statistics/264930/global-cobalt-reserves.

53 R. Rapier, The world’s top lithium producers. Forbes. 13 December 2020. www.forbes.com/sites/rrapier/2020/12/13/the-worlds-top-lithium-producers.

54 Ministère des Mines et de la Géologie, Bauxite: Becoming a World Leading Producer. 2021. https://mines.gov.gn/en/resources/bauxite.

55 Deutsches Institut für Entwicklungspolitik, Was der europäische Green Deal für die Afrika–EU Beziehungen bedeutet’. 28 September 2020. www.die-gdi.de/die-aktuelle-kolumne/article/was-der-europaeische-green-deal-fuer-die-afrika-eu-beziehungen-bedeutet.

56 European Commission, Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: A hydrogen strategy for a climate-neutral Europe. 8 July 2020. COM(2020) 301 final, pp. 19–23. https://ec.europa.eu/energy/sites/ener/files/hydrogen_strategy.pdf. See, on ‘green’ hydrogen, J. Prest, J. Woodyatt, J. Pettit, Comparing the hydrogen strategies of the EU, Germany, and Australia: legal and policy issues. Oil Gas & Energy Law Intelligence 2021, 19(2), paper no. 21, at pp. 19–20.

57 M. de la Esperanza Mata Pérez, D. Scholten, K. S. Stegen, The multi-speed energy transition in Europe: opportunities and challenges for EU energy security. Energy Strategy Reviews 2019, 26: 100415, at p. 2.

58 A. Bennis, Power surge: how the European Green Deal can succeed in Morocco and Tunisia – European Council on foreign relations. European Council on Foreign Relations. 26 January 2021. https://ecfr.eu/publication/power-surge-how-the-european-green-deal-can-succeed-in-morocco-and-tunisia.

59 European Commission, Joint Communication to the European Parliament and the Council: Towards a Comprehensive Strategy with Africa. 9 March 2020. JOIN(2020) 4 final, p. 3. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52020JC0004&from=EN.

60 Germany’s GDP (US$3.806 trillion) represents just under a third of GDP in the euro area (US$12.933 trillion), see The World Bank – Data, GDP (current US$) – Euro Area, Germany (2021). https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/NY.GDP.MKTP.CD?locations=XC-DE.

61 See, for example, C. Hager, Green politics, expertise, and democratic discourse in the two Germanies, 1989–2019. German Politics and Society 2019, 37(4), at pp. 712.

62 Klimaschutz-Beschluss, 1 BvR 2656/18, 24 March 2021.

63 See, for example, J. Markard, A. Rinscheid, L. Widdel, Analyzing transitions through the lens of discourse networks: coal phase-out in Germany. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions 2021, 40: 315–331, at pp. 315–331.

64 International Renewable Energy Agency, Renewable energy statistics 2021 (IRENA, 2021), p. 4; Dual Citizen, Global Green Economy Index 2018 data update. 18 September 2018. https://dualcitizeninc.com/global-green-economy-index/index.php#interior_section_link.

65 European Commission Directorate-General for Energy, Quarterly report on European gas markets – With focus on financing models of hydrogen projects in Europe. Volume 14(1), 2021, p. 5. https://ec.europa.eu/energy/sites/default/files/quarterly_report_on_european_gas_markets_q1_2021_final.pdf.

66 K.-O. Lang, K. Westphal, Nord Stream 2 – A Political and Economic Contextualisation. Stiftung Wissenschaft und Politik Research Paper, vol. 3, 2017, p. 19.

67 See Bundesministerium für Umwelt, Naturschutz und Reaktorsicherheit, Das Integrierte Energie- und Klimaprogramm der Bundesregierung. December 2007. www.bmu.de/fileadmin/bmu-import/files/pdfs/allgemein/application/pdf/hintergrund_meseberg.pdf.

68 J. Prest et al., Comparing the Hydrogen Strategies of the EU, Germany, and Australia, pp. 34–43.

69 The North Africa Post, Germany contributes €571 million to Morocco’s reforms implementation. 30 November 2019. https://northafricapost.com/35816-germany-contributes-e571-million-to-moroccos-reforms-implementation.html.

70 AfDB, Germany commits €100 million to SEFA to unlock private investment in renewable energy. Press release, 30 September 2021. https://afdb.africa-newsroom.com/press/germany-commits-euro100-million-to-sefa-to-unlock-private-investment-in-renewable-energy?lang=en.

71 Cf Dokumentations- und Informationssystem für Parlamentsmaterialien, Deutscher Bundestag (Berlin, 20th Election Period, 19th Sitting, 27 February 2022), pp. 1350–1355. https://dserver.bundestag.de/btp/20/20019.pdf#P.1350; Bundesregierung, Wirtschaftsminister Habeck im Deutschen Bundestag: Energiepolitik – Eine Zeitenwende. 24 March 2022. www.bundesregierung.de/breg-de/aktuelles/energiepolitik-zeitenwende-2020106.

72 T. Garton Ash, I went viral in Germany for a meme about Scholzing – but the Chancellor’s hesitancy over Ukraine is no joke. The Guardian, 4 February 2023. www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2023/feb/03/germany-olaf-scholz-twitter-ukraine.

73 B. Pompili, B. Le Maire, O. Dussopt, Le Budget Vert: La France est le premier pays au monde à mesurer l’impact du budget de l’Etat sur l’environnement. Press release No. 219, Ministère de l’Économie et des Finances. 30 September 2020.

74 Ministère de l’Europe et des Affaires étrangères, Climate issues. 2021. www.diplomatie.gouv.fr/en/country-files/africa/climate-issues.

75 H. Saleh, L. Abboud, Spying allegations strain Morocco’s ties with France. Financial Times, 25 July 2021. www.ft.com/content/38d2cae9-4aa2-4da0-805e-a71b7c72ab7a.

76 But see V. Mallet, N. Munshi, D. Pilling, Why Macron’s attempt to reset French ties to Africa has hit trouble. Financial Times, 27 October 2020. www.ft.com/content/cea9cdd9-c500-41bc-a2ae-2e4c01eaf2e8.

77 S. Timmerberg, M. Kaltschmitt, Hydrogen from renewables: supply from North Africa to Central Europe as blend in existing pipelines – potentials and costs. Applied Energy 2019, 237: 795809, at p. 798.

78 A. van Wijk, F. Wouters, Hydrogen – The bridge between Africa and Europe, in M. P. C. Weijnen, Z. Lukszo, S. Farahani (eds.), Shaping an Inclusive Energy Transition (Springer, 2021), p. 98.

79 J. Jens, A. Wang, K. van der Leun, D. Peters, M. Buseman, Extending the European Hydrogen Backbone: A European Hydrogen Infrastructure Vision Covering 21 Countries (Gas for Climate 2050, 2021), p. 13. https://gasforclimate2050.eu/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/European-Hydrogen-Backbone_April-2021_V3.pdf.

80 Van Wijk and Wouters, Hydrogen – the bridge between Africa and Europe, p. 92.

81 A. Mohamed, E. Aboubakr, H. El Massaoui, H. El Markhi et al., Renewable energy potential and available capacity for wind and solar power in Morocco towards 2030. Journal of Engineering Science and Technology Review (2018) 11(1): 189198, at p. 191.

82 T. Kousksou, A. Allouhi, M. Belattar, et al., Renewable energy potential and national policy directions for sustainable development in Morocco. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews 2015, 47: 4657, at p. 52.

83 Power Technology, Noor Ouarzazate Solar Complex. 6 March 2020. www.power-technology.com/projects/noor-ouarzazate-solar-complex.

84 G. Kakoulaki, I. Kougias, N. Taylor, et al., Green hydrogen in Europe – A regional assessment: substituting existing production with electrolysis powered by renewables. Energy Conversion and Management 2021, 228: 113649, p. 3.

85 Trade Sustainability Impact Assessment in Support of Negotiations of a DCFTA between the EU and Morocco (Ecorys, 2013), p. 89. http://trade.ec.europa.eu/doclib/docs/2013/november/tradoc_151926.pdf.

86 Footnote Ibid. at p. 95.

87 European Commission, Overview of FTA and Other Trade Negotiations (June 2021), p. 6. https://trade.ec.europa.eu/doclib/docs/2006/december/tradoc_118238.pdf.

88 MorSEFF, A Propos de MorSEFF. 2021. www.morseff.com.

89 A.-S. Holmberg, M. Gaston-Mathé, Paving the way for green energy financing in the Mediterranean. DAI Global Developments. 015 November 2019. https://dai-global-developments.com/articles/paving-the-way-for-green-energy-financing-in-the-mediterranean.

90 E. G. Berhe, Morocco Green Economy Financing Facility (GEFF), EU External Investment Plan – European Commission. 14 January 2020. https://ebrdgeff.com/morocco_facilities.

92 European Commission, Joint Staff Working Document: Renewed Partnership with the Southern Neighbourhood Economic and Investment Plan for the Southern Neighbours. 9 February 2021. SWD(2021), 23 final 3, p. 6. https://ec.europa.eu/neighbourhood-enlargement/joint-staff-working-document-renewed-partnership-southern-neighbourhood-economic-and-investment_es.

93 T. Cabuzel, The EU and Morocco Form a green partnership on energy, climate and the environment ahead of COP 26. Climate Action – European Commission. 28 June 2021. https://ec.europa.eu/clima/news/eu-and-morocco-form-green-partnership-energy-climate-and-environment-ahead-cop-26_en.

95 AFP, EU unveils €1.6 billion investment in Morocco. Deutsche Welle. 9 February 2022. www.dw.com/en/eu-unveils-16-billion-investment-in-morocco/a-60710607.

96 See above at Sections 9.3.2.1 and 9.3.2.3.

97 N. Záboji, F.A.Z. Exklusiv: Wichtige Wasserstoff-Allianz Wackelt. Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung, 25 May 2021. www.faz.net/aktuell/wirtschaft/klima-energie-und-umwelt/wichtige-wasserstoff-kooperation-mit-marokko-wackelt-17356427.html.

98 S. Kasraoui, Morocco’s Ambassador to Germany to return to Berlin this week. Morocco World News, 24 January 2022. www.moroccoworldnews.com/2022/01/346709/moroccos-ambassador-to-germany-to-return-to-berlin-this-week.

99 O. Latrech, Morocco Reaffirms Support to EU’s ‘Global Gateway’ strategy. Morocco World News, 22 June 2022. www.moroccoworldnews.com/2022/06/349853/morocco-reaffirms-support-to-eus-global-gateway-strategy.

100 M. Noussan, P. P. Raimondi, R. Scita, M. Hafner, The role of green and blue hydrogen in the energy transition – a technological and geopolitical perspective. Sustainability 2020, 13(1): 298, at p. 5.

101 The World Bank – Data, Renewable internal freshwater resources per capita (cubic meters) – Morocco. 2021. https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/ER.H2O.INTR.PC?locations=MA.

102 A. Al-Qahtani, B. Parkinson, K. Hellgardt, N. Shah, G. Guillen-Gosalbez, Uncovering the true cost of hydrogen production routes using life cycle monetization. Applied Energy 2021, 281: 115958, at p. 2.

103 Energy Matters, New solar cell breakthrough to create higher panel efficiency. 11 March 2020. www.energymatters.com.au/renewable-news/new-solar-cell-breakthrough-to-create-higher-panel-efficiency.

104 European Commission Directorate General for Trade, European Union, Trade in goods with ACP – East African Community (EAC),. 2021, p. 3. https://webgate.ec.europa.eu/isdb_results/factsheets/region/details_acp-east-african-community-eac_en.pdf.

105 K. Hagemann, Green Deal at the heart of Kenya’s green transition and resilience. European Commission, 22 July 2021. https://ec.europa.eu/newsroom/intpa/items/715970/en.

106 K. N. Bernard, State of forest genetic resources in Kenya (Working Paper, The sub-regional workshop FAO/IPGRI/ICRAF on the conservation, management, sustainable utilization and enhancement of forest genetic resources in Sahelian and North-Sudanian Africa, 22–24 September 1998). www.fao.org/3/ab396e/ab396e.pdf.

107 A. Tuda, M. Omar, Protection of marine areas in Kenya. The George Wright Forum 2012, 29(1): 4350, p. 47.

108 Ministry of Environment and Forestry, Kenya’s updated nationally determined contribution (Office of the Cabinet Secretary, 24 December 2020). www4.unfccc.int/sites/ndcstaging/PublishedDocuments/Kenya%20First/Kenya%27s%20First%20%20NDC%20(updated%20version).pdf.

109 European Court of Auditors, EU development aid to Kenya (Special Report, No 14, 2020), p. 4. https://op.europa.eu/publication/manifestation_identifier/PUB_QJAB20013ENN.

110 Footnote Ibid. at p. 34.

111 AgriFI Kenya Challenge Fund, About the AgriFI Kenya Challenge Fund. 2020. https://agrifichallengefund.org/about-the-agrifi-kenya-challenge-fund.

112 European Investment Bank, EU–Africa Infrastructure Trust Fund Annual Report 2017 (European Investment Bank, 2018), p. 47. www.eib.org/en/publications/eu-africa-infrastructure-trust-fund-annual-report-2017.

113 East African Community Secretariat, EAC and EU set to align development priorities for 2021–2027. Press release, 27 April 2021. www.eac.int/press-releases/155-resource-mobilization/1982-eac-and-eu-set-to-align-development-priorities-for-2021-2027.

114 Hagemann, Green Deal at the heart of Kenya’s green transition.

115 European Court of Auditors, EU development aid to Kenya, p. 4.

116 Footnote Ibid. at p. 25.

117 Footnote Ibid. at p. 26.

118 Department: Forestry, Fisheries & the Environment, South Africa joins nations of the world in ratifying the Paris Agreement on climate change. Press release, 2 November 2016. www.environment.gov.za/mediarelease/southafrica_ratifies_parisagreement.

120 IEA, Total primary energy supply. 2021. www.iea.org/regions/africa.

121 Department of Planning, Monitoring and Evaluation, NPC Economy Series: Energy (Discussion Paper, version 1.0, January 2018), p. 28. www.gov.za/sites/default/files/gcis_document/201802/npc-energy-paper.pdf.

122 European Council, The South Africa–European Union Strategic Partnership Joint Action Plan (15 May 2007), 9650/07 (Presse 105), pp. 5–6. https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-9650-2007-INIT/en/pdf.

123 E. G. Berhe, South Africa, International Partnerships – European Commission (27 September 2019). https://ec.europa.eu/international-partnerships/where-we-work/south-africa_en.

124 E. Kessler et al., Final evaluation: promoting low emission urban development strategies in emerging economy countries. Final Evaluation, 2016, p. 39. https://smartnet.niua.org/sites/default/files/resources/Urban%20LEDS%20Final%20Evaluation%2022%20Dec%202016.pdf.

125 Footnote Ibid. at p. 34.

126 Footnote Ibid. at p. 19.

127 Footnote Ibid. at p. 20.

128 J. Xi, speech at opening ceremony of 2018 FOCAC Beijing Summit, 3 September 2018. www.xinhuanet.com/english/2018-09/03/c_129946189.htm.

129 Boston University Global Policy Centre, China’s global energy finance. 2021. www.bu.edu/cgef/#/all/Country-EnergySource.

130 P. Madden, Figure of the week: foreign direct investment in Africa, (Brookings Blog, 9 October 2019).www.brookings.edu/blog/africa-in-focus/2019/10/09/figure-of-the-week-foreign-direct-investment-in-africa. On renewable energy FDI, see Figure 9.2.

131 E. Megbowon, C. Mlambo, B. Adekunle, Impact of China’s outward FDI on Sub-Saharan Africa’s industrialization: evidence from 26 countries. Cogent Economics & Finance 2019, 7(1): 1681054, p. 4.

132 O. Eguegu, Does Guinea’s coup matter to China? The Diplomat, 21 September 2021. https://thediplomat.com/2021/09/does-guineas-coup-matter-to-china.

133 J. Nyabiage, Guinea coup adds to growing knots in China’s belt and road plans. South China Morning Post, 12 September 2021. www.scmp.com/news/china/diplomacy/article/3148473/guinea-coup-adds-growing-knots-chinas-belt-and-road-plans.

134 Institute for Energy Research, China Dominates the global lithium battery market. 9 September 2020. www.instituteforenergyresearch.org/renewable/china-dominates-the-global-lithium-battery-market.

135 Boston University Global Development Policy Center, China’s global energy finance database. 2022.

137 S. Matalucci, Elmed Interconnector aims to bring solar power from the Sahara to Europe. Deutsche Welle. 24 May 2019. www.dw.com/en/elmed-interconnector-aims-to-bring-solar-power-from-the-sahara-to-europe/a-48843725.

138 European Commission, Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing a carbon border adjustment mechanism (14 July 2021), COM(2021) 564 final. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52021PC0564&from=en.

139 Van Wijk and Wouters, Hydrogen – the bridge between Africa and Europe, p. 92.

140 L. Myllyvirta, Analysis: China’s new 2030 targets promise more low-carbon power than meets the eye. Carbon Brief. 15 December 2020. www.carbonbrief.org/analysis-chinas-new-2030-targets-promise-more-low-carbon-power-than-meets-the-eye.

141 N. Sambhi, Military coup could cruel China’s plans for mining in Guinea. ASPI Strategist. 16 September 2016. www.aspistrategist.org.au/military-coup-could-cruel-chinas-plans-for-mining-in-guinea.

142 Statistical Review of World Energy 2020, p. 14.

143 D. H. Shinn, Africa, China, the United States, and oil. Center for Strategic & International Studies. 8 May 2007. www.csis.org/analysis/africa-china-united-states-and-oil; China Power, How Is China’s Energy Footprint Changing? (30 January 2021). https://chinapower.csis.org/energy-footprint.

144 J. Nyabiage, Why is China looking beyond Africa for oil supplies? South China Morning Post, 5 September 2020. www.scmp.com/news/china/diplomacy/article/3100367/why-china-looking-beyond-africa-oil-supplies.

145 D. Stanway, J. Brock, China’s overseas coal power retreat could wipe out $50 billion of investment. Reuters. 22 September 2021. www.msn.com/en-za/news/world/china-s-overseas-coal-power-retreat-could-wipe-out-50-billion-of-investment/ar-AAOGPtH.

146 See, for example, IEA-ETSAP and IRENA, Renewable energy integration in power grids (Technology Brief, E15, April 2015). www.irena.org/-/media/Files/IRENA/Agency/Publication/2015/IRENA-ETSAP_Tech_Brief_Power_Grid_Integration_2015.pdf.

147 Boston University Global Policy Centre, China’s global energy finance. 2021. www.bu.edu/cgef/#/all/Country-EnergySource.

148 Embassy of the PRC in the Republic of Botswana, Xi Jinping attends and delivers an important speech at the 13th BRICS Summit. 10 September 2021. http://bw.china-embassy.org/eng/zfgx/t1906191.htm.

149 Seven of the top 10 largest PV manufacturers are based in the PRC; see Solar Edition, Top 10 PV module manufacturers in 2020, based on their module shipment. 4 February 2021. https://solaredition.com/top-10-pv-module-manufacturers-in-2020-based-on-their-module-shipment.

150 The PRC is second overall in wind power patents, behind Denmark, and third in overall renewable energy patents, behind Japan and the United States; see J. Nurton, Patenting trends in renewable energy. World Intellectual Property Organization Magazine, March 2020. www.wipo.int/wipo_magazine/en/2020/01/article_0008.html.

151 See, for example, B. Teffera, B. Assefa, G. Assefa, Assessing the life cycle environmental impacts of hydroelectric generation in Ethiopia. Sustainable Energy Technologies and Assessments 2020, 41: 100795.

152 K. A. Tsikudo, Soft powering the China water machine: the Bui Dam and China–Ghana relations. Canadian Journal of African Studies 2022, 56(2): 319339, at p. 327; P. W. K. Yankson, A. B. Asiedu, K. Owusu, F. Urban, G. Siciliano, The livelihood challenges of resettled communities of the Bui Dam project in Ghana and the role of Chinese dam-builders. Development Policy Review 2018, 36(S1): O4762O494, at pp. O480–O481.

153 D. Blackmon, China drives dramatic rise in global emissions in 2021. Forbes. 26 August 2021. www.forbes.com/sites/davidblackmon/2021/08/26/china-drives-dramatic-rise-in-global-coal-usage-in-2021/?sh=1cb37f2e3193; on the implications of ongoing coal reliance, see The Guardian, How bad is China’s energy crisis? (29 September 2021). www.theguardian.com/world/2021/sep/29/how-bad-is-chinas-energy-crisis.

154 H. Fofack, A competitive Africa. Finance & Development 2018, 55(4): 48+, at pp. 48–51.

155 See UNFCCC Secretariat, Cities, regions and businesses race to zero emissions. Press release, 5 June 2020. https://unfccc.int/news/cities-regions-and-businesses-race-to-zero-emissions.

Figure 0

Figure 1.1 Annual mean concentration of carbon dioxide (CO2, solid line; in parts per million, ppm) and of methane (CH4, dashed line; in parts per billion, ppb), measured at the Mauna Loa Observatory.

Source: Carbon dioxide data provided by Dr Pieter Tans, NOAA Global Monitoring Laboratory, Boulder, USA (gml.noaa.gov/ccgg/trends/) and Dr Ralph Keeling, Scripps Institution of Oceanography (scrippsco2.ucsd.edu/). Methane data provided by Ed Dlugokencky, NOAA Global Monitoring Laboratory, Boulder, USA (gml.noaa.gov/ccgg/trends_ch4).
Figure 1

Figure 1.2 Annual percentage increase in the concentration of carbon dioxide (CO2, solid line) and of methane (CH4, dashed line), computed from the Mauna Loa Observatory data shown in Figure 1.1. The two lines show the best linear-fit straight lines that fit the data between 2000 and 2020.

Source: Data provided by NOAA Global Monitoring Laboratory, Boulder, USA (https://gml.noaa.gov).
Figure 2

Figure 1.3 Land-surface global warming with respect to the pre-industrial level between 1980 and 2020. The dotted line shows the annual average anomalies of the land two-metre temperature, where the anomaly has been computed with respect to the pre-industrial level. The two straight lines show the best linear fit lines between 1980–2000 and 2000–2020.

Source: Generated using Copernicus Climate Change Service information (2022) available at https://climate.copernicus.eu.
Figure 3

Table 1.1 Linear trends over 10 years, computed over two periods – 1980–2000 and 2000–2020 – for a few key surface climate variables: global annual average two-metre temperature (2mT; second row), global annual average sea-surface temperature (SST; third row), Arctic minimum sea-level extension (fourth row), and global average sea-level rise (fifth row). Trends have been computed using data from Copernicus for SST and 2mT, and from Our World in Data (Arctic extension and sea-level)

Figure 4

Figure 1.4 Ocean global warming with respect to the pre-industrial level. The dotted line shows the annual average anomalies of the sea-surface temperature, where the anomaly has been computed with respect to the pre-industrial level. The two straight lines show the best linear fit lines between 1980–2000 and 2000–2020.

Source: Data from Our World in Data: https://ourworldindata.org.
Figure 5

Figure 1.5 Arctic minimum sea-ice extension, compared to the 1980 level (in 1980, the minimum extension was about 7.7 million km2; a value of –0.1 indicates that the minimum extension has decreased by 10%, to about 6.8 million km2). The dotted line shows the annual average decrease of the minimum extension, computed with respect to the 1980 value. The two straight lines show the best linear fit lines between 1980–2000 and 2000–2020.

Source: Data from Our World in Data: https://ourworldindata.org.
Figure 6

Figure 1.6 Sea-level rise, expressed in mm, compared to the 1980 level. The dotted line shows the annual average sea-level rise, computed based on the 1980 value. The two straight lines show the best linear fit lines between 1980–2000 and 2000–2020.

Source: Data from Our World in Data: https://ourworldindata.org.
Figure 7

Figure 1.7(a) Total CO2 emissions accumulated between 1990 and 2016 by the seven major global emitters: the United States, Russia, India, European Union, the People’s Republic of China, Canada, and Australia (values are expressed in gigatons, that is, 109 tons).

Figure 8

Figure 1.7(b) CO2 emissions per capita accumulated between 1990 and 2016 by the seven major global emitters (in tons).

Source: Data from Our World in Data: https://ourworldindata.org.
Figure 9

Figure 1.8(a) Total CO2 emissions in 2016 by the seven major global emitters: the United States, Russia, India, EU, the People’s Republic of China, Canada, and Australia (values are expressed in gigatons, that is, 109 tons).

Figure 10

Figure 1.8(b) CO2 emissions per capita in 2016 by the seven major global emitters (in tons).

Source: The World Bank. Emissions data are sourced from Climate Watch Historical GHG Emissions (1990–2020). 2023. World Resources Institute. Available online at: climatewatchdata.org/ghg-emissions. Data source: World Development Indicators. https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/EN.ATM.CO2E.PC
Figure 11

Figure 1.9 Total accumulated greenhouse gases from 1980 (x-axis; source: data from Our World in Data: https://ourworldindata.org) versus global annual average surface temperature anomaly with respect to the pre-industrial level (y-axis; source: generated using Copernicus Climate Change Service information (2022) available at https://climate.copernicus.eu).

Figure 12

Figure 1.10 As Figure 1.9 (up to accumulated emissions of about 1,500 gigatons (dots)), adding projections of the state of the climate in 2050 in four emission scenarios (diamonds; see text for details).

Source: Generated using Copernicus Climate Change Service information (2022) available at https://climate.copernicus.eu.
Figure 13

Figure 2.1 Prices of European Union allowances (2005–2022).

Source: International Carbon Action Partnership, Allowance Price Explorer.
Figure 14

Figure 2.2 European Union sustainable finance key building blocks.

Figure 15

Figure 6.1 Global emissions by geographical region.

Source: EPA, Climate change indicators.
Figure 16

Table 6.1 Global carbon dioxide emissions by region, 2018

Source: Environmental Protection Agency. Taken from: EPA, Climate change indicators: global greenhouse gas emissions. August 2022. www.epa.gov/climate-indicators/climate-change-indicators-global-greenhouse-gas-emissions.
Figure 17

Table 6.2 Greenhouse gas emissions in LAC (2019)

Source: Taken from Climate Watch. Latin America and the Caribbean. Historical GHG emissions. 2022. www.climatewatchdata.org/ghg-emissions?end_year=2019&regions=LAC&start_year=1990.
Figure 18

Table 6.3 Carbon emissions by LAC country (in megatons)

Source: M. D. Crippa, D. Guizzardi, E. Solazo, et al., GHG Emissions of All World Countries – 2021 Report (Publications Office of the European Union).
Figure 19

Table 6.4 Carbon (megatons per year) emissions in 2021

Source: Crippa et al., GHG Emissions of All World Countries.
Figure 20

Table 6.5 Nationally determined contribution pledges of the LAC’s largest emitters (2021)

Source: Miranda, Nationally determined contributions. Note that for Venezuela, we have taken information directly from the NDC Registry (United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change Secretariat, Nationally Determined Contributions Registry (2022). https://unfccc.int/NDCREG).
Figure 21

Figure 6.2 Between 20% and 30% of LAC’s population is 14 years old or less, making it a region with high youth potential. ‘Youth Index’ Percentage of Under-Fifteens (2018).

Source: World Bank, Population ages 0–14 (% of total population), 2021 (based on data from the United Nations Population Division), https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.POP.0014.TO.ZS?end=2021&start=2021&type=shaded&view=map.
Figure 22

Figure 9.1 PRC energy finance flows to Africa 2000–2020 (constant US$ billions).

Source: Boston University Global Development Policy Center, China’s global energy finance database (2022). www.bu.edu/cgef.
Figure 23

Figure 9.2 Renewable energy finance flows to Africa pre-COVID (2010–2019, constant 2019 US$ millions).

Source: Boston University Global Development Policy Center, China’s global energy finance database (2022). www.bu.edu/cgef.

Accessibility standard: Inaccessible, or known limited accessibility

The HTML of this book is known to have missing or limited accessibility features. We may be reviewing its accessibility for future improvement, but final compliance is not yet assured and may be subject to legal exceptions. If you have any questions, please contact accessibility@cambridge-org.demo.remotlog.com.

Content Navigation

Table of contents navigation
Allows you to navigate directly to chapters, sections, or non‐text items through a linked table of contents, reducing the need for extensive scrolling.
Index navigation
Provides an interactive index, letting you go straight to where a term or subject appears in the text without manual searching.

Reading Order & Textual Equivalents

Single logical reading order
You will encounter all content (including footnotes, captions, etc.) in a clear, sequential flow, making it easier to follow with assistive tools like screen readers.

Visual Accessibility

Use of colour is not sole means of conveying information
You will still understand key ideas or prompts without relying solely on colour, which is especially helpful if you have colour vision deficiencies.

Structural and Technical Features

ARIA roles provided
You gain clarity from ARIA (Accessible Rich Internet Applications) roles and attributes, as they help assistive technologies interpret how each part of the content functions.

Save book to Kindle

To save this book to your Kindle, first ensure no-reply@cambridge-org.demo.remotlog.com is added to your Approved Personal Document E-mail List under your Personal Document Settings on the Manage Your Content and Devices page of your Amazon account. Then enter the ‘name’ part of your Kindle email address below. Find out more about saving to your Kindle.

Note you can select to save to either the @free.kindle.com or @kindle.com variations. ‘@free.kindle.com’ emails are free but can only be saved to your device when it is connected to wi-fi. ‘@kindle.com’ emails can be delivered even when you are not connected to wi-fi, but note that service fees apply.

Find out more about the Kindle Personal Document Service.

  • Comparing Climate Policies
  • Edited by Ottavio Quirico, University of New England, University for Foreigners of Perugia and Australian National University, Canberra, Walter Baber, California State University, Long Beach
  • Book: Implementing Climate Change Policy
  • Online publication: 22 November 2024
Available formats
×

Save book to Dropbox

To save content items to your account, please confirm that you agree to abide by our usage policies. If this is the first time you use this feature, you will be asked to authorise Cambridge Core to connect with your account. Find out more about saving content to Dropbox.

  • Comparing Climate Policies
  • Edited by Ottavio Quirico, University of New England, University for Foreigners of Perugia and Australian National University, Canberra, Walter Baber, California State University, Long Beach
  • Book: Implementing Climate Change Policy
  • Online publication: 22 November 2024
Available formats
×

Save book to Google Drive

To save content items to your account, please confirm that you agree to abide by our usage policies. If this is the first time you use this feature, you will be asked to authorise Cambridge Core to connect with your account. Find out more about saving content to Google Drive.

  • Comparing Climate Policies
  • Edited by Ottavio Quirico, University of New England, University for Foreigners of Perugia and Australian National University, Canberra, Walter Baber, California State University, Long Beach
  • Book: Implementing Climate Change Policy
  • Online publication: 22 November 2024
Available formats
×